WOERDESIGN _Portfolio 2020

WOERDESIGN

_PUBLICATIONS _INFOGRAPHICS _PICTOGRAMS _LOGO DESIGN _VISUAL IDENTITIES _POSTER EXHIBITIONS _BOARD GAMES _REFERENCES _CONTACT

_PUBLICATIONS Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations (FAO) – International Plant Protection Convention: Annual Report 2015 Visual identity for three reports. Design, layout, formatting, pre-press / 68 p., A4

10

2015 IP P C a n n ua l r eP o r t

AcKN

AcKNOWLeDGeMeNt s

cONteNts

countrY/organization

activit Y

FAO/United Nations International Atomic energy Agency (IAeA) Joint Division

Hosted the 2010 tPFF Organizing the 2011 tPFF In-kind staffing 5% Fte* (standard setting)

FAO Near east and North Africa Office (FAO-RNe) France

the secretariat would like to recognize the many experts, members of various subsidiary Bodies, technical Panels and Advisory Bodies that have made it possible to deliver the work of the cPM. Without these contributions it would simply not possible to deliver the cPM work programme. A more detailed list of these contributions are provided annually to cPM.

4 Acronyms 6 Foreword from the cPM chair 8

Foreword from the secretary to the IPPc

10 Acknowledgements

IPPc Regional Workshop in North Africa and Near east, Jordan 100% Fte

Germany

Hosted the 2008 tPDP meeting

Indonesia

Hosted the June tPDP 2014 meeting

Inter-American Institute for cooperation on Agriculture (IIcA)

IPPc Regional Workshop for Latin America and the caribbean sixt in costa Rica

Japan

Hosted the July 2010, December 2012 and July 2013 technical Pa treatments (tPPt) meetings

In-kind staffing 100% Fte 6 months (Dispute Avoidance and settl In-kind staffing 100% Fte (capacity Development) Korea, Republic of

financial

12 B a c kg r o u n d 20 P r o g r e s s r e P o r t 21 Governance and strategy

IPPc Regional Workshop for Asia

Hosted the November 2015 second IPPc global symposium on ePh

the secretariat would like to recognize the donors who continue to provide financial support for IPPc activities as their contributions are essential to ensure the secretariat is able to deliver the cPM work programme. Further details of these contributions can be found in the 2015 Financial Report and the 2016 Budget.

New Zealand

submitted treatment: 4. Phytosanitary treatment (Pt) Vapour Hea melanotus and B. xanthodes (Diptera: tephritidae) on Carica papa In-kind staffing 10% Fte (standard setting)

Hosted the workshop the elaboration of the manuals on surveillan

United states of America

23 standard setting

Hosted the 2010 tPDP meeting

25 Implementation Facilitation 26 Integration and support 28 Internal Management

30 H i g H l i g H t s

contriButions froM Previous Years tHat Were used in 2015

neW contriBution in 2015 for iYPH 2020 ProMotion

neW contriBution in 2015

Australia european Union sweden switzerland United Kingdom

Ireland

Japan Korea, Republic of New Zealand south Africa

submitted treatment: Pt Irradiation for Ostrinia nubilalis (2012-00 In-kind staffing 5% Fte (standard setting) *Full time equivalent

iPPc secretariat 42 c H r o n i c l e o f e v e n t s

A special acknowledgement to all staff of the IPPc secretariat for their dedica commitment to the delivery of the IPPc work programme.

in-kind staffing, Hosting or tecHnic al contriButions

58 r e f e r e n c e M at e r i a l

the secretariat would like to recognize the donors who continue to provide in-kind staff support for IPPc activities and their contributions are also essential to ensure the secretariat is able to deliver the cPM work programme. Individual recognition is detailed in a paper titled “Recognition of Important contributions” presented to cPM. A number of countries continue to host key IPPc meetings, plus those countries that made technical contributions to the standard setting process, which positively contribute to the delivery of the cPM work programme. these include those countries that hosted meeting that contributed to the adoption of International standard for Phytosanitary Measures (IsPMs) or Annexes to IsPMs in 2015.

59 Reports 60 Key Presentations 60 Publications 60 social Media

countrY/organization

JingYuan Xia, secRetARy craig fedcHock, cOORDINAtOR Marie-Pierre Mignault

activit Y

Brazil

Hosted the 2011 technical Panel on Pest Free Areas and systems Approach for Fruit Flies (tPFF) meeting

canada

In-kind staffing 50% Fte* (standard setting)

european Plant Protection Organization (ePPO)

Hosted the 2012, 2013 and 2014 technical Panel on Diagnostic Protocols (tPDP) meetings

*Full time equivalent

BAcKGROUND

13

16

standard set ting teaM BReNt LARsON, LeAD

iMPleMentation and suPPort teaM DAVID NOWeLL, LeAD

iMPleMentat ANA PeRALtA, O

Rui cardosa Pereira yosra chabaane Brian Double stephanie Dubon Martin Farren Alice Franek céline Germain Adriana Gonçalves Moreira Paul Howard tanja Lahti eva Moller Mirko Montuori Nuri Niyazi Michael Ormsby

stephanie Acquaye Marko Benovic Dorota Buzon Ida Mancini shinya Negoro Paola sentinelli Giulia serrelli

sarah Brunel sonya Hammon Borka Karbic yuji Kitahara Ketevan Lomsa Katarina spisia Leanne stewart

BAcKGROUND

2015 IP P C a n n ua l r eP o r t

iPPc contr acting Parties

45

europe

vision of tHe iPPc

2

182

north america

Protecting global plant resources from pests

Mission of tHe iPPc

B A c KG R O U N D

25

contracting Parties worldwide

to secure cooperation among nations in protecting global plant resources from the spread and introduction of pests of plants, in order to preserve food security, biodiversity and to facilitate trade.

asia

15

33

near east

latin america and the caribbean

49

13

africa

the concept of international plant protection began in 1881, when five countries signed an agreement to control the spread of grape Phylloxera, a North American aphid that was accidentally introduced into europe around 1865 and subsequently devastated much of europe’s grape-growing regions. the next major step was the International convention for the Protection of Plants, signed in Rome in 1929, followed in 1951 by the adoption of the IPPc by FAO. the IPPc came into force in April 1952, superseding all previous international plant protection agreements. this convention was reviewed in 1979 and 1997. It was recognized by the 1989 Uruguay Round of the General Agreement on tariffs and trade as a standard setting organization for the Agreement on the Application of sanitary and Phytosanitary Measures (the sPs Agreement). contracting parties to the IPPc share the same goal: to protect the world’s cultivated and natural plant resources from the spread and introduction of plant pests while minimizing interference with the international movement of goods and people. the IPPc is an international inter-governmental plant health agreement, established in 1952, that aims to protect cultivated and wild plants by preventing the introduction and spread of pests. there are 182 signatories to the convention. countries that wish to become contracting Parties to the IPPc must deposit their instrument of adherence with the Director General (DG) of FAO. the IPPc is governed through the cPM which meets annually to consider the IPPc work programme and make decisions about its future, including the adoption of new international standards. the seven-member elected executive body of the cPM Bureau provides guidance to the IPPc secretariat on activities, particularly financial and operational management, between sessions of cPM.

tHe IPPc’s stRAteGIc OBJectIVes FOR 2012–2019 ARe tO a protect sustainable agriculture and enhance global food security through the prevention of pest spread; B protect the environment, forests and biodiversity from plant pests; c facilitate economic and trade development through the promotion of harmonized scientifically based phytosanitary measures; d develop phytosanitary capacity for members to accomplish a, B and c.

NORtH AMeRIcA

LAtIN AMeRIcA AND tHe cARRIBeAN

canada 1953

Antigua and Barbuda

Guyana 1970

United states of America 1972

2006

Haiti 1970

south West Pacific

Albania 1999

Italy 1955

Algeria 1985

Madagascar 2006

Afghanistan 2013

Bangladesh 1978

sOUtH West PAcIFIc

Armenia 2006

Latvia 2003

Benin 2010

Malawi 1974

Bahrain 1971

Bhutan 1994

Australia 1952

Austria 1952

Lithuania 2000

AFRIcA Botswana 2009

Mali 1987

egypt 1953

cambodia 1952

cook Islands 2004

Mauritania 2002

Iran, Islamic Republic of 1972

eUROPe

NeAR eAst

Argentina 1954

Honduras 2003

Azerbaijan 2000

Luxembourg 1955

Burkina Faso 1995

Bahamas 1997

Jamaica 1959

Belarus 2005

Burundi 2006

Mauritius 1971

Barbados 1976

Mexico 1976

Belgium 1952

cameroon 2006

Morocco 1972

Belize 1987

Nicaragua 1956

cape Verde 1980

Bolivia, Plurinational state of 1960

Panama 1968

Bosnia and Herzegovina 2003

Macedonia – the Former yugoslav Republic of 2004

Brazil 1961 chile 1952 colombia 1970

Paraguay 1968 Peru 1975 saint Kitts and Nevis

Malta 1975

AsIA

china 2005

Fiji 2005

Iraq 1954

Democratic People’s Republic of Korea 2003

Micronesia, Federated states of 2007

Mozambique 2008

Jordan 1970

India 1952

New Zealand 1952

Namibia 2007

Kuwait 2007

Indonesia 1977

Niue 2005 Palau 2006

Bulgaria 1991

Montenegro 2009

central Africa Republic 2004

Niger 1985

Lebanon 1970

Japan 1952

croatia 1999

Netherlands 1954

chad 2004

Kazakhstan 2010

Papua New Guinea

cyprus 1999

Norway 1956

Nigeria 1993

Libya 1970

colombia 1970

Oman 1989

Kyrgyzstan 2003

1976

Poland 1996

Rwanda 2008

czech Republic 1983

comoros 2007

Qatar 2006

Lao People’s Democratic Republic

solomon Islands 1978

costa Rica 1973

saint Lucia 2002

Denmark 1953

Portugal 1955

congo 2004

sao tome and Principe 2006

cuba 1976

saint Vincent and the Grenadines 2001

estonia 2000

Romania 1971

côte d’Ivoire 2004

senegal 1975

syrian Arab Republic

european Union, Member Organization

Russian Federation

Democratic Republic of the congo 2015

seychelles 1996

2003

Malaysia 1991

1956

Maldives 2006

2005

serbia 1992

sierra Leone 1981

United Arab emirates

Djibouti 2008

south Africa 1956 south sudan 2013

Dominica 2006

1990

Dominican Republic

suriname 1977

1952

trinidad and tobago

ecuador 1956

1970

Finland 1960

slovakia 2006

equatorial Guinea

el salvador 1953

Uruguay 1970

France 1957

slovenia 1998

1991

Grenada 1985

Venezuela, Bolivarian Republic of 1966

Georgia 2007

spain 1952

eritrea 2001

Guatemala 1955

Germany 1957

sweden 1952

ethiopia 1977

Greece 1954

switzerland 1996

Gabon 2008

Hungary 1960

turkey 1922

chana 1991

saudi Arabia 2000

1955

tuvalu 2006

Moldova, Republic of

yemen 1990

2001

sudan 1971

Myanmar 2006

swaziland 2005

Nepal 2006

togo 1986

Pakistan 1954

tunisia 1971

Philippines 1953

Iceland 2005

Ukraine 2006

Guinea 1991

Uganda 2007

Republic of Korea 1953

United Kingdom 1953

Guinea-Bissau 2007

United Republic of tanzania 2005

singapore 2010

Kenya 1974

Zambia 1986

Lesotho 2013

Zimbabwe 2012

Liberia 1986

Vanuatu 2007

Mongolia 2009

Ireland 1955 Israel 1956

samoa 2005 tonga 2005

2001

sri Lanka 1952 tajikistan 2010 thailand 1978 Viet Nam 2005

2015 IP P C a n n ua l r eP o r t

HIGHLIGHts

31

2015 IP P C a n n ua l r eP o r t

Prioritiz ation of toPics A biennial call for topics was launched in June and 11 topics were submitted. these topics were reviewed by the sc, referring to the draft Framework for standards and Implementation. the sc recommended four topics to cPM-11 (2016). the complete List of topics for IPPc standards is posted on the IPP in six languages.

GRess RePORt HI GHL I GH t s

PHY tosanitarY certific ation

iMPort e XPort

R e F e R e N c e M At e R I A L

page 2

à

17

WOERDESIGN FAO: 2013 Annual Report on FAO’s projects and activities in support of producer organizations and cooperatives Design, layout, formatting, pre-press / 138 p., A4 / Visual identity for print products in English, French, Spanish Brochure: 2 fold, 14x25 cm / Folder and set of issue briefs: 4 p. each, A4 / Book: Good practices in building innovative rural institutions to increase food security: 120 p., 16.8x24.5 cm, not shown below

OWLeDGeMeNts

2013 ANNUAL REPORT ON FAO’S PROJECTS AND ACTIVITIES IN SUPPORT OF PRODUCER ORGANIZATIONS AND COOPERATIVES

11

2013 Annual Report on FAO’s projects and activities in support of producer organizations and cooperatives

th cDc meeting

anel on Phytosanitary

lement)

hyto

at treatment for Bactrocera aya (2009-105)

projects worked to foster a policy and legislative framework conducive to women’s inclusion. For example, in 2013 in Afghanistan, a law which formally entitles women to become cooperative members was passed by the government as a consequence of FAO’s activities in support of the enabling environment.

agents (i.e. bridging social capital); strengthening internal governance and members’ trust and reciprocity (i.e. bonding social capital); increasing members’ capacity to access finance to further invest in agriculture; and increasing members’ capacity to make their voices heard and participate in policy dialogue. Indeed, achieving these outcomes at the organizational level is very important for high-performing cooperatives and POs.

2.3 Critical factors for project success

Table 1: Project outcomes

09)

Outcomes

2.4 Project outcomes and impact

F. Increased food security of members and their families

72%

G. Increased participation in policy dialogue and decisionmaking processes

53%

H. Increased leadership empowerment (e.g. through training and capacity development targeting leaders, networking of organizations, strengthening of capacities such agricultural, financial and managerial skills)

73%

I. Increased access to markets (e.g. development of linkages among organizations to better secure access to markets, access to certifications, development of inclusive and equal trading systems, especially for women and youth)

63%

The most frequently reported outcomes are in terms of increased members’ human capital, increased leadership empowerment and increased food security of members and their families. Strengthened members’ human capital (reported in 70 percent of projects surveyed) is presumably the most direct outcome of capacity development activities carried out in field programmes. Indeed, capacity development has enabled members to access knowledge, information and training. Most projects surveyed have also implemented targeted leadership training which can play a crucial role in empowering leaders of POs and cooperatives. In fact, increased leadership empowerment was reported in 73 percent of projects surveyed. Increased food security of members and their families was also reported as an outcome in 72 percent of projects surveyed. This is likely closely linked with innovations introduced by projects, whereby increased access to productive resources (reported in 58 percent of projects surveyed ) and increased access to markets (reported in 63 percent of projects) have presumably generated improvements in physical and economic access to food in communities where projects are located.

Other reported outcomes are in terms of: (1) increased bridging social capital (55 percent of projects) by promoting networks and visit exchanges and by marketing joint activities among POs/cooperatives and between them and other NGOs and development agencies; (2) increased participation in policy dialogue and decision-making processes (53 percent of projects) by including POs and cooperatives in public-private platforms and national committees; (3) increased access to finance (50 percent of projects); and (4) increased bonding social capital (47 percent of projects).

This second group of outcomes highlights the importance of implementing activities aimed at organizational strengthening, fostering members’ capacities to bridge with other

ation and

tion facilitation teaM ORLANDO sOsA, LeADs

ns

adze akova t

Percent of projects surveyed

The two most critical factors for project success were identified by survey respondents to be strong internal factors (reported in 76 percent of projects) and strong networking relations (reported in 75 percent of projects). In 42 percent of projects surveyed , external factors were identified as being critical for project success. Although the existence of an enabling environment does facilitate a project’s implementation, the other two factors were reported more often as necessary components for project success.

Notably, a key component of project success was reported to be strong motivation of producers to join the PO/cooperative. That is, POs and cooperatives should be rooted in cohesive and motivated membership. In these cases, members are able to clearly identify the advantages of joining POs and cooperatives, and these organizations are capable of meeting members’ needs. In addition, networking enables POs and cooperatives to link with external actors and bring in opportunities that can further strengthen them, by creating synergies with social, political and economic actors.

nce and diagnostic in May 2015

2 FAO’S SUPPORT TO POS AND COOPERATIVES IN COUNTRIES AND REGIONS: SURVEY FINDINGS

A. Increased members’ access to productive resources (e.g. access to land, water, inputs)

58%

B. Increased members’ access to financial capital (e.g. access to credit, new and increased incomes, diversification)

50%

C. Increased members’ human capital (e.g. access to knowledge, information, training, skill development)

70%

D. Increased bonding social capital (e.g. trust and reciprocity within the cooperative/PO)

47%

E. Increased bridging social capital (e.g. networks with other cooperatives/POs, development agencies)

55%

2.5 Lessons learned and recommendations A common concern of several survey respondents was how cooperatives and POs could become sustainable organizations. It is crucial that cooperatives and POs are supported to develop into sustainable businesses, i.e. moving from a subsistence level to a commercial level and becoming productive and profitable market institutions. To this end, the following main priorities of support have been identified: Increasing access to appropriate credit and financial systems: A high interest rate often represents a huge obstacle for producers to invest in agriculture. Success stories report efforts to: (1) enlarge external financing opportunities, creating synergies with microfinance institutions and development agencies; and (2) mobilize internal 15

©FAO/Sia Kambou

©FAO/Giuseppe Bizzarri

14

Annex 1 Projects in support of cooperatives and producer organizations (POs) carried out in 2013 by regions and countries

2 FAO’s support to POs and cooperatives in countries and regions: Survey findings In preparation for this year’s report, a survey was carried out to gather information about FAO’s projects and activities in support of POs and cooperatives. The questionnaire was circulated among headquarter technical units and regional/country offices between midNovember and mid-December 2013. Insightful inputs and contributions were received from 93 respondents.

This section aims at illustrating the main findings from the survey. It is not aimed at being exhaustive. The figures and diagrams are based on the data received. It is structured in five subsections which provide information about: (1) the geographic distribution of projects and the type of activities they carried out; (2) the introduced elements of innovation; (3) critical factors for project success; (4) the main outcomes achieved; and (5) lessons learned and recommendations for scaling up projects. A description of the projects is provided in Annex I.

Global 1

World Banana Forum Symbol:

MTF/GLO/308/MUL

LTU:

EST

Activities: Voice and participation; Knowledge generation and sharing Budget:

US$400 000

Web Site: www.fao.org/wbf

Description The World Banana Forum is a permanent assembly space for participants representing the global banana supply-chain to promote open dialogue and collaboration on challenges facing the banana industry. This groundbreaking initiative brings together producers, their organizations, trade unions, cooperatives, exporter groups, fresh produce companies, retailers, traders, public agencies, governments, research institutions and civil society organizations. The mission of the World Banana Forum is to: (1) inspire collaboration among stakeholders that produces pragmatic outcomes for more sustainable banana production and trade; and (2) achieve industry-wide consensus about best practices regarding workplace issues, gender equity, environmental impact, sustainable production and economic issues.

2.1 Geographic distribution and type of activities implemented Respondents to the survey mainly reported on projects carried out at country and regional levels. Most of these projects are implemented in Africa (39 percent), followed

by Asia and Pacific (22 percent), Latin America (18 percent), Near East and North Africa (17 percent) and Europe and Central Asia (4 percent) , for a total ongoing budget of around US$245 million.

According to the 93 replies received, almost all the projects (98 percent) include capacity development activities which aim at supporting the development of producers’ technical, managerial, organizational and marketing skills as well as their inclusion in value chains and networks. Capacity development is carried out through workshops, trainings (including training of trainers), a participatory extension approach (e.g. the Farmers Field Schools (FFS) and the Junior Farmers Field and Life Schools (JFFLS)) and community demonstration centres.

As a related activity, more than half (55 percent) of the projects surveyed also produce knowledge sharing materials, in the form of publications, training modules and training videos. They are addressed to POs and cooperatives as well as to a wider audience as part of knowledge dissemination processes.

Along with capacity development and knowledge sharing activities, nearly half (46 percent) of the projects surveyed aim to support the enabling environment for

Outcomes and lessons learned The main outcomes achieved by this project include building increased leadership empowerment and stronger bridging and bonding social capital among POs and cooperatives participating in the World Banana Forum. The multi-stakeholder dialogue is beneficial for POs and cooperatives, and it could be replicated/adapted in other contexts.

The main lesson learned is that strong and durable external support is needed for this kind of initiative, as multi-stakeholder collaboration processes are, by nature, slow to develop. It is therefore recommended to increase funding for activities that support the World Banana Forum and multi-stakeholder initiatives in general.

Activities for 2014 Voice and participation 29

11

INTERNATIONAL YEAR OF COOPERATIVES ISSUE BRIEF SERIES

Agricultural cooperatives facilitate smallholder producers’ access to:

Agricultural cooperatives and gender equality

natural resources such as land and water information, communication and knowledge markets, food and productive assets such

as seeds and tools

policy- and decision-making

Agricultural cooperatives: paving the way for food security and rural development WOrkINg WIth cOOPerAtIves ON the grOUND

©FAO/Giuseppe Bizzarri, ©FAO/Seyllou Diallo, ©FAO/Riccardo Gangale

Agriculture is the main source of employment and income in rural areas of developing countries, where the majority of the world’s poor and hungry people live. Rural women play crucial roles in agricultural activities and in increasing food and nutrition security, as farmers/producers, workers and entrepreneurs. However, rural women have less access than men to the resources and opportunities they need to be fully productive in agriculture and to ensure the food security, nutrition and well-being of their families and future generations. For example, because of legal and cultural constraints affecting land inheritance, ownership and use, worldwide, fewer than 20 percent of landholders are women.1 In every Millennium Development Goal (MDG) indicator for which data are available, rural women fare worse than rural men and worse than urban women and men (Inter-Agency Task Force on Rural Women, 2012: 36).

Compared with rural men, rural women have:

greater workloads and time constraints in both productive and domestic activities: collectively, women from sub-Saharan Africa spend about 40 billion hours a year collecting water (UNIFEM, 2009); greater socio-cultural and physical isolation, resulting in poor access to information, communications, infrastructure and markets; reduced access to training and education: household data from 42 countries show that rural girls are more likely to be out of school than rural boys, and twice as likely to be out of school than urban girls (UN, 2010);

©IFAD/Susan Beccio

Farmer Field Schools improve agricultural productivity in Eastern Africa

FAO is the lead agency promoting agriculture sector cooperatives within the IYC. It collaborates closely with other UN entities, in particular the International Fund for Agricultural Development (IFAD), World Food Programme (WFP) and the Committee for the Promotion and Advancement of Cooperatives (COPAC) members: UN Department of Economic and Social Affairs (UNDESA), International Labour Organization (ILO) and International Cooperative Alliance (ICA).

Agricultural paving the w and rural de

In 1999, IFAD and FAO jointly implemented a project to promote the Farmer Field School (FFS) approach in eight districts of Kenya, Uganda and the United Republic of Tanzania.

The FFS approach enables farmers to make decisions, solve problems and acquire new skills and techniques through experiential learning and participatory group approaches.

An evaluation carried out by the International Food Policy Research Institute (IFPRI) in 2010 revealed that increased participation in FSS had resulted in improved crop productivity, production and income. It proved to be particularly beneficial for women, female-headed households, people with low literacy levels and farmers with medium-sized landholdings.

Agricultural income in project districts increased by an average of 61 percent in the three countries, and by 100 percent in the United Republic of Tanzania. In Kenya, crop productivity increased by 80 percent, and in Uganda, livestock production for participating women increased by 187 percent. The evaluation emphasized the importance of supporting farmers’ organizations as a major vehicle for agricultural development.

Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations Viale delle Terme di Caracalla – 00153 Rome, Italy Tel: + 39 06 57051 – www.fao.org International Fund for Agricultural Development Via Paolo di Dono, 44 – 00142 Rome, Italy Tel: +39 06 54591 – www.ifad.org

1 www.fao.org/gender/ landrights/en/

Enabling poor rural people to overcome poverty

World Food Programme Via C.G. Viola 68, Parco dei Medici – 00148 Rome, Italy Tel: +39 06 65131 – www.wfp.org

Cover photos:

Enabling po to overcome

©FAO/Roberto Faidutti, ©FAO/Antonello Proto, ©FAO/Giuseppe Bizzarri, ©FAO/Asim Hafeez, ©FAO/Giuseppe Bizzarri (from left to right)

Cooperatives_brochure_e.indd 1

page 3

à

_PUBLICATIONS FAO: Red Palm Weevil. Guidelines on management practices Design, layout, formatting, color and quality assurance of photographs, pre-press / 96 p., A4

1.

Red palm weevil biology

Red palm biology 1 weevil Hassan Y. Al-Ayedh

1.1 Classification of red palm weevil

Red Palm Weevil

Phylum: Arthropoda Class: Insecta Order: Coleoptera Family: Curculionidae Genus: Rhynchophorus

Guidelines on management practices

Scientific name: Rhynchophorus ferrugineus (Olivier) Preferred common name: Red palm weevil (RPW) Other common names: Asian palm weevil, Asiatic palm weevil, coconut weevil, Indian palm weevil, charançon asiatique du palmier (French), Indomalaiischer PalmenRuessler (German), picudo asiático de la palma (Spanish), (Arabic) ‫ سوسة النخيل الحم راء‬.

1.2 Geographical distribution and primary host range Red palm weevil is one of the world’s most invasive pests of palms. It is native to Southeast Asia and has spread through the Arabian Gulf and the Mediterranean basin countries. After gaining a foothold on date palm, Phoenix dactylifera L., in the Near East during the mid-1980s, RPW has significantly expanded its geographical range during the last three decades.

©FAO/PikuRed

Red palm weevil has almost 26 primary host palm species (Table 1). Reports also suggest, however, that there could be as many as 40 palm species that are hosts of RPW (Save Algarve Palms, 2019).

Arenga pinnata (synonym A. saccharifera)

Sugar palm

Borassus flabellifer

Toddy palm

Borassus sp.

Palmyra palm

Calamus merrillii

Palasan palm

Caryota cumingii

Fishtail palm

Caryota maxima

Giant mountain fishtail palm

Cocos nucifera

Coconut palm

Corypha umbraculifera

Talipot palm

Corypha utan (synonyms C. gebanga, C. elata)

Gebang palm

Elaeis guineensis

African oil palm

Livistonia decora (synonym Livistonia decipiens)

Ribbon fan palm

Livistonia chinensis

Chinese fan palm

Livistonia saribus

Serdang palm

Metroxylon sagu

Sago palm

Oncosperma horridum

Thorny palm

Oncosperma tigillarium

Nibong palm

Phoenix canariensis

Canary Island palm

Phoenix dactylifera

Date palm

Phoenix sylvestris

Silver date palm

Roystonea regia

Royal Palm

Sabal palmetto

Cabbage palm

Trachycarpus fortunei

Windmill palm

Washingtonia filifera

California fan Palm

Washingtonia robusta

Washingtonia palm

Saccharum officinarum

Sugar cane

Arecaceae

Poaceae

and RPW infestation in date palm (Al-Ayedh and Al Dafer, 2015). This relationship has also been recorded in coconut (Abraham and Kurian, 1975).

RPW can have two generations per year when the temperature reaches above 19 °C (Hussain et al., 2013). In the Canary Island palm and date palms, two or three generations of the pest are completed before the palm is totally collapsed. Depending on temperature, these generations can take place in one single year, but often it requires a minimum of two years (Dembilio and Jacas, 2012).

1.3.3 Pupae

1.3.4 Adults

Infestation in P. canariensis is usually associated with the crown, where the insect completes its cycle hidden from sight. The tunnelling activities of the insect affect the developing fronds, where symptoms of infestation can be found, and will finally lead to the collapse of the crown and subsequently to the palm death. These cryptic habits mean that visual detection in P. canariensis is difficult and most obvious symptoms may not become visible until it is too late for the palm to recover (Figure 25).

Figure 3. Pupae a

b

c

d

Figure 4. Female (a, b) and male (c, d) adults are distinguished on the basis of soft hairs on

The newly emerged, reddish-brown, cylindrical the dorsal side of the snout and abdominal end weevil has a long, prominent, curved snout. Male and female adults are distinguished on the basis of soft hairs on the dorsal side of the snout. The female weevils lack these hairs on the snout (compare Figure 4b and Figure 4d). The average longevity ranges from two to three months, during which time they feed on palms, mate multiple times and lay eggs (Murphy and Briscoe, 1999). The average size of adults is about 35 mm long x 12 mm wide (Figure 4a and Figure 4c). The sex ratio of the weevil population is assumed to be 1:1. However, in various pheromone

There are several reports describing the life cycle of RPW (Nirula, 1956; Wattanapongsiri, 1966; Avand Faghih, 1996; Abraham et al., 2001). RPW normally takes about three to four months to complete its life cycle. Eggs are laid in cracks and crevices on soft palm tissue by gravid females. Oviposition is often facilitated when adult RPW female weevils are attracted to palm volatiles released from fresh wounds/cuts on the palm. In coconut and date palms, oviposition usually occurs in young palms under 20 years old. There is a weak relationship between Oryctes elegans infestation Red Palm Weevil

Josep A. Jaques

Day 1 |

Day 2 |

Day 3 |

Day 6 |

The pupal stage requires an average of three weeks.

Pupation occurs in an oval, cylindrical cocoon about 38 mm in length and 13 mm wide (Figure 3).

1.3 Life cycle

2

weevil in Canary Island palm (Phoenix canariensis)

Figure 2. Larva

1.3.2 Larvae Upon hatching from the eggs, the whitish-yellow, legless, newly emerged larvae feed on surrounding soft tissues (Figure 2). The larvae keep boring their way towards the centre of the palm trunk, creating feeding galleries as they go. These galleries are filled with frass (chewed-up palm tissue) that has a distinctive odour. The larvae grow up to 5 cm in length and have up to 16 instars in summer. The larval period lasts for 35 days in summer and can extend up to 129 days in winter.

Guidelines on visual inspection for early 4 detection of red palm

Figure 1. Eggs

1.3.1 Eggs Females lay over 300 eggs over a period of 47 days at 28°C. The whitish-yellow eggs (approximately 2.8 mm long and 1 mm wide) are smooth, cylindrical and have rounded ends. Eggs hatch after two to five days (Figure 1).

4.

Guidelines on visual inspection for early detection of red palm weevil in Canary Island palm (Phoenix canariensis)

©J.J.López-Calatayud

Betel nut palm

Guidelines on management practices

1. Red palm weevil biology

Figure 25. Late symptoms of RPW infestation: although the initial infestation may have started a minimum of three months before, early symptoms may remain undetected for the untrained observer; the final collapse of the palm can take as little as one week

©FAO/PikuRed

American agave

Areca catechu

©FAO/Polana Vidyasagar

Common name

Agave americana

©FAO/Polana Vidyasagar

Plant species

Agavaceae

©KSMA

Family

©FAO/Polana Vidyasagar

Table 1. The primary host species of RPW

1

3

21

5.1.1 Phytosanitary import requirements These should include the following: the point of entry (through which palm trees should be imported); the prohibition of importation of palm trees from a particular origin (infested area/ countries), if required; the obligation of all stakeholders entitled to import palm trees to be registered and authorized by their NPPO (such stakeholders – growers, nurseries, dealers, etc. – should be mapped by the NPPO of the importing country); the import requirements to be met by exporting countries regarding ornamental and date palms.

The phytosanitary actions to be implemented in the case of non-compliance with import requirements should also be established.

Ornamental palms (Figure 31) Only palm trees originating from recognized nurseries should be imported. Nurseries should be authorized, certified, mapped and regularly inspected by the NPPO of the exporting country. All ornamental palm trees to be exported should: have a trunk diameter of less than 5 cm at the base of the trunk; be secured to maintain their integrity from the nursery to the port or airport; be protected by a mechanical structure (mesh net structure that does not allow entrance of RPW) or by chemical treatment.

Guidelines on management practices Since gaining a foothold on date palm in the Near East during the mid-1980s, the red palm weevil (RPW) Rhynchophorus ferrugineus Olivier has spread rapidly over the last three decades and is now a major pest of palms in a diverse range of agro-ecosystems worldwide.

In most of the countries affected, failure to manage RPW can be attributed to lack of awareness about this pest and to lack of systematic and coordinated control actions or management strategies that involve all stakeholders. These guidelines have been developed by FAO to support all those involved in the day-to-day management of RPW in the field (including farmers and pest-management professionals), researchers, and the decision makers and administrative stakeholders who support implementation of integrated pest management (IPM) strategies for RPW. Written by internationally recognized RPW experts, the guidelines describe the biology and host range of RPW and address all aspects of RPW-IPM, including surveillance, phytosanitary measures, early detection, pheromone trapping protocols, preventive and curative chemical treatments, removal and safe disposal of severely infested palms, and best agricultural practices to mitigate attacks by this lethal pest of palms.

Abraham, V.A., Faleiro, J.R., Al Shuaibi, M.A. & Al.Abdan, S. 2001. Status of pheromone trap captured female red palm weevils from date gardens in Saudi Arabia. Journal of Tropical Agriculture, 39: 197–199.

Abraham, V.A. & Kurian, C. 1975. An integrated approach to the control of Rhynchophorus ferrugineus F. the red weevil of coconut palm. Proceedings of the 4th Session of the FAO Technical Working Party on Coconut Production, Protection and Processing, 14–25 September, Kingston, Jamaica.

Abuagla, A.M. & Al-Deeb, M. 2012. Effect of bait quantity and trap color on the trapping efficacy of the pheromone trap for the red palm weevil, Rhynchophorus ferrugineus. Journal of Insect Science, 12: 120 [online]. [Cited 20 June 2019]. http://doi. org//10.1673/031.012.12002

RPW free area?

PFA/PFPP

Red Palm Weevil

Abbas, M.S.T., Hanounik, S.B., Shahdad, A.S. & Al-Bagham, S.A. 2006. Aggregation pheromone traps, a major component of IPM strategy for the red palm weevil, Rhynchophorus ferrugineus in date palms (Coleoptera: Curculionidae). Journal of Pest Science, 79: 69–73.

Abraham, V.A., Shuaibi, M.A. Al, Faleiro, J.R., Abozuhairah, R.A. & Vidyasagar, P.S.P.V. 1998. An integrated management approach for red palm weevil, Rhynchophorus ferrugineus Oliv., a key pest of date palm in the Middle East. Journal for Scientific Research: Agricultural Sciences, 3: 77–83.

Ban importation of palm trees except from recognized nurseries

Nurseries agreed, certified and mapped by NPPO Regular and official inspection of nurseries by the NPPO prior to export of palm trees Palm trees protected by physical (mesh net structure that does not allow entrance of RPW) or chemical treatment

Bibliography

No

Ban importation

PFA/PFPP registered and inspected by NPPO Production for at least one year prior to export Inspection every three months Palm trees protected by physical (mesh net structure) or chemical treatment

Al-Ayedh, H. 2008. Evaluation of date palm cultivars for rearing the red date palm weevil, Rhynchophorus ferrugineus (Coleoptera: Curculionidae). Florida Entomologist, 91: 353–358.

Al-Ayedh, H.Y. & Al Dhafer, H.M. 2015. Does Oryctes elegans (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae) abundance determine future abundance of Rhynchophorus ferrugineus (Coleoptera: Rhynchophoridae) in the date palms of Saudi Arabia? African Entomology, 23(1): 43–47.

Aldawood, A.N., Alsagan, F., Altuwariqi, H., Almuteri, A. & Rasool, K. 2013.

Red palm weevil chemical treatments on date palms in Saudi Arabia: results of extensive experimentations. Colloque méditerranéen sur les ravageurs des palmiers, 16–18 Janvier 2013, Nice, France. Association Française de Protection des Plantes, Alfortville, France. [Cited 11 March 2019]. https://www.cabi.org/ISC/ FullTextPDF/2013/20133300783.pdf

ISBN 978-92-5-132189-8

Figure 31. Phytosanitary measures required for importation of palm trees

26

Red Palm Weevil

Guidelines on management practices

81

9

789251

321898

CA7703EN/1/02.20

page 4

à

WOERDESIGN FAO and The World Bank: Training Module. How to integrate gender issues in climate-smart agriculture projects Design, layout, formatting, pre-press / 72 p., A4

3. Climate change, climate-smart agriculture, and gender roles in CSA

Continued emissions of greenhouse gases will cause further warming and changes in all components of the climate system.

Limiting climate change will require substantial and sustained reductions of greenhouse gas emissions. IPCC (2013) dioxide, methane, and nitrous oxide): agriculture alone produces 10–12 percent of gases, and with land use, land-use change, and forestry the proportion rises to 24 percent (IPCC 2013). The first step in understanding these relationships is to become familiar with basic concepts related to climate change.

Box 2 presents some key concepts; others are explained in Appendix 2.

Training module

Box 2 Key concepts related to climate change

How to integrate gender issues in climate-smart agriculture projects

▪ Climate change: A change in climate attributed directly or indirectly to human activity that alters the composition of the global atmosphere and which is in addition to natural variability observed over a comparable period of time.

▪ Climate change adaptation: Initiatives and measures to reduce the vulnerability of natural and human systems against actual or expected climate change effects. Various types of adaptation exist, for example anticipatory and reactive and autonomous and planned adaptation.

▪ Climate change mitigation: Implementation of technological changes, such as cultivation practices, or substitution of technologies (such as substituting fossil fuels) to reduce greenhouse gas emissions and enhance greenhouse gas sinks.

▪ Climate-smart agriculture: Integrates the three dimensions of sustainable development by jointly addressing food security and climate challenges. It is composed of three main pillars: (1) sustainably increasing agricultural productivity and incomes; (2) adapting and building resilience to climate change; and (3) reducing and/or removing greenhouse gas emissions, where possible.

▪ Disaster risk reduction: Systematic efforts to analyze and manage the causal factors of disasters, including through reduced exposure to hazards, lessened vulnerability of people and property, wise management of land and the environment, and improved preparedness for adverse events.

In this module, the focus is on CSA, an approach to transforming and reorienting agricultural systems to support development and food security effectively and sustainably under a changing climate (FAO 2016b).

To make agricultural systems climate-smart requires actions at different levels: policies, institutions, investments, and practices. Any actions taken should be based on evidence, generated (for example) by identifying potential gender-responsive options for increasing agricultural productivity and incomes under existing agro-ecological conditions; analyzing historical and recent changes in relevant climate/weather variables; examining potential returns of different options (for example, returns in terms of productivity, food security, and resilience) under a range of climatic conditions; and assessing the potential mitigation benefits of the different options identified. Enabling institutions and policies are essential when making use of the evidence base to design more effective and sustainable interventions. The steps to build an enabling environment for CSA include: 1. Assessing the major barriers to the adoption of CSA options.

2. Analyzing the potential of local institutions to overcome these barriers.

3. Engaging in dialogues with local communities.

4. Developing capacities at different levels.

5. Supporting policy coordination.

Finally, securing financing for the necessary actions is key to their implementation (FAO 2014b).

As described previously, when selecting appropriate CSA practices for a specific area, we need to analyze the site-specific socio-economic and institutional context, as well as the prevailing agro-ecological conditions and potential climate change scenarios, risks, impacts. Furthermore, instead of assessing single practices we can widen our scope, for example by considering changing practices and at the farm, ecosystem, or landscape levels. CSA often also calls for integration at different levels: integrating crops, livestock, aquaculture, and trees; research, policy, and practices; or along the value chain from production to consumption. Table 2 presents an example of CSA practices adopted in eastern Africa, explaining their specific components and how they are climate-smart.

3

Climate change, climate-smart agriculture, and gender roles in CSA

The purpose of this session is to familiarize learners with climate change and CSA terminology and concepts, and also to give them a better understanding of gender concepts and gender analysis. The session helps learners discuss the relevance of gender dimensions in climate change adaptation and mitigation when developing gender-responsive and climate-smart interventions. The proposed structure of the session is described in Table 1 with a list of materials that could be used.

3.1 Climate change and CSA terminology and concepts Warming of the climate system is unequivocal, and since the 1950s, many of the observed changes are unprecedented over decades to millennia. The atmosphere and ocean have warmed, the amounts of snow and ice have diminished, sea level has risen, and the concentrations of greenhouse gases have increased. IPCC (2013) Climate change has severe impacts on agriculture and on all dimensions of food security and nutrition.

At the same time, the agricultural sector is among the largest emitters of greenhouse gases (carbon

Table 1 outline for session on climate change, CSa, and gender roles in CSa Topics of the session

Duration

Learning tools and facilitation notes

Introduction of climate change and CSA terminology and concepts

30 min

Video: Understanding climate-smart agriculture (FAO, link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lUdNMsVDIZ0) and/or Gender gap in agriculture (FAO, link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=uDM828TpVpY (Download the videos in advance as the internet connection may fail)

Reaching a common understanding of gender concepts and what is gender analysis; relevance of gender dimensions in climate change and CSA

30 min

Presentation and a short exercise.

Handout: Glossary (see Appendix 2) Presentation Exercise: Think about common proverbs and sayings and how they can affect gender relations, to start introducing gender issues. For example, you could refer to the proverb: “A family is like a forest. When you are outside, it is dense. When you are inside, you see that every tree has its place.” How does this proverb relate to gender roles in a household or a community?

Experiences in integrating gender issues in agriculture/ climate change strategies and policies

30 min

It is recommended to invite a ministry representative to provide highlights of how gender issues are integrated in the national agriculture/ climate policy or strategic work.

Group exercise

30 min

Exercise using the Margolis Wheel tool (Appendix 6) to discuss problems with gender integration in projects and generate potential solutions.

Total estimated time

2 hours

5

6

3. Climate change, climate-smart agriculture, and gender roles in CSA

3. Climate change, climate-smart agriculture, and gender roles in CSA

The agricultural sector is becoming more technologically sophisticated, commercially oriented, and globally integrated; at the same time, migration patterns and climate variability are changing the rural landscape across the developing world. These forces pose challenges and present opportunities for all agricultural producers, but women face additional legal and social barriers that limit their ability to adapt to and benefit from change. Governments and donors have made major commitments aimed at revitalizing agriculture in developing regions, and their efforts will yield better results more quickly if they maximize the productive potential of women by promoting gender equality.

Women, like men, can be considered “productive resources,” but they are also citizens who have an equal claim with men on the production opportunities and services provided by their governments and the international community. Therefore, agricultural policy makers and development practitioners must ensure that women are able to participate fully in and benefit from the process of agricultural development.

Moreover, promoting gender equality in agriculture can help reduce extreme poverty and hunger. The roles and status of men and women in agriculture and rural areas vary widely by region, age, ethnicity, and social class, and they are changing rapidly in some parts of

5. Gender mainstreaming in CSA project formulation

Figure 6 Considerations for gender integration in the project design

Figure 3 How climate change exacerbates gender inequalities Climate change impacts Crop failure Fuel shortage Water scarcity Natural disasters

Impacts exacerbate gender inequalities

▪ Identifying joint priorities together with stakeholders ▪ Assessing options and their synergies and trade-offs

Household food provision; increasing work load

▪ Considering alternatives to mitigate negative trade-offs (e.g. combining various techologies and approaches)

Household fuel provision; more time for fuelwood collection

Disease Displacement

Gender refers to socially constructed attributes and opportunities associated with being male and female.

It has to do with how society defines masculinity and femininity in terms of what is appropriate behavior for men and women, and both play a crucial role in the social construction of gender.

Gender analysis is the study of the different roles of men and women in order to understand what they do, what resources they have, and what their needs and priorities are. It provides the basis for addressing inequalities in policies, programs, and projects, and it can be conducted at multiple levels (household, community, and national), across different life stages and in the various roles men and women play.

Gender relations refers to ways in which society defines rights, responsibilities, and identities of men and women in relation to one another, in all spheres of life – in private (family, marriage, and so on) and public domains (schools, labor markets, political life). Other intersecting factors to consider are ethnicity, age, class, religion, and geographic location. Gender relations determine: ▪ Gender entitlement systems: assets, opportunities, capabilities, and choices.

▪ Gendered divisions of labor and employment opportunities (such as unpaid and temporary work).

▪ Gendered patterns of production.

▪ Power sharing at all levels: decision making, control of resources, and so on.

Gender roles include: (1) productive roles that generate an income – women engage in paid work and incomegenerating activities, but gender disparities persist in terms of wage differentials, contractual modalities, and informal work; (2) reproductive roles related to social reproduction, such as growing and preparing food for family consumption and caring for children; (3) community managing roles that include unpaid and voluntary activities, mainly carried out by women, to complement their reproductive role for the benefit of the community, such as fetching water for the school; and (4) community or politics roles related to decision-making processes, such as membership in

10

assemblies and councils. Women’s role can be identified as reproductive, productive, and community managing, while men’s roles are categorized mainly as either productive, community, or politics. Women’s multiple and competing roles lead to their time poverty, which can imply asset and income poverty. The unequal value placed on roles of women compared with men is mainly responsible for their inferior status and the persistent gender discrimination they experience.

Gender equality is when men and women enjoy equal rights, opportunities, and entitlements in civil and political life, in terms of access, control, participation, and treatment.

Gender equity means fairness and impartiality in treating men and women in terms of rights, benefits, obligations, and opportunities. At times, special treatment/ affirmative action/positive discrimination is required.

Gender mainstreaming is the process of assessing the implications for men and women of any planned action, including legislation, policies, and programs, in any area and at all levels. It is a strategy for making the concerns and experiences of women and men an integral part of the design, implementation, monitoring, and evaluation of policies and programs in all political, economic, and societal spheres, so that they benefit equally and inequality is not perpetuated. The ultimate goal is to achieve gender equality and gender equity.

Gender-sensitive approaches consider gender as a means to reach a development goal.

Gender-responsive approaches recognize and address the specific needs and priorities of men and women, based on the social construction of gender roles.

Gender-transformative approaches seek to transform gender roles and promote gender-equitable relationships between men and women. The ultimate aim of gender equality is for men and women to have equal participation in decision making; the same access and control over productive resources, services, and technologies; equal benefits from project results; and the same opportunities to access decent employment and livelihood systems.

Conflict

▪ Designing gender-responsive budgets

Women’s greater incidence of mortality Lack of access to health care; women’s burden as care givers

When designing the project monitoring framework, it is important to incorporate genderspecific financial indicators into the monitoring process, so that expenditure for promoting gender equality can be periodically tracked. For example, the list of outputs might include the following items of expenditure, given as a percentage of the total budget and disaggregated by sex (FAO 2014a): ▪ Training of women and agricultural extension workers.

▪ Research into male- and female-managed crops.

▪ Subsidized credit to poor women and men producers.

▪ Training to raise gender awareness of line/ project managers/service delivery personnel.

▪ Expenditures on irrigation for female-managed and male-managed crops.

▪ Expenditure on male- and female-defined priorities.

Forced migration increases women’s vulnerability Loss of lives and livelihoods; violence against women

Source: Adapted from WEDO 2012.

the world. To plan gender-responsive interventions in the agricultural sector, policy makers, donors, and development practitioners need information and analysis that reflect the diversity of contributions men and women make and the challenges that they confront.

Let us now clarify what is meant by gender, gender equality, and other concepts related to gender (Box 3; see also Appendix 2).

Climate change can exacerbate existing gender inequalities in agriculture, but it may also increase the role of women as agents of change. Some possible gender-related implications are as follows: increased (male) migration; changes in the division of labor, often with an increased work burden for women and children; comparatively higher vulnerability for women and youth; changes in livelihood strategies and income opportunities; women having less, or in some cases more, control of resources and services; and new household consumption patterns. In some places and instances, for example, when men migrate to cities or die prematurely, women are more able to make decisions and control resources. Figure 3 shows some examples of climate change impacts on women and gender inequality.

Development interventions often perform poorly because they do not take gender-based differences into account, nor do they address existing inequalities and discrimination. A project can easily fail if it does not pay attention to the different roles that men and

women play, address unequal access to resources and services, and recognize the important contributions of women in agriculture. In the worst-case scenario, the project may not only fail but may actually create greater inequality and discrimination. For these reasons it is vital that strategies designed under a CSA approach take into account specific contexts and capacities, as well as prevailing economic, environmental, and social situations, including gender relations. A genderresponsive approach in CSA projects will achieve more effective, equitable, and sustainable outcomes, reduce project risks, and decrease the gender gap because it better reflects the realities of agricultural communities (World Bank, FAO, and IFAD 2015).

Because of the gender gap, much of the gender and climate change research and actions focus on the constraints that hinder women’s potential to benefit from CSA. The intersection of gender and CSA is more complex, however, and it is good to remember that men’s lives and opportunities under the changing climate are also shaped by gender and other social factors (Nelson and Huyer 2016).

The aim of integrating gender in CSA practices is thus to reduce gender inequalities and ensure that men, women, boys, and girls can equally benefit from interventions that sustainably enhance agricultural productivity and incomes; adapt and build resilience of agriculture to climate change; and reduce and/ or remove greenhouse gases where possible. See

We are now approaching the end of the session. Before closing, it is recommended that participants engage in a buzz group discussion to reflect some of the session’s key messages. One possible discussion point is: “In your view, is it better to have a gender specialist in the project team, or to ensure that all team members are familiar with gender issues? Why?” The facilitators can also formulate other questions for the buzz groups.

Each buzz group reports back to the other groups in a plenary discussion.

The gender analysis can be divided into three main steps (adapted from FAO 2014a): 1. Planning: During this step, we need to select the framework for the gender analysis, what are the potential target groups (both men and women), what needs to be explored, what questions have to be asked, and what are the best methods for collecting sex-disaggregated data. Several alternative or complementary analytical frameworks exist for gender analysis, such as the Moser Gender Planning Framework, Harvard Analytical Framework, and Women’s Empowerment Framework and Gender Analysis Matrix,1 and they can prove helpful when planning gender analysis.

2. Data collection: Data required for gender analysis can be collected from different sources, using various data collection methods and tools, such as sex-disaggregated statistics (if available), meetings, interviews, focus group discussions, key informant interviews, discussions with different stakeholder groups, and participatory data collection methods. It is important to combine quantitative and qualitative data to gather the perceptions and points of view of men and women and different stakeholders, and to also employ triangulation, which uses different data collection methods and compares data from different sources to obtain a more reliable and comprehensive view of the situation.

3. Analysis: Data and information are then processed and analyzed to assess the most relevant gender issues. The results help in making informed decisions about the most effective project activities and how to implement and monitor the project in a gender-responsive way.

18

1 For additional information on the frameworks, see for example http://web.worldbank.org/WBSITE/EXTERNAL/TOPICS/EXTSOCIALDEVELOPMENT/EXTTOPPSISOU/ 0,,contentMDK:20589207~menuPK:1442609~pagePK:64168445~piPK:64168309~theSitePK:1424003,00.html

Tip 4 Questions for gender integration in project formulation

The purpose of this session is to familiarize learners with ways of reinforcing gender integration during project implementation, monitoring, and evaluation (Table 8). It starts by referring to project appraisal as some project cycles include an appraisal step. This session also gives tips on how to adjust the project in case it becomes apparent that the project is not on track to achieve gender-responsive results.

▶ What are the potential roles of men and women in the project? ▶ What are the implications of adopting new CSA practices in terms of labor and time requirements for men and women? ▶ How will their different access to land, water, inputs, credit, and labor be considered in project design? ▶ In case of a change in household agricultural practices and farming systems, energy systems, or water use, how is the change likely to affect men and women?

6.1 Gender-responsive project implementation, monitoring and evaluation In most cases, a new project needs to be appraised and approved before implementation of the planned activities begins. Possible gender questions to consider in the appraisal phase are: ▪ Have women’s and men’s needs, priorities, constraints, and challenges in relation to the project been mapped?

▪ Have their specific roles and responsibilities within the household, community, and sector(s) been analyzed?

Table 8 outline of the session on gender integration in CSa project implementation, monitoring and evaluation

▶ What will be the role of women, men, or youth groups during project implementation? ▶ Does the project’s results chain or logical framework take into account gender differences? ▶ What are appropriate gender-responsive indicators to monitor progress and achievements? ▶ Is the project budget formulated in a genderresponsive way? ▶ Does the project team include adequate gender expertise? ▶ Is there a distinct budget allocated for gender activities (funds for gender expertise, gender analysis, gender training of staff and stakeholders, and actions targeted at women or youth)?

Topics of the session

Duration

Learning tools and facilitation notes

Gender-responsive project implementation, monitoring, and evaluation

20 min

Presentation

Tools and methods available to support gender mainstreaming in project implementation, monitoring, and evaluation

20 min

Presentation and FAO e-learning tool on Gender in Food and Nutrition Security Handouts: checklists and questions, tools for data collection for gender analysis, and references and additional materials (Appendices 2, 3, and 7)

Case study on local experiences in genderresponsive project monitoring and evaluation

20 min

A representative of a local institution will present findings and lessons from their work

Buzz groups and discussion in plenary

30 min

Questions for the buzz groups: “Could you mention some examples of appropriate gender-sensitive indicators for CSA projects? How would you best ensure that decision makers are supportive of gender integration?”

Total estimated time

1.5 hours

▶ Is the budget structured in a genderresponsive way: for example, are credit funds split between men and women? ▶ Does the project capacity development plan reflect gender needs?

25

24

11

4. Gender analysis in CSA project identification

4. Gender analysis in CSA project identification

4.2 Tools and methods for gender analysis

Gender integration in CSA project implementation, monitoring and evaluation

▪ Developing gender-responsive implementation strategies

Household water provision; contaminated water; more time for water collection

Source: Adapted from FAO 2017.

Box 3 gender-related concepts

6

▪ Setting gender-sensitive impact, outcomes, outputs and activities and related indicators

Tip 2 Questions to initiate a gender analysis

example 4 oxfam international’s successful gender analysis

To start a gender analysis, you may consider the following set of questions, disaggregating data by sex and age:

▪ To support the integration of gender dimensions in the climate change adaptation process in the United Republic of Tanzania, Oxfam International used the Gendered Enterprise and Market tool, which focuses on the market system, women’s economic leadership, and climate change adaptation and risk reduction. The situational analysis focused on three levels: farm, household, and market. At the farm level, the analysis aimed to understand the community’s agricultural production practices, gender roles, and relations; to see what men and women do, and why; and to identify potential crop options for a sustainable and equitable approach to market-driven development.

▶ Labor: Who does what? How? Where?

When? Why? ▶ Access: Who uses what? How? Where?

When? Why? ▶ Decision making and control: Who controls what? How? Where? When? Why? ▶ Information: Who knows what? Where?

When? Why? ▶ Benefit sharing: Who benefits from what?

How? Where? When? Why? ▶ Participation: Who is included in what? How? Where? When? Why? Source: FAO and CCAFS, 2013.

Using participatory tools for data collection is highly recommended to engage the intended beneficiaries from the start and also to give voice to disadvantaged and vulnerable groups of men and women.

Appendix 4 describes some common participatory tools for the context analysis, livelihood analysis, and stakeholder analysis, and it discusses how those tools can be used to collect data for a gender analysis in CSA interventions. Detailed guidance on the use of participatory gender analysis tools can be found in the “Training Guide: Gender and Climate Change Research in Agriculture and Food Security for Development” (FAO and CCAFS 2013), the “Gender and Inclusion Toolbox: Participatory Research in Climate Change and Agriculture” (Jost, Ferdous, and Spicer 2014), and the “SEAGA Field Level Handbook” (FAO 2001).

Appendix 8 lists additional guidance documents, and Tip 2 proposes helpful questions to initiate a gender analysis. For more detailed sets of questions to guide gender analysis, see Appendix 3.

▪ At the household level, the questions addressed were, among others: What time, labor, finance, resources, and skills would be required for successful production and marketing of potential products?

What assets do typical households have, and what access and control do women have over these? How many producers have the resources and business skills to work in markets? Can women access these resources and skills, and what gaps exist? What is the baseline weekly workload for women and men to provide the goods and services essential for household welfare? How could household tasks be redistributed or made more time-efficient so as to

enable women’s leadership? What are the risks, types of violence, or life-cycle events specific to women? How will change happen in women’s rights and within households?

▪ At the market level, the key questions asked took into account gender differences: Which sectors or types of markets hold the highest potential for improving livelihoods? What is the market demand?

Who are the market actors and service providers?

What are the market power imbalances?

Training module

▪ The answers to these questions helped to determine which crops/products and value chains offer the greatest potential for poverty reduction and the economic empowerment of the most vulnerable women and men in the project area. Moreover, the analysis helped identifying the constraints that men and women face in their roles as suppliers or other actors in those value chains. These findings informed the project design: the team set a gender-responsive impact and outcome for the project, identified gender-responsive outputs and activities (with related gender-sensitive indicators), and selected appropriate implementation strategies to meet the needs of both poor men and women.

How to integrate gender issues in climate-smart agriculture projects Climate-smart agriculture (CSA) is an approach aimed at sustainably increasing agricultural productivity and incomes; adapting and building resilience to climate change; and reducing and/or removing greenhouse gas emissions. When it comes to developing and adopting CSA practices, men and women are not starting at the same point, due to their different access to productive resources, financial capital, and advisory services. There is now an international consensus that the design and implementation of climate change response strategies and projects must consider gender-specific differences in the capacity to adapt to and mitigate climate change.

Source: Based on an Oxfam International presentation at a workshop in Tanzania on gender in CSA.

CARE International has developed a “Good Practices Framework for Gender Analysis,” which identifies a series of guiding questions that include topics such as productive assets, decision making, and division of labor, space, and services. CARE’s project teams can choose which of these questions best correspond with their interests, resources, time, and constraints.2 Not all questions and tools are relevant for every intervention, and the scope of the analysis should be planned for the size and complexity of the program/ project. For a single project, the analysis may have a narrower focus than that of a comprehensive and long-term program (see Example 4 on Oxfam’s experiences in Tanzania). Time and the financial and human resources available will also affect the scope and magnitude of data collection and analysis. For this reason, it is important to partner with others and, if feasible, combine data collection for gender analysis with other data collection activities.

2 The CARE framework is accessible at http://gendertoolkit. care.org/Pages/core.aspx.

The training module How to Integrate Gender Issues in Climate-smart Agriculture Projects provides practical approaches for designing gender-responsive CSA projects. It uses lessons from previous work to illustrate ways of integrating gender issues throughout the project cycle to ensure that the specific needs and priorities of men and women are adequately addressed. The module also provides an overview of gender-responsive planning and implementation processes, approaches and tools for conducting a gender analysis, a glossary of key terms and concepts of CSA and gender, and checklists for gender integration in each phase of the project cycle.

We are now approaching the end of the session.

Before closing, it is recommended that participants engage in a buzz group discussion to reflect some of the session’s key messages. One possible discussion point is: “How can gender analysis support your project identification? Please mention three issues.”

The facilitators can also formulate other questions for the buzz groups. Each buzz group reports back to the other groups in a plenary discussion.

Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations (FAO) Viale delle Terme di Caracalla, 00153 Rome, Italy www.fao.org

19

page 5

à

_PUBLICATIONS FAO: The Gender and Rural Advisory Services Assessment Tool Design, layout, formatting, pre-press / 96 p., A4

THE GENDER AND RUR AL ADVISORY SERVICES ASSESSMENT TOOL

2.

Rationale, objectives, structure and potential users of the tool

2. Rationale, objectives, structure and potential users of the tool 2.1. Rationale In 2015, FAO carried out a literature review (Petrics et al., 2015) of the major constraints that women face in accessing and benefiting from RAS, and of good practices for overcoming these constraints. The study found that RAS programmes often fall short in designing and implementing relevant services for rural women and that there was a clear gap between knowledge about good practice for gender-sensitive RAS and its implementation. The study also provided recommendations for the design and provision of demand-driven and gender-sensitive RAS for improved food security and reduction of poverty. This includes assisting RAS organizations to assess the gender sensitivity of their policies and programmes and identifying areas for improvement in terms of design, and delivery of services that respond to the needs and priorities of both rural women and men. The GRAST was created to respond to these recommendations.

A review of evaluations of gender-focused RAS programmes, which FAO conducted after the 2015 literature review, reinforced the need for the tool. The purpose of the review was to understand the methodologies and participatory activities that have been used to evaluate RAS programmes as well as to collect lessons learned from these programmes.

The review found that evidence and analysis of how gender-sensitive good practices work in real RAS systems are limited, and the examples that do exist usually address a good practice in isolation, rather than considering them systematically. Similarly, most evaluations focus on a subset of the actors involved (typically either field staff or clients) which does not provide a complete picture of how or why the good practices work. The evaluation review further supported the need for a tool and a clear methodology to assist RAS organizations to analyse the gender sensitivity of their programmes and policies.

2.2. Objectives of the GRAST The GRAST is an easy-to-use tool and methodology that helps organizations carry out an in-depth analysis of the gender sensitivity of their RAS programmes at policy, organizational and individual levels.

The GRAST has two main objectives:

The Gender and Rural Advisory Services Assessment Tool

1. To understand what works in designing and delivering gender-sensitive RAS. This information can then be used to facilitate dissemination of innovative good practices identified by the GRAST.

Women working in the field in rural Kyrgyzstan.

2. To shed light on the areas where organizations and their RAS programmes require improvement in order to increase the gender sensitivity of their services.

©FAO/Vyacheslav Oseledko

The purpose is to help those assessing RAS programmes to gain a better understanding of how rural advisory services can be improved to enhance its accessibility and relevance to rural women. Results of the assessment will help the formulation of recommendations for enhancing the gender sensitivity of RAS at policy, organizational and individual levels.

5

4

THE GENDER AND RUR AL ADVISORY SERVICES ASSESSMENT TOOL

THE GENDER AND RUR AL ADVISORY SERVICES ASSESSMENT TOOL

4. Assessment guide

Assessment guide

To facilitate planning, an example of a fieldwork schedule is provided in Table 1. This should be adjusted according to the geographic reach of the programme and number of RAS staff and clients to be interviewed.

TABLE 1

Objective

The enabling policy environment-level analysis is a desk study of secondary data, supplemented by interviews. The desk study aims to understand whether high-level political commitments to including women in development planning and programming exist in terms of written policies and/or strategies. The analysis examines whether national agriculture and rural development, food security and nutrition (FSN) or poverty reduction policies or strategies recognize the important contribution of women to agriculture and rural development and FSN, and whether they include an explicit objective to ensure that women and men can equally access and control productive resources, services and income-generating opportunities, particularly RAS. The study also examines whether the study country’s Ministry of Agriculture (MoA) has a policy for gender equality, whether there is an extension/RAS policy or strategy and whether it explicitly addresses women’s interests and needs. The interviews aim to understand the extent to which written policies have been implemented, as well as to explore recent changes or trends in the enabling environment.

4.1. Enabling national policy environment

4.1. Enabling national policy environment

Example of a fieldwork schedule

( DATE)

DAY

1

3. Methodological guidance for implementing the GRAST

3 4

Pilot activity

PHASE 2 : MANAGEMENT INTERVIEWS

5

Interviews with the headquarters management of the RAS organization

6

Travel to district HQs Interviews with the district management of the RAS organization

8

INFORMATION TO LOOK FOR

POSSIBLE SOURCES OF VERIFICATION AND EX AMPLES

The country has ratified CEDAW

CEDAW Committee’s website: list of countries that

have ratified CEDAW: http://indicators.ohchr.org/;

The country regularly reports

Preparatory session (assessment team/local research partners) Discussion of study design, questions and participatory tools Review of fieldwork schedule; finalization of logistics

7

Information to look for and possible sources of verification

Country has ratified CEDAW and makes efforts to implement Article 14 on rural women.

without reservations.

Research team arrives in main town of research district

PHASE 1 : PREPARATION

2

TABLE 2

on CEDAW implementation, including on the situation of rural women.

The CEDAW Committee’s observations show that the government is making considerable efforts to improve the situation of rural women.

Shadow and UN Country Team reports show that the country is making considerable efforts to improve the situation of rural women.

10 11

Sources of information

The Ministry of Agriculture

gender equality policy of the Ministry of Agriculture

has a gender equality policy for agriculture and rural development.

The gender equality policy has

an implementation plan with clear goals and objectives.

Budgetary resources are allocated and actually spent for the implementation plan.

Debriefing and feedback with staff and communities, team analysis; results recorded for draft report

18

©FAO/Petterik Wiggers

Debriefing and feedback with staff and communities, team analysis; results recorded for draft report

KIIs with RAS staff (interviews with 5-7 field advisors per district) Group interviews with RAS clients (2 group interviews; 1 with men, 1 with women)

17 Self Help Group meeting discussing responsible land and natural resources management in Kenya.

POSSIBLE SOURCES OF VERIFICATION AND EX AMPLES

COMMUNIT Y 3:

16

http://tbinternet.ohchr.org/_layouts/ treatybodyexternal/TBSearch.aspx?Lang= en& TreatyID = 3&DocTypeID =29;

INFORMATION TO LOOK FOR

Debriefing and feedback with staff and communities, team analysis; results recorded for draft report

14 15

available at the office of the UN resident coordinator; state Party CEDAW Reports (filter by country):

A national policy/strategy for gender equality and women’s empowerment in agriculture and rural development exists, together with an implementation plan.

KIIs with RAS staff (interviews with 5-7 field advisors per district) Group interviews with RAS clients (2 group interviews; 1 with men, 1 with women)

13

assessing country performance: http://tbinternet.ohchr.org/_layouts/ treatybodyexternal/TBSearch. aspx?Lang= en&TreatyID = 3&DocTypeID = 5; UN Country Team Alternative CEDAW Reports:

KIIs with RAS staff (interviews with 5-7 field advisors per district) Group interviews with RAS clients (2 group interviews; 1 with men, 1 with women)

COMMUNIT Y 2:

12

National agriculture, extension, rural development, food security and nutrition, poverty reduction policies and strategies; Ministry of Agriculture strategic documents; policy and strategy evaluations, State Party Reports on the Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Discrimination against Women (CEDAW), UN Country Team Alternative CEDAW Reports, CEDAW shadow reports prepared by civil society organizations, CEDAW Committee Concluding Observations for the State Party, etc.

http://tbinternet.ohchr.org/_layouts/ treatybodyexternal/TBSearch. aspx?Lang= en&TreatyID = 3&DocTypeID =29; list of CEDAW committee’s concluding observations

organizations.

COMMUNIT Y 1:

9 A desk study of relevant national policy and/or strategy documents, and key informant interviews to discover the extent to which gender equality policies exist and are being implemented.

country CEDAW reports:

shadow CEDAW Reports prepared by civil society

PHASE 3: COMMUNITY FIELDWORK

How to do it

4.1. Enabling national policy environment

4. Assessment guide

or national gender equality policy (agriculture section): – e.g., Rwanda’s Agriculture Gender Strategy: www.minagri.gov.rw/fileadmin/user_upload/ documents/Publications/Agriculture%20 Gender%20Strategy%20Final.pdf – Institutional Gender Policy and Strategic Implementation Framework of the Ministry of Agriculture, Livestock and Food of Guatemala 2014-2023: http://web.maga.gob.gt/download/politicainstitucional-igualdad-genero.pdf; Ministry of Agriculture budget and budget performance.

[

4.

Travel back to central location (e.g. main town of the research district)

PHASE 4: TEAM ANALYSIS

19

26

20

Team debriefing, preliminary analysis Debriefing of the RAS organization on interviews with clients Draft report preparation

21

Travel home

18

27

29

THE GENDER AND RUR AL ADVISORY SERVICES ASSESSMENT TOOL

5.

Annexes

5. Annexes

5.1. Additional questions for group interviews with clients and service providers regarding the use of farmer field schools, ICTs and printed extension materials If the research team would like to gather more detail on specific methods of delivery, Table 7 below provides some of the potential questions to ask clients.

TABLE. 7

Supplemental questions for clients on methods of RAS delivery

Farmer field school (FFS) (can be modified for farmer participatory research).

Decision-making/participation.

How are decisions made in the FFS group about which

topics to study? For example, if the group is testing a ‘typical’ practice, how do you decide what is typical, since men and women, may do things differently on their farms?

Can women participate to the same extent as men in

making decisions (e.g. deciding on the special topics)?

Are there any factors that make it difficult for women to

participate in decision-making in the FFS? Does the facilitator encourage women to play an active

role in the FFS? If so, explain.

If the women being interviewed are farmer-trainers.

How were you selected to be a farmer-trainer? Did you

have to meet any criteria?

How many women are farmer-trainers? How many men?

How long was the training course you had to attend?

Where was it? (Ask scheduling and location questions) Did you face any gender-specific difficulties in becoming

Women are a key asset for agricultural and rural development and make important contributions to food security and nutrition. Yet, they face many gender-specific barriers, including limited access to productive resources and services, which keep women farmers from reaching their full potential and hinder their agricultural productivity.

Gender-aware rural advisory services can close the gender gap in agriculture by making information, new technologies, skills and knowledge more relevant and accessible to both women and men farmers, with positive effects on household incomes, food security and nutrition.

The Gender and Rural Advisory Services Assessment Tool (GRAST) is designed to support providers of rural advisory services in their efforts to develop gender-sensitive programmes. By undertaking a gender assessment of rural advisory services at policy, organizational and individual levels, the GRAST provides entry points for improving the gender-responsiveness of the design and delivery of advisory services in a truly transformative manner. Its ultimate objective is to ensure that rural advisory services respond to needs and priorities of both rural women and men and that, as a consequence, they can equally access to and benefit from these services.

a farmer-trainer?

ICTs (ask specifically about any ICTs mentioned by the group previously: cell phone, radio, TV… If multiple ICTs were used, ask for details on all of them).

How do farmers get access to information provided

through ICTs (e.g. through group training, organized group meetings such as radio listening clubs, on their own)?

What topics do farmers learn about through ICTs? Who are the main target groups?

What language is used? Is this the most spoken

language in the area?

Participants of a rural diversification project in the tomato powder production unit in Tunisia. ©FAO/Nikos Economopoulus/Magnum Photos

Which farmers are the targets/intended users of the

information disseminated through the ICTs (women, men, youth)?

What difficulties do farmers face in getting information

through ICTs (e.g. time of broadcast, language, literacy)?

Do women face specific difficulties with getting information through ICTs?

ISBN 978-92-5-131148-6

9

64

7 8 9 2 5 1

3 1 1 4 8 6 CA2693EN/1/12.18

65

page 6

à

WOERDESIGN FAO: Agricultural finance and the youth / Incorporating decent rural employment in the strategic planning for agricultural development in English, French and Spanish / FAO’s integrated Country Approach for promoting decent rural employment Visual identity for the publication series. Design, layout, formatting, pre-press / 80 p. / 120 p. / 44 p. / A4

2 DATA OVERVIEW: AGRICULTURAL FINANCE AND YOUTH FINANCIAL INCLUSION

1 Review and analysis of the major policy frameworks which govern the rural and agricultural finance market

The agricultural sector employs 65 percent of Uganda’s labour force, a percentage that is slightly smaller when considering only the youth category (60 percent). Women contribute more than 75 percent of total farm labour and more than 90 percent of all farm-level primary processing operations (EPRC, 2019). The majority of farming is small-scale, extremely labour-intensive and highly dependent on rainfall. The hand hoe is the main production tool, while only 10 percent of farmers employ animal traction and 1.2 percent use tractors (World Bank, 2018).

Key information from this section The policy frameworks that govern the rural and agricultural finance market in Uganda are quite advanced and conductive to youth inclusion. The [Central] Bank of Uganda (BoU) has made a significant effort to foster financial inclusion in the country via policy means – with a particular focus on agricultural entrepreneurs and the rural youth – through a series of policy measures such as the Financial Consumer Protection Guidelines, the National Financial Inclusion Strategy, the National Strategy for Financial Literacy, and the Mobile Money Guidelines. Similarly, existing policy frameworks for agricultural development, such as the 2015–2020 Agriculture Sector Strategic Plan, have prioritized the access to agricultural finance services and identified the youth as a priority target group.

Agriculture in Uganda is dominated by smallholder farmers (with an average farm size of 2.5 hectares), as these represent 85 percent of the total farming community (while only 3 percent is composed of large-scale agribusinesses).

In 2017, the Ministry of Agriculture, Animal Industry and Fisheries adopted a dedicated National Strategy for Youth Employment in Agriculture (NSYEA), with a specific strategy dedicated to Increasing rural access to agricultural finance. Yet the introduction of a legal/regulatory exemption amendment that allows young people aged 15–17 to open savings accounts in their own right remains a major issue to address.

Among the overall smallholder population, 66 percent is engaged in subsistence agriculture.

Maize and beans are the most common cultivated crops, followed by groundnuts, sweet potato and cassava. Few smallholders grow cash crops, mainly coffee and sugar cane. The majority of farming is labour-intensive and carried out with traditional tools. Family labour is used by 75 percent of households.

As can be seen from the 2017 data provided

by CGAP in FIGURE 1, 77 percent of smallholder households in Uganda are male-led, with almost half of household heads being younger than 40, and 20 percent being younger than 30. Only 25 percent of smallholder families are considered financially included, with 67 percent of households living with less than USD 2.50 per day.

FIGURE 1 Breakdown of smallholder households’ profile (2017)

77%

A major trend to consider is also the expansion of mobile money in Uganda, which began in 2009, and which has generated a significant impact on the levels of financial inclusion and outreach in the country, especially in rural areas.

ARE MALE-LED

RURAL EMPLOYMENT

In terms of initiatives in place, the Government of Uganda has also attempted to directly promote youth access to agricultural finance through initiatives such as the 2012 Youth Venture Capital Fund (YVCF) and the 2013 Youth Livelihood Programme (YLP). While both programmes have shown mixed results and still represent only a limited response to the traditional constraints to youth financial inclusion, they have introduced interesting innovations with significant potential for further scalability.

½

K NOW L EDGE M AT ER I A L S – RUR A L F IN A NCE

1.1 Overview of FSP regulation in the country: the four-tier system

Agricultural finance and the youth

In the past decade, the financial infrastructure of Uganda has grown exponentially. As of 2017, the total number of formal financial institutions (FIs) in the country comprised 25 commercial banks, 4 microfinance deposit-taking institutions (MDIs), and 3 credit institutions. With regard to Tier 4 institutions (see below), although the last official census was carried out in 2007, anecdotal evidence

Prospects for financial inclusion in Uganda

58%

ALMOST OF HOUSEHOLD HEADS ARE YOUNGER THAN 40

OF SMALLHOLDER FARMERS HAVE BEEN FARMING

> THAN 10 YEARS

100% ARE PAID IN CASH FOR THEIR PRODUCTS OF SMALLHOLDER HOUSEHOLDS

shows that the country hosts around 300 nondeposit taking microfinance institutions (MFIs), 4 000 registered Savings and Credit Cooperative Organizations (SACCOs, of which 75 percent are dormant or inactive) and more than 70 000 selfhelp groups (SHGs) (EPRC, 2019).

0%

1

As dictated by the financial regulatory framework of the country, all these institutions are categorized according to a four-tier system, described below:

10%

20%

30%

40%

50%

60%

70%

IN 1 2 3 4

SMALLHOLDER HOUSEHOLDS ARE FINANCIALLY INCLUDED

80%

90%

100%

67%

OF HOUSEHOLDS LIVE ON < THAN USD 2.50 PER DAY

Source: CGAP (2017)

Among Uganda’s young adults, more than 58 percent of the financially excluded are women.

©FAO/Petterik Wiggers

3

RAPID GUIDE

GLOSSARY

RURAL EMPLOYMENT

GUIDA NCE M AT ER I A L # 3

Incorporating decent rural employment in the strategic planning for agricultural development

…for conducting a DRE-enhancing problem and stakeholder analysis

GUIDANCE MATERIAL #3

1. rural wage-earners, including full-time, seasonal and casual wage workers, as well as

i page 35 2.2 Consider employment vulnerabilities when 3 Employment vulnerabilities are explicitly used workers receiving selecting some form “in-kind”beneficiaries payment; and the of intervention among the selection criteria for the final 2. self-employed rural workers, including both employers (with employees) and ownbeneficiaries.

3 Key rural employment stakeholders beyond the MoA (e.g. MoL and the ministry responsible for industry and trade) have been involved in the initial consultations.

i page 21 1.1 Identify and involve key DRE stakeholders in the initial consultations

i page 35 2.2 Consider employment vulnerabilities when 3 Some of the most vulnerable and disadvantaged well asthe sharecroppers and nomads. “Contributing family workers”, intervention beneficiaries groups of rural workers are explicitly listed tenant farmers, asselecting among the final beneficiaries, while women and who are often women and youth, are included in the self-employment category, i more page 36 Table 2. Most disadvantaged or vulnerable youth issues are cross-cutting. groups8 of workers in rural areas and common as per ICSE-93 groups.

3 The stakeholder analysis includes both agricultural and employment stakeholders, and briefly assesses their role in promoting DRE, including capacities, existing conflicts and partnerships.

i page 22 1.2 Assess the roles and institutional capacities of both agricultural and employment stakeholders in the detailed stakeholder analysis i page 22 Box 5. Main stakeholders with a potential role in DRE promotion

3 The problem analysis takes into account the employment-related data and information available and, if insufficient, requires dedicated background assessments on DRE.

i page 23 1.3 Address DRE issues in the problem analysis

3 Existing DRE-related policy, institutional and legal frameworks (and their enforcement in practice) have been reviewed.

i page 23 1.3 Address DRE issues in the problem analysis

3 Employment stakeholders have been involved as far as possible in the problem analysis, including groups of rural workers typically disadvantaged in participating in social and policy dialogue (e.g. small-scale producers, women and youth groups, associations of informal workers).

i page 23 1.3 Address DRE issues in the problem analysis

3 Employment-related dimensions or causes of agricultural development problems are explicit in the problem tree of the intervention, giving priority to violations of fundamental labour rights (e.g. forced and child labour).

i page 23 1.3 Address DRE issues in the problem analysis

3 The problem and stakeholder analysis have shed light on the DRE potential of the intervention.

i page 23 1.3 Address DRE issues in the problem analysis

…for integrating DRE in the desired impacts and beneficiaries

3 The promotion of more and better jobs in rural areas has been explicitly included among the desired impacts of the intervention, especially if major employment problems have emerged from the problem analysis.

Overview

self-employed person such as a tenant, sharecropper or small owner-occupier”. This

i page 21 HOW Phase 1. Execution of problem and stakeholder analysis – Applying a DRE lens

CHECKLIST

GUIDANCE MATERIAL #3

3 The intervention plans to contribute to DREi page 32 2.1 Make DRE explicit in the intervention’s impact guidance document adopts this definition and therefore uses the term “rural workers” to relevant government goals and international i page 33 Box 9. Examples of global, regional or national commitments. cover two main categories of workers: commitments on DRE

Checklist for integrating DRE CHECKLIST

17

i page 25 Box 7. Main steps for a rapid context analysis for DRE

i page 22 Box 5. Main stakeholders with a potential role in DRE promotion

i page 24 Box 6. DRE questions to guide the problem analysis i page 27 Table 1. Employment challenges for agricultural development: Causes, effects and solutions

i page 32 HOW Phase 2. Definition of desired impacts and beneficiaries – Prioritizing DRE i page 32 2.1 Make DRE explicit in the intervention’s impact i page 33 Box 8. Example of an agricultural strategy in South Africa with employment-related considerations integrated into its vision

account workers (without employees), and therefore owner-occupier farmers and

Rationale Decent work is enshrined in international law as a human right to which every person is entitled as a means of personal development and socio-economic inclusion.10

challenges faced

Strategic planning: Strategic planning is used herein to refer to the process of setting

At the 2005 World Summit of the United Nations General Assembly, The International Covenant heads of state and government committed to take further action on Economic, Social and to promote decent work. In particular, they agreed “to make the Cultural Rights (ICESCR), in goals of full and productive employment and decent work for all, articles 6–8, provides a legal basis including women and young people, a central objective of our for the right to work and associated rights at work, such as relevant national and international policies as well as our national the right to just and favourable development strategies, including poverty reduction strategies, as conditions of work and the right to part of our efforts to achieve the Millennium Development Goals.”11 form trade unions.

In 2012, the Economic and Social Council of the United Nations (ECOSOC) strongly reaffirmed these objectives in a ministerial declaration, expressing deep concern at the ongoing adverse impacts of the world financial and economic crisis.12

i page 35 2.2 Consider employment vulnerabilities when 3 Information on decent work deficits and on the policy strategies and programmes to achieve the goals, and mobilizing selecting the intervention beneficiaries intervention potential for DRE has been used to goals, determining resources to execute them. The development of agricultural development strategies or select target sectors, geographical areas or value chains. agricultural sector-wide programmes are examples of strategic planning processes.

Vulnerable or disadvantaged rural workers: In this guidance document, vulnerable or disadvantaged i page 38rural HOWworkers include: small farmers, fishers, hunters, herders and …for integrating DRE in the CHECKLIST Phase 3. Development of results chain and and adolescents (15–17); informal agricultural and other results chain and choosingpastoralists; child labourers choice of strategies and programmes – strategies and programmes wage workers, including seasonal and casual workers; micro and small (informal) Developing a DRE-inclusive results chain entrepreneurs; migrant workers; landless people; indigenous people; refugees and 3 The theory of change of the intervention internallyi page 38 persons 3.1 Adopt (IDPs); a DRE-inclusive Theorysoldiers; of Changepeople for displaced demobilized infected and affected explicitly articulates the creation of more and development

by HIV and AIDS; theagricultural elderly and the disabled; and in particular women and youth in the better jobs in rural areas among the expected i page 39 Box 10. Example of an agricultural policy above categories. results. integrating DRE-specific results in the United Republic of Tanzania

In the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development, Goal 8 of the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) specifically refers to decent work.

Work: Any activity performed by persons of any sex and age to produce goods or to i page 42 Figure 2. Generic DRE Theory of Change provide services for use by others or for their own use. Such activity is defined as “work” i page 3.2 Include DRE in the criteriaorfor selection 3 The different employment effects, positiveirrespective and of its44 formal or informal character itsthe legality. of strategies and programmes negative, of different potential strategies and programmes are taken into account, including Working poor: The are thoseexindividuals i page 73 working Annex 2.poor DRE-relevant ante impactwho are: 1) employed and 2) living for the most vulnerable groups. in households whoseassessments income or consumption levels fall below a poverty threshold. The

i page 12. Useful repositories of DRE-related Youth: Youth can51beBox broadly described as the stage during which a person moves out good practices of dependence (childhood) and into independence (adulthood). The UN, for statistical

These commitments acknowledge that decent work is fundamental for sustainable development. In particular, in rural areas, lack of gainful employment opportunities and poor employment quality often result in poverty. There remains much to do to improve work conditions and opportunities for the unemployed, the underemployed and all those whose job does not provide a sustainable livelihood. Globally, about eight out of ten working poor (workers who live on less than USD1.25/day) live in rural areas and are engaged in vulnerable employment in the informal economy, particularly in agriculture.13 They are typically landless labourers, marginal producers and contributing family workers, including farmers, fishers, hunters, herders and pastoralists.

i page 46 regions, 3.3 Pursue an integrated DRE between the ages of 15 and 3 Strategic partnerships are foreseen to increase consistency across defines “youth” approach as those for persons promotionto other definitions by Member States. All UN statistics on effectiveness on DRE promotion (e.g. between 24 years, without prejudice the MoA and the MoL or between the public page 47 3. Examples of DRE-enhancing actions youth areibased on Table this definition.

However, national and regional definitions may differ. and the private sector, including producers’ under the four pillars of the Decent Work Agenda In the African Youth Charter “youth” is defined as “every person between the ages of organizations). i page 51 Box 13. Linking social protection and DRE 15 and 35 years”. promotion for inclusive agricultural growth

10 The Universal Declaration of Human Rights guarantees everyone “the right to work, to free choice of employment, to just and favourable conditions of work and to protection against unemployment” (Article 23). The International Covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights (ICESCR) recognizes “the right of everyone to the opportunity to gain his living by work” (Article 6), “the right to fair wages and equal remuneration for work of equal value without distinction of any kind” (Article 7), “the right to form trade unions and join the trade union of his choice” and “the right to strike” (Article 8).

ILO distinguishes between:

3 The strategies and programmes finally retained i page 44 3.2 Include DRE in the criteria for the selection • the extreme working poor (< and USD1.25/day); have expected positive impacts on the quantity of strategies programmes and quality of rural jobs; or, in case there •is athe moderate working poor (USD1.25–2/day); i page 44 Box 11.

Decent work in FAO Environmental risk of negative effects, mitigation strategies and Social Management Guidelines • the near poor (USD2–4/day); are clearly formulated.

“Promote sustained, inclusive and sustainable economic growth, full and productive employment and decent work for all.”

• developing middle-class workers (workers living in households with per capita

i page of 46USD4–13/day); 3.3 Pursue an integrated approach for DRE 3 Recognized good practices and approaches consumption and promotion that have worked in similar contexts for • developed world middle class and above (workers living in households with per capita promoting DRE are identified and proposed for i page 49 Table 4. Strategic options for DRE in the three 9 replication/adaptation under the intervention.consumption > USD13/day).

Rural Worlds

8

11

i page 52 Table 5. DRE-relevant aspects commonly addressed in other policies relevant for rural development

X

The approach placed a strong emphasis on nationally driven processes of change. For this reason, in the first year of implementation, FAO coordinated comprehensive Capacity Needs Assessments (CNAs) on DRE (Box 9) in collaboration with national stakeholders. Based on the assessments, national stakeholders reached consensus on capacity development roadmaps for DRE to be supported by FAO and other national and external partners.

BOX 9 Capacity Needs Assessments and identification of national capacity development priorities Capacity Needs Assessments on DRE were carried out in Malawi and Tanzania in the first year of implementation.

They built on the previously conducted national mappings of policies, institutions and knowledge gaps related to DRE. The assessment team held in-depth individual and group discussions with over 140 decision- and policymakers from more than 50 institutions in both countries.

FAO’s Integrated Country Approach for promoting decent rural employment

A methodology has been developed adapting the corporate FAO methodology for capacity assessment (FAO, 2012d). It focuses on the assessment of stakeholders’ four functional capacities (policy, knowledge, partnering and implementation) in combination with their technical competencies on DRE.

Implementation in Malawi and Tanzania (2011-13)

The assessments identified capacity needs and strengths of key national stakeholders related to DRE promotion. Further, they facilitated the prioritization and agreement on a list of short-term (up to 1 year) and medium-term (1-3 years) capacity development interventions.

The final product of the assessment was a roadmap for the capacity development activities on DRE to be supported by FAO and other national and external partners.

CASE STUDIES SERIES #3

FIGURE 2 FAO integrated model for rural youth employment creation Self-sustained trainings

FAO Bringing toghether the main partners

Initial training

Training JFFLS Methodology

Skilled young Agro-producers

Public Sector Regulation Access to assets

Private Sector Employment Access to assets Youth inclusion

Reduction of youth unemployment, underemployment and working poverty

On the way back to Lilongwe from M’njolo Junior Farmer Field Life School / Lilongwe, Malawi, 2008.

methodology was adapted to the national context (Box 12). In total, in each country, 4 training of trainers (ToT) sessions for cooperative members adopting the JFFLS methodology were conducted during the period 2011-13. These were held jointly with producers’ associations, federations and unions, as well as local government authorities.

In a framework of enhancing knowledge and exchange opportunities within FAO, JFFLS trainings have also been attended by students coming from other countries of the region (including Ethiopia

and South Sudan), where related projects were ongoing. New modules of the JFFLS on specific themes – climate change, community seed banks, aquaculture, capture fishing, and postharvest techniques (for fish products) – have been produced in collaboration with other FAO teams within the overall FFM programme, and were fieldtested during 2012 and 2013 sessions.

©FAO/Simon Maina

CA SE S T UDY SER IE S # 3

©FAO/DRET

RURAL EMPLOYMENT

COMPONENT 2 Capacity development The Integrated Country Approach directly contributed to strengthening the capacities of national stakeholders to formulate and implement employment-smart policies, strategies and programmes. It mainly benefited agricultural and labour ministries, POs, federations and unions, as well as national academic and research institutions.

1

Coo se perat lect iv ion es’

In conclusion, the implementation of the Integrated Country Approach created significant

CASE STUDIES SERIES #3

awareness in Malawi and Tanzania about the challenges and major priorities associated with DRE, resulting in increased commitment and concrete policy change. Many rural stakeholders in the two countries are more knowledgeable today about the centrality of employment for rural growth, the need to render the agricultural sector more attractive for young people, as well as about the role they can play in reducing child labour in agriculture and in addressing the glaring gender inequalities affecting rural labour markets.

ILO. 2012. Global Employment Trends 2012: Preventing a deeper job crisis. Geneva.

9

CASE STUDIES SERIES #3

FAO provided technical inputs into the finalization of the National Export Strategy (2012) developed by the Ministry of Industry and Trade which prioritizes Balancing competitiveness with economic empowerment of youth, women, MSMEs, farmers and the poor by incorporating them into Malawi’s productive base. This includes job creation and improving returns to the self-employed, such as smallholder farmers and micro entrepreneurs.

13

©FAO/Giulio Napolitano

8

United Nations General Assembly Resolution 60/1, 16 September 2005.

12 ECOSOC. 2012. Annual Ministerial Review, Ministerial Declaration: Promoting productive capacity, employment and decent work to eradicate poverty in the context of inclusive, sustainable and equitable economic growth at all levels for achieving the Millennium Development Goals. Previous relevant declarations and recommendations on this topic are ECOSOC (2006) Ministerial Declaration and the corresponding ECOSOC Resolutions 2007/2 and 2008/18.

International Classification by Status in Employment (ICSE) (available at http://laborsta.ilo.org/applv8/data/icsee.html).

9 ILO, KILM 18. Poverty, income distribution, employment by economic class and working poverty (available at http:// www.ilo.org/global/statistics-and-databases/research-and-databases/kilm/WCMS_422457/lang--en/index.htm.

Over the course of the programme, a total of 140 and 84 youths were directly trained in the JFFLS methodology in Tanzania and Malawi respectively.

BOX 11 Do you know the Junior Farmer Field and Life School methodology?

To address the multidimensional needs of rural youth, FAO has developed the youth friendly and gender sensitive Junior Farmer Field and Life School (JFFLS) methodology. JFFLS supports rural youth in acquiring agricultural, business and life skills, while simultaneously promoting business development and access to markets through the facilitation of youth inclusion in farmers’ organizations, federations and unions. The capacities of local civil society organizations – cooperatives, producers’ organizations, youth groups and youth farmers’ associations – are also strengthened to help promote rural development that is more inclusive of youth.

The JFFLS are a concrete manifestation of the important linkages that exist between rural employment, poverty reduction, food security and nutrition. High adaptability of the learning approach to local needs enables the modular methodology to address different socio-economic contexts and populations. To date JFFLS methodology has been implemented in over 20 countries and reached 25 000 young women and men in Africa, Asia and the Middle East, as part of FAO’s approach to youth development.

Capacity Needs Assessment, Zanzibar, Tanzania, 2011.

Additional info on JFFLS is available at: http://www.fao-ilo.org/?id=20904

22

25

page 7

A local market scene with a view of Mountain Kilimanjaro / Moshi, Tanzania, 2012.

à

_PUBLICATIONS FAO: A Toolkit on gender-sensitive social protection programmes to combat rural poverty and hunger.

FAO Technical Guide 1 / FAO Technical Guide 2 / FAO Technical Guide 3 Visual identity for the series. Design, layout, formatting, pre-press / 76 p. / 88 p. / 48 p. / A4

34

iii. Socio-cultural barriers

Approximately 73 percent of the world population lacks access to appropriate SP schemes, and most of these unprotected people live in rural locations (FAO, 2015).

Agricultural workers, especially women farmers, are among the least protected in terms of access to social security measures, including workers’ compensation, long-term disability benefits, survivors’ benefits and old age pensions (UN Women, 2015). Also, various gender-related barriers (e.g. limited mobility, time poverty, care demands, and social norms) may prevent rural women from fully participating in and benefiting from SP schemes.

Socio-cultural circumstances, including discriminatory gender norms, job segregation and restricted mobility, can leave rural women out of reach of SP programmes (UN Women, 2015). For example, in Burundi and Rwanda, women’s limited physical mobility and their household care responsibilities have created a preference for male household members to enrol in PWPs (de la O Campos, 2015; Pavanello et al., 2016). In Afghanistan, some women were not allowed to work alongside men outside the home (IEG, 2014; Holmes and Jones, 2010).

It is critical to note that even if poor rural women participate in social programmes, they may not necessarily use and benefit equally from social transfers. Women are often the main recipients of cash transfers and PWPs, but may still face constraints to controlling the use of the money/wages due to their weak bargaining power and authority, limited confidence, and lack of financial and functional literacy (Ulrichs, 2016; Kidd, 2014).

There are three main reasons behind women’s unequal access to, and uptake of, SP. i. Structural disadvantage in the rural labour market As discussed in Part 4, rural women farmers are more likely than men to work in irregular, low-paid (or unpaid) jobs in the informal economy. In addition, because of their care-providing roles, rural women tend to have interrupted work histories (Ulrichs, 2016). Consequently, rural women are less able to contribute to social security benefits (e.g. pensions, maternity coverage and unemployment insurance), particularly in the absence of subsidized schemes (UN In many countries, women have lower rates Women, 2015; Hunt and Samman, 2016). In many countries, women have lower rates of access to pensions than men (see Figure 8, Annex 2) of access to pensions while globally only a little over one-quarter (28.4 percent) of employed than men. women are effectively protected during maternity through contributory or non-contributory cash benefits (ILO, 2015a). Such a disadvantage is exacerbated in rural areas where there is a severe lack of access to both state and privately run social security schemes that cater to workers in the informal sector (ILO, 2016).

A Toolkit on gender-sensitive social protection programmes to combat rural poverty and hunger

Reason 1

Reason 2

Structural disadvantage in the rural labour market and limited access to contributory SP.

Gender blind design and delivery of social assistance programmes.

Reason 3 Socio-cultural barriers.

Summary questions u Do rural women and men have access to SP programmes in your country? What types of programmes?

Poor, female-headed households, which rely heavily on their immediate income to survive, are also disproportionately affected when SP programmes deliver irregular and late payments of benefits (Kidd, 2014). In Rwanda, for example, considerable payment arrears in the Vision 2020 Umurenge Programme (VUP) public works, forced single mothers with children to exclude themselves from its activities and take up less-preferred types of employment to cover income gaps (Pavanello et al., 2016).

Toolkit on gender-sensitive social protection programmes to combat rural poverty and hunger

Gender and livelihood analysis

Maps gender differences Roles and responsibilities, including economic and care activities; Access to, ownership and control over productive resources, services and information; and

Identifies barriers to access SP

Identifies ‘real’ needs

Access to information, time availability, mobility, and opportunity costs that may affect rural women and men’s participation and benefits from the programme

Programme designers can use the data to begin to map women and men’s needs for support and identify programme features and activities for effectively reaching both rural women and men

Participation in decision-making processes

u What are the policy and legal frameworks and institutional mechanisms supporting gender equality?

A Toolkit on gender-sensitive social protection programmes to combat rural poverty and hunger

u What factors contribute to rural women’s exclusion (including selfexclusion) from SP schemes?

9

Technical Guide 2 – Integrating gender into the design of cash transfer and public works programmes

ii. Vulnerability analysis Purpose: The vulnerability analysis assesses the main sources of vulnerabilities faced by rural women and men at the community, household and individual level.

These sources of vulnerability include socio-economic, environmental, health and life-cycle risks. The analysis looks at the gender-specific manifestations of this vulnerability and their implications for rural livelihood security and poverty. It also explores the different capacities women and men have to manage risk and withstand crises, and the strategies they adopt to cope with shocks and stresses. This data can be used to identify programming options for strengthening the resilience of women and men to enable them to effectively manage risks. The findings of the vulnerability analysis can also help identify opportunities for beneficiaries to accumulate productive, financial and social assets, and determine the role of SP in this process.

72

Toolkit on gender-sensitive social protection programmes to combat rural poverty and hunger

ANNEX 5

Gender-specific risks

Implications for livelihood security and poverty

Coping mechanisms

Resilience strategies

Differences between women’s and men’s roles and capacity to cope and withstand risks

Programme designers can identify the options for strengthening resilience of women and men to effectively respond to risks

LEARNING OBJECTIVE: To provide an opportunity for learners to apply the knowledge and guidance they have acquired, and develop their own assessment tool.

Timing indication 60 minutes (group breakout discussions and development of posters) 20 minutes (presentation of findings) 20 minutes (plenary discussions)

Notes to the facilitator

– Task 1: Drawing on the conceptual entry points and guiding questions presented in section 1.2, discuss which of these analytical elements would be relevant to include in your analysis. What other broad dimensions/ issues are missing?

u What are the gender differences in access to employment opportunities (wage labour, PWPs)?

u Do men and women experience different types of shocks or stresses?

u Who makes decisions regarding expenditures, the crops to plant and cash transfers?

u What are the differences in impacts to disasters and/or climate change on men and women? What are the causes of these differences?

u What are the potential barriers women and men face in participating in the progamme and deriving benefits from it?

u What are the life-cycle events specific to women that increase their vulnerability?

TIMING: The analysis should be conducted at the start of the research. It forms the basis for exploring gender dimensions of poverty and vulnerability.

– Task 3: What research approach and methods would be suitable to use in collecting data/information and responding to questions in the analysis?

Determine the most relevant actors to lead/engage in the analysis process. Provide a broad outline of roles and responsibilities.

– Task 4: What opportunities and challenges might you encounter in this process? How can you overcome these challenges? How can you prepare the budget for the assessment?

u What are the gender differences in coping capacities and mechanisms?

What are the causes of these differences?

u To what extent are women participating in community-based organizations?

CHECKLIST: Table 5 in Annex 1 suggests detailed guiding questions and tools for carrying out this type of analysis.

– Task 2: Once the broad scope of the inquiry is agreed upon, develop a more detailed/disaggregated list of questions to use in the analysis.

u What are the main sources of vulnerability in the community/household? u How do these affect the livelihood systems, assets and well-being of women and men?

u Ask participants to use Tables 5-9 in Annex 1 to guide their discussion.

Exercise 2: Formulating gender-sensitive CTPs (breakout groups and plenary)

u What strategies do men and women use to minimize risk and cope with shocks and stresses?

LEARNING OBJECTIVE: To encourage learners to reflect on the relevance and gender implications of core design features of cash transfers discussed in Part 2, and formulate recommendations on how to integrate gender into each dimension of the programme design.

u What are the most important risks and vulnerabilities faced by the community/ household from the perspective of women and men?

CHECKLIST: Table 6 in Annex 1 suggests detailed guiding questions and tools for carrying out a vulnerability analysis.

Timing indication 60 minutes (group breakout discussions) 20 minutes (presentation of findings) 20 minutes (plenary discussions)

TIMING: The vulnerability analysis can be conducted after the information from the gender and livelihood analysis has been gathered.

12

FAO Technical Guide 3 Integrating gender into implementation and monitoring and evaluation of cash transfer and public works programmes

u Include gender-sensitive indicators to measure progress over time, from tracking and monitoring of budget allocations through to the implementation of gender-related programme provisions (see Part 2 on M&E).

Box 4: Ensuring community acceptance of female cash transfer recipients in Afghanistan In rural Afghanistan, gender relations are often seen as the purview of individual families and/or cultural/religious groups. They are not considered an area in which the state should actively intervene. To increase community acceptance of the targeting of married women as transfer beneficiaries, a comprehensive communication and outreach campaign was carried to engage with various stakeholders. The campaign reached out to mullahs, Wakils and other community authority figures and future beneficiary families. A specific focus was placed on mothers-in-law, whose buy-in was considered essential for long-term effectiveness.

Source: Hall, 2015.

A Toolkit on gender-sensitive social protection programmes to combat rural poverty and hunger

13

Toolkit on gender-sensitive social protection programmes to combat rural poverty and hunger

u Engage men and boys in sensitization and awareness-raising events to ensure their buy-in and commitment for the promotion of gender equality.

These activities also provide the opportunity to gauge men’s views on how gender affects their experiences of poverty and vulnerability, their access to SP programmes and ultimately their well-being. This approach has been adopted within the Juntos Programme in Peru and the Bolsa Familia and Promundo Programme in Brazil.

Summary questions

Exer Form

u Divide trainees into small teams to work on the following tasks and develop posters to present the main findings of consultations:

Guiding questions:

u What are the main livelihood activities for men and women in the household, including activities related to social transfers?

Notes

Exercise 1: Developing a road map to conduct the gender-sensitive poverty and vulnerability analysis (breakout groups and plenary)

u What are the main roles and activities for women and men regarding productive and reproductive and time use roles? u What are the gender differences in access to productive resources, land, assets, labour, services and markets?

Techni and pu

Learning tools

Vulnerability analysis

Sources of vulnerabilities faced by rural women and men at community, household and individual levels.

Guiding questions:

u Are there gender gaps in access to these SP programmes you mention? Please explain.

PART 1: A guide to undertaking a gender-sensitive poverty and vulnerability analysis

FAO Technical Guide 2 Integrating gender into the design of cash transfer and public works programmes

KEY OBJECTIVES: To understand how gender dynamics may hinder equal access to SP measures for rural women and men.

Figure 5: Reasons limiting women’s access to SP

Women often have more success in accessing non-contributory social assistance programmes, especially where these programmes offer universal benefits to individuals rather than only to the male head of the household (UN Women, 2015).

Women are likely to qualify for non-contributory programmes because of their poverty, vulnerability and status as ‘caretakers’ (IEG, 2014; UN Women, 2015).

However, in rural areas, complex and laborious administrative procedures; the limited communication and awareness of programme eligibility and targeting criteria; and the perceived value of benefits in relation to the cost (in time and money) of participation, may make women less likely than men to enrol in and fully participate in SP programmes (Hunt and Samman, 2016). For example, evidence from Mexico’s Prospera conditional cash transfer revealed that very poor female beneficiaries living in remote rural communities dropped out of the programme because complying with the programme’s conditions interfered with their incomegenerating opportunities (Molyneux, 2017).

Based on this information gathered in the GSPVA, programme designers can start to map the needs of women and men that require attention, and identify programme features and activities for effectively reaching and benefiting both rural women and men.

PART 5 Gender gaps in access to, and uptake of, SP in rural areas

FURTHER ACTION: Gender-sensitive approaches can ensure that gender inequalities in contributory SP programmes are addressed by subsidizing contributions for low-income earners and workers in the informal sector or recognizing periods of non-work resulting from care-giving responsibilities.

Likewise SP programmes need to be designed to address gender constraints in programme uptake and eliminate gender discrimination in accessing benefits.

Integrating specific design features (e.g. gender-sensitive targeting, providing culturally sensitive information regarding entitlements, and making mobile crèches available) can help ensure equal access between women and men. The means through which this can be carried out specifically within cash transfer and PWPs is covered in detail in Technical Guide No. 2.

ii. Weaknesses in design and delivery of social assistance programmes

8

PART 5: Gender gaps in access to, and uptake of, SP in rural areas

FAO Technical Guide 1 Introduction to gender-sensitive social protection programming to combat rural poverty: Why is it important and what does it mean?

35

Technical Guide 1 – Introduction to gender-sensitive social protection programming to combat rural poverty: Why is it important and what does it mean?

Toolkit on gender-sensitive social protection programmes to combat rural poverty and hunger

5.1 Why women face gender barriers in accessing social protection?

PART 2 How to plan a gender-sensitive M&E framework and impact evaluation KEY OBJECTIVES: This section explains the importance of carrying out M&E of SP programmes in a gender-sensitive manner. It outlines the key steps involved in establishing a gender-sensitive M&E framework and presents basic information for planning an impact evaluation.

IMPORTANT NOTE: This section should not be considered an exhaustive guide on M&E, but rather a basic starting point in the exploration of issues and practical approaches related to gender-sensitive M&E. Readers are encouraged to consult other more comprehensive resources available on these topics.

u What type of challenges may hinder the successful implementation of gender-sensitive programme features? u How can these implementation challenges be overcome?

Exercise 1: Assessing the opportunities and challenges for adopting gender-sensitive programme implementation (SEE ANNEX 3)

page 8

à

Timin

60 mi 20 min 20 min

Notes

WOERDESIGN FAO: Governance and policy support. Discussion paper. Governance challenges for disaster risk reduction and climate change adaptation convergence in agriculture. Guidance for analysis Visual identity for the series. Design, layout, formatting, pre-press. Publication: 64 p. / Issue brief: 4 p. / A4

33

i disaster risk reduction and climate change adaption – concepts, differences and linkages TeRMINOLOGY Hazard is a process, phenomenon or human activity that may cause loss of life, injury or other health impacts, property damage, social and economic disruption or environmental degradation.

Annotations: Hazards may be natural, anthropogenic or socio‑natural in origin. Natural hazards are predominantly associated with natural processes and phenomena. Anthropogenic hazards, or human‑induced hazards, are induced entirely or predominantly by human activities and choices.

This term does not include the occurrence or risk of armed conflicts or other situations of social instability or tension which are subject to international humanitarian law and national legislation.

Several hazards are socio‑natural, in that they are associated with a combination of natural and anthropogenic factors, including environmental degradation and climate change.

Governance and Policy suPPort

DISCUSSION PAPER

Disaster is a serious disruption of the functioning of a community or a society at any scale due to hazardous events interacting with conditions of exposure, vulnerability and capacity, leading to one or more of the following: human, material, economic and environmental losses and impacts.

Annotations: The effect of a disaster can be immediate and localized, but it is often widespread and could last for a long period of time. The effect may test or exceed the capacity of a community or society to cope using its own resources, and therefore may require assistance from external sources, which could include neighbouring jurisdictions, or those at the national or international levels.

Disaster risk reduction (DRR), as defined by UNISDR (2017a), “is aimed at preventing new and reducing existing disaster risk and managing residual risk, all of which contribute to strengthening resilience and therefore to the achievement of sustainable development. […] Disaster risk reduction is the policy objective of disaster risk management, and its goals and objectives are defined in disaster risk reduction strategies and plans.” That is, disaster risk management can be more appropriately thought of as the implementation of DRR, since it describes the actions that aim to achieve the objective of reducing risk. ©FAO/L. P. Bangazoni

Governance challenges for disaster risk reduction and climate change adaptation convergence in agriculture Guidance for analysis

Climate change adaptation (CCA) refers to ‘adaptation’ as defined by the IPCC (2014, p. 118), i.e. “the process of adjustment to actual or expected climate and its effects. In human systems, adaptation seeks to moderate or avoid harm or exploit beneficial opportunities. In some natural systems, human intervention may facilitate adjustment to expected climate and its effects.”

Disaster.risk.reduction.(DRR).and.climate.change.adaptation.(CCA).are.two.ways.to. reduce.risk.and.adverse.impacts.of.climate.disasters,.and.to.increase.the.resilience. of. farmers. and. their. communities.. As. such. they. are. an. intrinsic. part. of. broader. development. processes.. In. the. last. two. decades,. DRR. and. CCA. have. evolved. rather. independently.from.one.another,.but.both.with.strong.support.from.the.international. community.

7

73

u Divide trainees into small teams and provide them with a summary of the programme design document of the real-life CTP. Structure the activities and guide reflection and discussion around programme design features, such as programme objectives and targeting, transfer size and programme conditionalities. For each feature, participants will discuss the following questions: – Is gender of relevance to this design feature? Why/why not?

Governance challenges for disaster risk reduction and climate change adaptation convergence in agriculture. Guidance for analysis Governance and Policy suPPort

III Governance analysis of disaster risk reduction and climate change adaption action – the agriculture perspective

The.purpose.of.such.an.analysis.is.to:

ANNEX 5: Learning Tools

s to the facilitator

i).

and.objectives.they.also.have.to.follow?.In.case.there.are.signs.of.divergence,.what. are.their.actual.priorities,.motivations.and.interests.to.fulfil.their.responsibilities?.

And/or.what.are.their.other.objectives.that.they.define.for.themselves,.which.could. possibly.be.independent.of.their.formal.obligations.(e.g..a.mayor.may.be.directly. accountable.to.his.or.her.party.leaders,.rather.than.to.the.population/community)?

Verify.whether.the.uptake.of.DRR.and.CCA.agendas.and.the.integration.of.DRR. and.CCA.actions.were.actually.beneficial.and.necessary.(economically,.socially. and. environmentally). in. a. given. country. and. its. sector. specific. contexts;. and. identify.what.the.key.governance.challenge.for.convergence.is;. ))

ii). Analyse.political.economy.bottlenecks.that.hinder.convergence.of.agendas.and. the.integration.of.actions,.and.assess.how.important.and.strong.they.are; iii). Develop,.based.on.the.findings.of.analaysis,.the.most.appropriate.and.realistic. strategies.for.action..

– How can gender considerations be integrated most effectively into this feature of the programme?

– What are the potential challenges to making this feature gendersensitive? How can these challenges be overcome?

))

Figure 1: Three phases of governance and political economy analysis for DDR and CCA action

Governance and political economy analysis

u At the end of the discussion, groups are invited to share insights and results from their conversations in plenary discussion.

rcise 3: mulating gender-sensitive PWPs (breakout groups and plenary) LEARNING OBJECTIVE: To encourage learners to reflect on the relevance and gender implications of core design features of PWPs discussed in Part 3, and formulate recommendations on how to integrate gender into each dimension of the programme design.

ng indication

inutes (group breakout discussions) nutes (presentation of findings) nutes (plenary discussions)

s to the facilitator u Divide trainees into small teams and provide them with a summary of the programme design document of the real-life public works programme.

Structure the activities and guide reflection and discussion around programme design features, such as programme targeting, transfer type, working conditions and type of assets/projects. For each feature, participants will discuss the following questions:

1. Problem characterization and identification of key governance challenge(s) Context analysis (national/international) formal and informal institutions Including external rules

Demographics

Socio-economic factors

History & geography

Political regime

Institutional parallelism/ duplication

Customary rules, traditions, culture

Insufficient capacities

))

theory of change

ical Guide 2 – Integrating gender into the design of cash transfer ublic works programmes

Competition for resources

2. analyzing political economy behind key challenges Stakeholders, interests and power relations

Information asymmetries

Lack of voice

Misaligned policy incentives

Vested interests

Resource imbalances

))

3. developing programmatic priorities for action formulation and evaluation of possible strategies based on theory of change

Risk analysis Support & resistances Cost-benefit analysis

Impact on stakeholders Compliance with relevant norms

Choice of strategy

The. three. levels. of. analytical. work. are. strongly. interlinked. and. will. be. shaped. by. specific.country.contexts,.actors.and.processes..The.guidance.provided.should.be.read. and.used.flexibly. and.adapted.according. to. specific.country. contexts.and.national. priorities.(e.g..depth.and.scope.of.analysis,.decentralized.locations,.prioritization.of. issues)..The.questions.suggested.are.indicative.only..

– Is gender of relevance to this design feature? Why/why not?

– How can gender considerations be integrated most effectively into this feature of the programme?

– What are the potential challenges to making this feature gendersensitive? How can these challenges be overcome?

BOx 4. REmAIN flExIBlE AND ADAPt tO SPECIfIC COUNtRy CONtExt!

u At the end of the discussion, groups are invited to share insights and results from their conversations in plenary discussion.

The understanding of governance issues related to local and national level DRR and CCA planning and implementation processes will come through exploring, probing and listening to key stakeholders, rather than through directive questioning. It is critical to regularly exchange with main actors and stakeholders as this exchange may provide valuable insights and suggestions as well as concrete contributions to final recommendations.

Technical.capacities.and.competency.profiles.of.the.key.units/actors.in.charge.of.

DRR.and.CCA.issues:.Are.they.familiar.with.DRR.and.CCA.topics.and.technically. capable.of.making.decisions.about.DRR.and.CCA.convergence.on.the.basis.of.their. own.knowledge?.Do.they.rely.on.third.party.know‑how.to.inform.their.decision. making?

Communication.and.communication.channels:.what.are.the.established.paths.of. formal.communication.flow?.Are.they.convergent.or.separate.for.DRR.and.CCA?.

Are.they.efficient?.Are.there.other.informal.paths.of.communication.flow.which. trigger.action.and.follow.up?

Effectiveness. of. collaboration. arrangements. and. partnerships. in. practice:. collaboration.has.more.chances.to.succeed.when.(i).there.are.fewer.actors.engaged;. and. (ii).they. share. converging. interests. along. a. given. dimension. (agricultural. outcomes);. or. (iii).when. there. are. strong. and. viable. institutional. arrangements. for.enforcing.collaboration..Is.such.an.enabling.environment.in.place?.Are.there. champions.who.actively.promote.collaboration.within.or.across.units.and.agencies?.

These.factors.have.to.be.understood.and.the.readiness.and.interest.for.collaboration. has.to.be.confirmed.even.in.cases.in.which.specific.coordination.mechanisms.for.

DRR. and. CCA. are. already. established. (e.g.. a. national. commission. or. committee). at. the. national. or. sub‑national. level,. since. it. does. not. automatically. follow. that. collaboration.will.be.effective.

Process. and. power. dynamics:. Linked. to. the. profile. of. responsibilities. and. tasks,. the.analysis.could.discuss.possible.categorizations.of.actors.such.as.“winners”.and. “losers,”.or.“reform.champions,”.“undecided,”.and.“opponents”.to.trigger.discussions. on. power.dynamics. and. trends.. Such. analysis. however.needs.to. be.done.with.a. topical.focus,.great.care,.and.consciousness.of.the.fact.that.positions.can.shift,.and. that.stakeholders.often.have.interests.that.cut.across.several.sectors.or.issue.areas..

BOx 6. POtENtIAl DRIVERS AND OBStAClES tO A CONVERGENCE AGENDA The perceived costs and benefits of convergence and/or integration of action as perceived by key actors and decision makers are among the primary factors that will influence decisions to engage in a convergence or consolidation process. In many instances, the changes needed to initiate or implement further convergence of action will not necessarily mean cuts in funding or resources, but rather reallocating them and adjusting their use to make them more efficient and more effective, leading to multiple benefits on the ground. In most cases enhanced coherence and consolidation of actions may actually increase available resources by reducing duplication of structures/functions (and staff time allocations), which focus on delivering similar or even the same concrete services to the local level. On the other hand, convergence may influence or shift power dynamics, reallocate responsibility of key actors as well as control over resources, all of which could create barriers to readiness for change.

26

31

GOVERNANCE AND POLICY SERIES

GOVERNANCE AND POLICY SERIES

DISCUSSION BRIEF 1

DISCUSSION BRIEF 1

Protracted crises: Governance and political economy of agriculture-based livelihoods

Protracted crises: Governance and political economy of agriculture-based livelihoods

Resilient agricultural livelihoods in protracted crises

GOVERNANCE AND POLICY SERIES

DISCUSSION BRIEF 1

Protracted crises: Governance and political economy of agriculture-based livelihoods Key messages To effectively address the risk of protracted crisis, it is necessary to understand the governance and political economy of the prevailing contexts, the principal actors and their power dynamics, the impact of the protracted crisis and the nature of the assistance required.

Human-induced factors and natural hazards (or combinations of both) are the main drivers of conflict and protracted crises, resulting in disruptions and threats to livelihoods, breakdown of food systems, lengthy food crises, ineffective or inequitable governance, limited institutional capacity of local or national authorities, and violence. Protracted crises deny people, especially the most vulnerable, access to a wide range of productive resources necessary to sustain livelihoods. Restricted access to land, natural resources, and to markets, either temporarily or permanently, further intensify the threat to livelihoods.

The governance and political economy dimension of humanitarian and agricultural development interventions Failure to understand the governance challenges and political economy of a protracted crisis and its associated humanitarian and agricultural development interventions can be a prescription for unintended consequences, including further intensification of the crisis. By introducing new perspectives, or by altering how decisions and policies are made, humanitarian or development assistance always has an impact on peace and conflict dynamics. Existing power relations can

be challenged or disrupted; conversely, when well planned, interventions can help bring competing groups together, promote more equitable use of natural resources, and help to create more peaceful solutions. The challenge of humanitarian and agricultural development interventions is to address all four dimensions of impact concurrently: environmental, social, economic, and governance.

In conflict and protracted crises, the governance and political economy analysis can help to identify and prioritize the needs or vulnerability to be addressed, to map out the institutional and governance arrangements, and their weaknesses.

The political economy and conflict analysis can reveal the underlying or proximate causes

of a crisis, facilitate the assessment of existing institutions and governance arrangements, and inform conflict-sensitive programming. Political economy analyses go beyond institutional and behavioural analyses of actors involved in all aspects of the crisis. Governance analyses of sources of prevailing food insecurity can further improve the targeting and designing of humanitarian and developmental interventions and action plans. Governance, including both formal (legal) and informal (traditional, unwritten) rules and institutions can guide local communities’ collective decision-making processes.

Other important governance issues also arise due to the working relations among the various partners

Analysis of these issues helps bridge humanitarian and development intervention and helps minimize the risks of unintended consequences, including aid dependency.

Ending conflict and ensuring food security in the long-term requires legitimate relations of power and authority. FAO plays a unique role in protecting, restoring and developing agriculture–based livelihoods for sustenance, security and prosperity.

))

))

The rate of hunger and malnutrition in conflict and protracted crises areas are almost three times higher than in developing countries as whole. The effects on human development are lasting and intergenerational; women and children are the most affected.

About 98 million child laborers work in agriculture in conflict and protracted crisis areas, living in conditions that compound the already dangerous plight of child labor.

))

))

Agriculture-based livelihoods underpin the survival of people in conflict and protracted crises and can effectively contribute to sustained recovery and improved food security.

Bridging developmental and humanitarian assistance can foster further improvements in agricultural-based livelihoods, promoting and sustaining transformative recovery and economic growth.

Resilience requires greater coherence and integration of humanitarian, development, investment and policy interventions to support local and national institutions and communities, backed up by effective coordination among global actors.

©FAO/Shah Marai

))

©FAO/Marco Longari

Facts about protracted crises Half a billion people in over 20 countries live in areas affected by conflict and protracted crises, of these approximately 167 million are undernourished people. About one in five of all chronically malnourished people live in protracted crises and conflict areas.

FAO IN AFGHANISTAN

FAO IN WEST BANK AND GAZA STRIP (WBGS)

Improving governance remains the government´s first priority, as rampant corruption, uncertainty about property rights, lack of state effectiveness, and conflicts between the host community and the returnees on land issues and legitimacy undermine other efforts to promote development. FAO as pioneer of the governance reform in the agricultural sector is leading such an intervention, supporting management of land and common property resources (such as graze land, water or forests); capacity development for the governance of the agricultural sector; and evidence-based policy making and participatory community.

UN agencies in WBGS have made progress in interlinking humanitarian and developmental interventions: The three-year humanitarian response plan 2018–2020 has prioritized programmes to address resilience building interventions, that also focus on livelihoods, in addition to social protection and the provision of basic services and needs. However, weakness in bridging humanitarian assistance and developmental investment remains, and the two often compete for resources. To overcome the above, there is a drive at the national level to bridge and link humanitarian and development interventions for their greater coherence and integration.FAO is spearheading investment for sustainable agriculture-based livelihood, resilience and food security, including institutional capacities development for government, private sector and civil society.

Source: FAO, 2017. Country Programming Framework for the Islamic Republic of Afghanistan 2017 to 2021.

Linking humanitariandevelopment-peace interventions Bridging and linking humanitarian intervention and investment in building resilient agricultural livelihoods is the most effective way to address hunger and malnutrition and to rebuild lasting peace and security. This requires combining holistic short-term humanitarian assistance, longterm development intervention and sustained peace building.

FAO has taken a resilience-centric approach in designing and implementing assistance to break the cycle of recurring conflict. This recognizes that crises are not only humanitarian or political, but also developmental. At the 2016 World Humanitarian Summit in Istanbul, FAO committed to improving conflict-sensitive programming and to ‘do no harm’, in developing related corporate principles and frameworks to address livelihoods and food insecurity in protracted crises and conflictaffected situations. To increase its effectiveness, FAO increasingly applies governance and political economy analysis in its work in protracted crises.

Investing in resilient agriculture-based interventions has a great potential to save lives, protect or restore livelihoods, and contribute to lasting peace, security and development.

))

and between the UN agencies and the many other international actors operating in virtually every protracted crisis. Synchronization of activities and coordination among the UN agencies and donor partners are key to reinforce humanitarian and development assistance.

Source: FAO Office in West Bank & Gaza Strip, 2017.

page 9

Contact: Michael T. Clark, Senior Coordinator Governance and Policy Support Unit Economic and Social Development Department Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations

Is development i and humanitaria form of governan

Humanitarian and develop their own policies, practic range of stakeholders, instit to guide who receives th purpose, in what form and local governance and hu and traditional adminis and development assist government and commun process, policies, proces Hence, both developmen assistance with their impl forms of governance sinc on the behaviour of th build trust with members and constituents. Deve agricultural developmen humanitarian assistance governance that need to b sustained success.

“Ongoing conflicts continu of severe food insecurity, h famine conditions in north Sudan and Yemen, as well a in Afghanistan, Central Afr Democratic Republic of the

(www.fao.org/news/story/

The Governance and Policy www.fao.org/policy-support

www.fao.org/policy-support policy-support@fao.org

This brief is a collaborative product of the participants of the Governance Dialogue Seminar held at FAO on

à

_PUBLICATIONS International Fund for Agricultural Development (IFAD): Creating opportunities for rural youth. 2019 Rural Development Report Development of the visual identity. Design, layout, formatting, pre-press / Report: 294 p., 21x27 cm / Overview in English, French, Spanish: 32 p., 21x27 cm

Creating opportunities for rural youth

3

Table of contents Acronyms� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 10 Acknowledgements � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 12 Foreword � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 14 Overview � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 17 Why young people are important for rural development � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 18 Three foundations for rural youth development: productivity, connectivity and agency � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 20 Overlapping settings at the national, local and household levels � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 23 Constraints hindering the transition from dependence to independence� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 32 The unprecedented rate and nature of change today � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 35 Thinking differently about investing in rural youth� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 38 Embedding rural youth policy and investments in broader rural development strategies � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 41 References� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 44 Endnotes � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 47

2019 Rural Development Report

Chapter 1 Thinking differently about rural youth � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 49 Why young people are important for rural development � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 50 Three foundations for rural youth development: productivity, connectivity and agency � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 53 Structural and rural transformation on a national scale � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 55 The rural opportunity space � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 57 Household transformation categories � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 59 Constraints in the transition from dependence to independence � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 60 The unprecedented rate and nature of change � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 62 Thinking differently about investing in rural youth� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 64 References� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 66 Chapter 2 Where do rural youth live and how do they engage with the economy? � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 69 The challenges for rural youth in the least transformed countries are extremely daunting, yet these nations account for only about 20 per cent of the developing world’s rural youth population � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 72 An overwhelming proportion of the developing world’s rural youth live in areas with relatively high population densities and a strong agroecological potential � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 78 Rural youths’ livelihoods are shaped by their households’ level of transformation � � � � � � � � � � 83 Spotlight: Rural youth in conflict-affected and fragile situations � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 94 Spotlight: Near East, North Africa, Europe and Central Asia (NEN)� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 96 References� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 98

2019 Rural Development Report Creating opportunities for rural youth

CHapTER 2 Figure 2.1

mber of young people is growing haran Africa and in countries with ctural transformation � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 19

tions of rural youth development � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 21

ral and rural transformation national level set the basic ural youth opportunities � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 24

mmercialization potential and ntial of a particular rural area portunities that the national setting youth � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 26

t of three rural youth in developing ural opportunity spaces with high ntial � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 27

st transformed countries have of their rural youth population h agricultural potential. The most ntries face the biggest challenge in isolated, low-potential areas � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 28

Figure M Countries with the highest proportions of young people also depend heavily on agriculture and have the least capacity for coping with climate change � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 38

Balancing investments that promote widespread rural opportunity and those that focus specifically on youth opportunity� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 40

Figure N

Large rural youth populations are found in countries with weak policy and institutional capacity � � � � � � � � � � � 42 Figure O

CHapTER 1

Unique among continents, Africa’s population pyramid rests on a massive base of young people � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 51

Figure 1.1

A disproportionate share of rural youth today are in Asia, but Africa’s share is projected to rise rapidly� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 52

Figure 1.2

Figure 1.4

hold transformation categories � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 29

Figure 1.5

holds engage with the economy portunities that their rural ce offers � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 30

Figure 1.6

ral youth do depends, but only the other members of their �������������������������������������������������������������������������������

31

outh own less land either solely or s � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 33

ral transformation reduces the ducation, but rural transformation ������������������������������������������������������������������������������

Foundations of rural youth development � � � � � � � � � � � � � 54

Structural and rural transformation processes at the national level set the basic parameters for rural youth opportunities � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 57 The commercialization potential and agricultural potential of a particular rural area condition the opportunities that the national setting provides for rural youth � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 58

Figure 1.7

Household transformation categories � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 59

Figure 1.8 Balancing investments that promote widespread rural opportunity and those that focus specifically on youth opportunity� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 65

35

money provides youth in the least ntries with access to finance � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 37

18

Income and wealth measures for households and youth rise more with increases in commercialization potential than with increases in agricultural potential � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 91 Figure 2.11

Where do the world’s rural youth live?

�����������������

73

Figure 2.2 The share of young people in the total population is projected to decrease everywhere except in the least transformed countries and in subSaharan Africa. The relative size of the rural youth population is decreasing everywhere � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 75 Figure 2.3 The number of young people is growing rapidly in sub-Saharan Africa and in countries with low levels of structural transformation � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 76

Two out of three rural youth in developing countries live in rural opportunity spaces with high agricultural potential � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 79

Figure 2.4

The least transformed countries have the largest share of their rural youth population in areas with high agricultural potential. The most transformed countries face the biggest challenge in terms of youth in isolated, low-potential areas � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 81

Figure 2.5

Households engage with the economy based on the opportunities that their rural opportunity space offers � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 86

Figure 2.6.A

The majority of countries with large youth populations have high rural poverty rates � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 53

Figure 1.3

Overview

7

Table of contents

The majority of rural youth live in either transitioning households (APR and SSA) or fully transformed non-farm households (LAC) � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 86

Figure 2.6.B

Figure 2.7 What rural youth do depends, but only in part, on what the other members of their households do� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 87 Figure 2.8 When they work off the farm, rural youth engage much more in wage work and much less in enterprise work than their elders � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 88 Figure 2.9 Youth and household welfare measures across household transformation categories and ROS categories are closely in step with expectations and are driven by access to rural non-farm sources of income � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 89

CHapTER 3

Young women are less than half as likely as young men to own land by themselves, and this difference is affected very little by a country’s level of transformation� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 104

Figure 3.1

Structural transformation reduces the gender gap in education, but rural transformation alone does not� � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 106

Figure 3.2

Structural transformation is associated with lower rates of early marriage among rural girls, but rural transformation alone is not � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 107

Figure 3.3

Rural women want more children than urban women, and women in SSA want more children than women in other regions � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 108 Figure 3.4

Figure 3.5 Large percentages of young rural women are not engaged in employment, education or training. Marriage and child-rearing tasks are the main explanation for this � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 109

Young women are significantly more likely to be neither employed nor in school, especially in peri-urban areas � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 110

Figure 3.6

Young rural women working on farms mainly work for a family member, while when they work off the farm, they are chiefly working for someone else or on their own account � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 110

Figure 3.7

Figure 3.8 Secondary education is associated with enormous increases in young rural women’s access to wage labour � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 111

Young women are equally likely to work in the AFS as young men � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 112

Figure 3.9

Figure 2.10 Commercial potential has a more positive impact than agricultural potential on the school-to-work transition � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � 90

2019 Rural Development Report Creating opportunities for rural youth

19

Overview

The number of young people is growing rapidly in sub-Saharan Africa and in countries with low levels of structural transformation figuRE a

E

nabling young rural women and men to become productive, connected and in charge of their own future requires thinking differently about the diverse settings in which they seek to thrive, the multiple constraints they face and the dynamics of change in the world that create challenges and opportunities for them. Only by understanding the multiple layers that shape youth livelihoods, how they differ across countries and opportunity spaces, and how they are evolving can governments and decision makers design and implement more effective policies and investments.

Viewing the situation from this perspective leads to two main conclusions.

First, devising a rural youth policy and investment agenda will entail simultaneously tackling larger issues of rural development at the same time. When economic and social opportunities are limited, targeted support for rural youth will generally be ineffective.

Second, policies and investments that promote a broader rural transformation process do not automatically translate into better opportunities for young people. Young rural women and men face particular kinds of constraints, and if they are to be able to take advantage of the opportunities that are opened up for them, those constraints must be addressed by means of targeted action. In recognition of this situation, the Sustainable Development Goals include specific indicators designed to capture progress in this area.i As indicated in the Rural Development Report 2016, rural transformation initiatives must be specifically designed to include rural youth.

Why young people are important for rural development Youth is a distinct human developmental stage, a time of transition from dependence to independence and a time marked by critical decisions that affect the future of the individual and society. A successful transition results in a well-adjusted adult who is able to prosper and to contribute to the economy and society. This generates long-term payoffs for the individual, his or her family and the broader social and economic groups of which the individual is a part. An unsuccessful transition may result in lifelong poverty and social maladaptation, generating long-term negative outcomes for the individual, his or her family and society at large. Thus, since the stakes are so high, this period of life is universally a focus of intense concern.

Concern about youth has deepened even further across developing countries over the past decade for several reasons.ii First, there is the sheer number of youth and this population segment’s rate of growth. Nearly 1 billion of the 1.2 billion people in the world between the ages of 15 and 24 reside in developing countries, and their numbers are growing far more rapidly than in higher-income countries (UNDESA 2017).iii Moreover, the growth of this population group is concentrated in the world’s poorest developing countries, especially those in Africa (see figuRE a), and is a direct result of the slow pace

Millions of youth by region (2015-2050)

Millions of youth by ST-RT category (2015-2050)

600

600

400

400

200

0

200

APR 2015

LAC 2030

NEN

0

SSA

High ST – High RT

High ST – Low RT

Low ST – High RT

Low ST – Low RT

2050

Note: ST: structural transformation; RT: rural transformation; APR: Asia and the Pacific; LAC: Latin America and the Caribbean; NEN: Near East, North Africa, Europe and Central Asia; SSA: sub-Saharan Africa. The dataset covers 85 low- and middle-income countries (based on the World Bank definitions of these categories and data for 2018).

Source: Authors’ calculations, based on United Nations Department of Economic and Social Affairs (2017a).

of their demographic transition to lower birth rates in the wake of sharp declines in death rates. Consequently, these countries’ population pyramids have a massive base of young people, and this is even more so in rural areas than in urban areas. As a result, the absolute number of young people in Africa is projected to continue to grow far faster than in the rest of the world, driving a huge increase in the continent’s share of the world’s rural youth over the next 30 years (see map a) (Stecklov and Menashe-Oren, 2018).

There are 494 million youth living in rural areas of developing countries as defined by administrative delineations of rural and urban (UNDESA 2014 and 2017). This number rises to 778 million if we consider all youth except those living in densely populated map a A disproportionate share of rural youth today are in Asia, but Africa’s share is projected to rise rapidly

Percentage share of global rural youth, 2015

Percentage share of global rural youth, 2050

20

2019 Rural Development Report Creating opportunities for rural youth

urban areas. Today, 65 per cent of the world’s rural youth live in Asia and the Pacific, and 20 per cent live in Africa (see the left panel in map a), but Africa’s share is projected to rise to 37 per cent by 2050, while Asia and the Pacific’s will fall to 50 per cent.

The second driver of concern about developing-country youth is the transformative technological change of unprecedented speed that is now being generated by the advancing wave of digital technology. This dynamic is driving rapid social and economic change and penetrating every aspect of people’s lives. While this digital revolution is opening up new, undreamed-of opportunities, it is also closing down more traditional paths of rural development (World Bank, 2019) and creating a great deal of uncertainty among decision makers about how to respond to these changes.

This digital revolution, combined with strong economic growth in developing countries over the past 20 years, is one of the factors behind the third main source of concern about developing-country youth: young people’s rapidly rising aspirations in terms of economic advancement and having a say in their societies’ decisions. The defining characteristic of the digital revolution is a massive decline BOx 1 Defining youth in the cost of information and the consequent massive Many people reject the notion that youth can be defined increase in access to the information that is embedded in by a specific age range, but age is nonetheless the ideas, images, values, and goods and services from around most practical way to define this group� The United the world. Despite considerable economic progress, the Nations defines this group as persons between 15 and 24 years of age� While recognizing the complexity of the rising aspirations of young people may be outpacing the concept of youth and acknowledging the fact that formal expansion of their economic and social opportunities age‑based definitions of youth vary across regions, this (World Bank, 2019). These rising aspirations, and the report uses the United Nations parameter when dealing with statistical data in order to ensure comparability� See potentially negative social and political outcomes of a box 1�1 in chapter 1 for further details� failure to meet those aspirations, underscore the need for action on the part of policymakers.

This report focuses on rural youth, who make up around half of the total youth population in developing countries. Three additional facts should be borne in mind in this connection. First, in all developing countries, young people make up a larger share of the rural population than of the urban population, and youth issues are therefore especially relevant in rural areas. Second, although the world’s two biggest youth populations are in China, an upper-middle-income country, and India, a lower-middle-income country, the majority of countries with large rural youth populations are low-income nations with high poverty rates (see figure 1.1 in chapter 1). Most of these countries are in subSaharan Africa and Asia, where the large percentage of the population composed of young people, the large number of young people in absolute terms and widespread poverty pose formidable challenges for countries that want to invest in a better future for their citizens at a time of great transition.

Three foundations for rural youth development: productivity, connectivity and agency

0.00-0.20

0.21-0.50

0.51-1.00

1.01-2.00

2.01-4.10

4.11-14.00

14.01-27.50

Youth-inclusive policies and investments for encouraging rural transformation should be based on the three foundations of rural development: productivity, connectivity and agency.

These are the cornerstones of well-being for all individuals and societies. The fact that young people are transitioning into a life that should incorporate these foundational

Overview

elements – that they are striving to become productive figuRE B Foundations of rural youth development and connected individuals who are in charge of their own futures – makes these elements an essential consideration when thinking about rural youth development.

Each of these core elements needs to be taken into consideration because each one reinforces the others. Focusing on just one of them will be less effective Connectivity than focusing on all three (see figuRE B). Social, political, Markets Information economic, educational and psychological connections Social networks allow youth to accumulate resources and deploy them Youth-centred rural in ways that increase their productivity and incomes transformation while also generating value for society. Creating these connections requires agency, having a measure of control over one’s decisions and trajectory in life. Connectivity productivity Ag and agency will make a greater contribution to Education Civic an productivity in an enabling environment that supports partic Skills Skills and Productive assets and rewards youth initiative through effective policies Empow Natural resources and institutions and that provides young people with Source: Authors. health care, education and infrastructure. An effective rural youth policy and investment agenda includes a broad set of the actions that are necessary in order to promote the development of a population of rural youth who are productive, connected and in charge of their futures. productive The productivity of rural young people is central to their well-being and to the broader development and prosperity of society. “A country’s ability to improve its standard of living over time depends almost entirely on its ability to raise its output per worker”, as Paul Krugman noted in The Age of Diminished Expectations (Krugman, 1994). Productivity depends on the quality of the environment that people work in and on the level of people’s skills and learning. Learning is more than schooling, as discussed in the World Development Report 2018: Learning to Realize Education’s Promise. Learning can be improved if governments make it a priority and take heed of the evidence, which indicates that all stakeholders in the educational ecosystem need to be aligned in order for the system as a whole to work for learners (World Bank, 2018). Supporting improved learning is particularly important in the case of rural youth, especially young rural women, who tend to lag behind the rest of the population. Better learning outcomes among rural youth embedded in a supportive environment will play a direct role in boosting their productivity and will also improve their sense of agency, thereby feeding into a virtuous spiral of improving welfare (see, for example, Brady et al., 2007).

Connected Connectivity – to people, markets, services, ideas and information – creates opportunities for rural youth to become more fully integrated with their transforming economies, which increases their productivity. For instance, rural areas that are better connected to markets through information flows and good transport infrastructure offer more opportunities for

Note: This map is an equal-area cartogram (also known as a density-equalizing map) of the share of global rural youth, by country.

The cartogram resizes each country according to its share of the global rural youth population. The seven different colours shown on the map differentiate the various categories of countries according to their shares. The projected increase in Africa’s share of rural youth by 2050 is represented by the larger size of that continent relative to the others.

Source: Authors’ calculations using the Gastner-Newman method (2004) based on spatially disaggregated population data for 2015 and projections for 2050 from the United Nations Department of Economic and Social Affairs. The rural youth projections are created by applying the projected share of the rural population to the total projected youth population. This is based on the assumption that age structures in rural and urban areas will remain the same. Potential deviations from this assumption are not expected to have a noticeable effect on overall trends in rural youth populations across regions.

page 10

à

WOERDESIGN

Chapter 2

2019 Rural Development Report Creating opportunities for rural youth

Chapter 2 Where do rural youth live and how do they engage with the economy?

Africa’s current population structure differs dramatically from that of the rest of the developing world The population pyramids for 2015 of low- and middle-income countries illustrate the regional contrasts to be observed in the stages of the fertility transition reached by the various regions (see figuRE 5.2). Despite gender differences in population structures, the pyramids reflect broadly consistent differentials between the rural and urban sectors. In APR and LAC, the population pyramids indicate the existence of low fertility rates, with smaller proportions of the population under age 25, particularly in the urban sector. Young men comprise 18 per cent of the rural population in LAC and 16 per cent in APR. Rural areas in both regions have higher fertility rates than urban areas. However, in APR, a bulge is evident in the urban population between the ages of 20 and 34, possibly as a result of rural-urban migration combined with steep past declines in urban fertility rates.

The population pyramids of APR and LAC contrast dramatically with that of SSA. The population of SSA in both the rural and urban sectors is young: 65 per cent of the rural male population is under the age of 25 and 19 per cent is between the ages of 15 and 24. In the Near East, North Africa and Europe (NEN), the rural male population in the 15-24 age group is the same relative size (19 per cent) as in SSA, but the lower average fertility rate in NEN is evident in the narrower base of its population pyramid as compared to that of SSA.

figuRE 2.1

Age

High ST

LAC:

20%

Income per capita:

% of youth: 17% % of rural youth (in total youth):

Age

5

0

%

0

5

10

15

15

10

5

Rural

Age

0

10

5

Rural

0

%

SSA:

%

Income per capita:

0

5

10

% of youth: 20% % of rural youth (in total youth):

80+ 75-79 70-74 65-69 60-64 55-59 50-54 45-49 40-44 35-39 30-34 25-29 20-24 15-19 10-14 5-9 0-4 0

5

10

Urban

15

15

10

Rural

5

0

%

48%

14

of all rural youth

uS$4,505

Government effectiveness:

67%

10%

Rural poverty: 32% Urban poverty: 20% Income per capita:

19

No. of countries in conflict: 13 No. of countries with fragile situations:

15

Female

of all rural youth

uS$1,961

Government effectiveness:

48%

APR:

18%

Rural poverty: 51% Urban poverty: 31%

Age

36%

NEN: 3% LAC: 1%

80%

LAC

Male

1

7 countries

SSA:

Urban

Female

80+ 75-79 70-74 65-69 60-64 55-59 50-54 45-49 40-44 35-39 30-34 25-29 20-24 15-19 10-14 5-9 0-4 15

% of youth: 17% % of rural youth (in total youth):

54%

of all rural youth

45

No. of countries in conflict: 9 No. of countries with fragile situations:

2

Female

80+ 75-79 70-74 65-69 60-64 55-59 50-54 45-49 40-44 35-39 30-34 25-29 20-24 15-19 10-14 5-9 0-4

NEN

18%

uS$11,873

Government effectiveness:

No. of countries in conflict: 4 No. of countries with fragile situations:

44%

31% Rural poverty: 9% Urban poverty: 4% Income per capita:

36

APR: 20%

APR

Male

Female

Urban

Male

of all rural youth

uS$6,448

Government effectiveness:

APR:

NEN:

54%

Rural poverty: 34% Urban poverty: 17%

Low ST

10

Rural

SSA: 5%

98%

29 countries

80+ 75-79 70-74 65-69 60-64 55-59 50-54 45-49 40-44 35-39 30-34 25-29 20-24 15-19 10-14 5-9 0-4 15

34 countries

APR:

figuRE 5.2 Africa’s current population structure differs dramatically from that of the rest of the developing world

SSA

15 countries SSA: 2%

Rural and urban populations, by age group and continent

Male

73

Where do the world’s rural youth live?

Distribution of rural youth and selected country characteristics, by country transformation category

Non-agricultural value added (% GDP)

Where do rural youth live and how do they engage with the economy?

152

22

No. of countries in conflict: 3 No. of countries with fragile situations: % of youth: 20% % of rural youth (in total youth):

2

52%

Low RT

High RT

Agriculture value added per worker (constant 2010 US$)

0

5

10

15

Notes and sources: Regional percentages in the pie charts represent the distribution of rural youth among regions by ST-RT group. Eighty-five low- and middleincome countries based on the World Bank definitions and 2018 data are classified into ST-RT groups using the median value of agricultural value added per worker for RT (1,529 US$) and the mean value of the share of non-agricultural value added in GDP for ST (80%), in line with IFAD’s 2016 definitions.

Poverty is measured as the poverty headcount ratio at $1.25 a day (2011 PPP) (% of population) (source: World Development Indicators, World Bank). Income is measured as gross national income (GNI) per capita, at purchasing power parity (PPP) (constant 2011 international dollars) (source: World Development Indicators, World Bank). Government effectiveness is measured as the percentile rank in the Worldwide Governance Indicators (source: World Development Indicators, World Bank). The definition of a country in conflict is taken from the Uppsala Conflict Data Programme/Peace Research Institute Oslo Armed Conflict Dataset (source: Baliki et al., 2018). The definition of fragility is based on the Harmonized List of Fragile Situations for fiscal year 2019, World Bank, 2015 (source: United Nations Department of Peace Operations (DPO), African Union and European Union websites).

Urban

Note: APR: Asia and the Pacific; LAC: Latin America and the Caribbean; NEN: Near East, North Africa, Europe and Central Asia; SSA: sub-Saharan Africa.

These figures depict the mean population pyramids for the countries in each region in 2015, by rural and urban sector.

Source: United Nations Department of Economic and Social Affairs (UNDESA), Urban and rural population by age and sex; Stecklov and Menashe-Oren (2018).

References

The future of research dealing with the rural youth population

The evidence base for determining what works in

report (e.g. Living Standards Measurements Surveys (LSMS)

promoting rural youth development is very weak. in

and Demographic and Health Surveys (DHS)) are becoming

its current state, it is about where the evidence on

increasingly available for use by developing‑country

gender and development was in the early 1980s. The

researchers. Many LSMS datasets are now in the form of

gender and development literature started out from a weak

panel data, which means that youth trajectories can be

evidence base, but this eventually became one of the

studied directly, rather than being inferred from successive

most researched topics in the field of rural development;

cross‑sectional surveys. Despite increasing data availability,

the youth and development literature is still in its infancy.

key challenges remain in the areas of data integration across

Given the importance of the increasing numbers of youth

various sources and of measuring variables particularly

in some countries at this juncture in the global dynamics of

important for rural youth. These are skills, especially

change, which include the demographic transition, the AFS

noncognitive ones, and farm work (for further information,

transformation process, the digital revolution and climate

see annex D: Indicators and sources of data on rural

change, policymakers are increasingly incorporating youth

youth employment, available online only at: www.ifad.org/

issues into their discourse.

ruraldevelopmentreport). The Young Lives programme

Because there is a lack of evidence, most of the

Adamchak, D.J. 1995. Pensions and Household Structure of Older Persons in Namibia. Southern African Journal of Gerontology, 4 (2): 11-15.

discourse on rural youth is not rooted in empirically

young people’s lives in four countries over time, and this information is providing a wealth of new insights. Even the

(Sumberg et al., 2018). Most robust (globally comparable)

WorldPop data used in this report now include estimates of

evidence on youth education and employment has an urban

age‑disaggregated populations at the pixel level. These and

bias because data are easier to collect in urban areas,

other data are opening up unprecedented opportunities for

where formal employment predominates. The discourse

understanding young people’s lives in developing countries

around youth empowerment/agency has also suffered from

and for designing programmes that will work for them.

with which various types of programmes can reach urban

Development goals call for the compilation of age- and

youth and because some youth organizations are subject to

gender-disaggregated evidence for monitoring and

elite capture (Trivelli and Morel, 2018). Rural young people,

evaluation purposes. The Millennium Development Goals

especially those who are in the most isolated areas, engage

turbo‑charged the gender and development literature with

in the economy and society in different ways that are hard

their focus on women in development. The Sustainable

to capture in official figures. Researchers are just starting

monitor progress towards achieving the SDG targets. Future research should place special emphasis on the differences in

and remaining challenges (available at: www.ifad.org/

rural youth livelihoods to be observed along the rural‑urban

ruraldevelopmentreport)).

gradient, given how influential these differences are in terms

The increasing availability of individual-level data that are disaggregated by age and gender, combined

as documented in this report. Qualitative research is also needed in order to complement quantitative methodologies

increasing amounts of more robust evidence on rural

as a basis for the attainment of a better understanding of the

youth issues. Data from sources such as those used in this

contextual factors that shape youth livelihood outcomes.

IFAD (International Fund for Agricultural Development). 2018. Progress report on implementation of the performancebased allocation system. Addendum.

Available at: https://webapps.ifad. org/members/eb/125/docs/EB-2018125-R-4-Add-1.pdf. Rome: IFAD. ILO (International Labour Organization).

2017. World Social Protection Report 201719: Universal social protection to achieve the Sustainable Development Goals.

International Labour Office. Geneva: ILO.

Day, T., Röser, F., Hagemann, M. and Höhn, N. 2017. Sectoral Implementation of Nationally Determined Contributions (NDCs). Briefing overview paper. German Agency for Technical Cooperation (GIZ).

ILO (International Labour Organization). 2015.

Global Employment Trends for Youth 2015: Scaling up investments in decent jobs for youth.

International Labour Office. Geneva: ILO.

de Janvry, A., Finan, F., Sadoulet, E. and Vakis, R. 2006. Can Conditional Cash Transfer Programs Serve as Safety Nets in Keeping Children at School and From Working When Exposed to Shocks? Journal of Development Economics, 79 (2): 349-373.

Elder, S., de Haas, H., Principi, M. and Schewel, K. 2015. Youth and Rural Development: Evidence from 25 school-to-work transition surveys. Work4Youth Publication Series No. 29. International Labour Office. Geneva: ILO.

of the productivity, connectivity and agency of rural youth,

with big data, is facilitating the compilation of

Heckman, J.J. and Kautz, T. 2013. Hard Evidence on Soft Skills. Labour Economics, 19 (4): 451-464.

Baird, S., Chirwa, E., McIntosh, C. and Özler, B. 2010. The Short-Term Impacts of a Schooling Conditional Cash Transfer Program on the Sexual Behavior of Young Women.

Health Economics, 19 (Sl): 55-68 (available at: https://doi.org/10.1002/hec.1569).

since age‑ and gender‑disaggregated data are required to

to the increasing availability of microdata and big data.

See annex D for a detailed assessment of data availability

Gasparri, N.I. and Muñoz, L. 2018.

Inclusive Finance and Rural Youth.

Background paper for the Rural Development Report 2019. Rome: IFAD.

Baird, S., McKenzie D. and Özler, B. 2018. The Effects of Cash Transfers on Adult Labour Market Outcomes.

GLM|LIC Synthesis Paper No. 9.

Development Goals (SDGs) may now do the same for youth,

to scratch the surface of the realities of rural youth thanks

Fox, L. 2018. Economic Participation of Rural Youth: What matters? Background paper for the Rural Development Report 2019. Rome: IFAD.

Ardington, C., Hosegood, V. and Case, A. 2009. Forced Migration, Female Labour Force Participation, and IntraHousehold Bargaining: Does conflict empower women? American Economic Journal: Applied Economics, 1 (1): 22-48.

All the targets and sub-targets for the Sustainable

an urban bias until recently because of the greater ease

Fox, L. and Kaul, U. 2018. The Evidence Is In: How should youth employment programs in low-income countries be designed? Policy Research Working Papers. World Bank. (available at: https:// doi.org/10.1596/1813-9450-8500).

Alvarado, G., Skinner, M., Plaut, D., Moss, C., Kapungu, C. and Reavley, N. 2017. A Systematic Review of Positive Youth Development Programmes in Low-and Middle-Income Countries.

Washington, D.C.: YouthPower Learning, Making Cents International.

data of an unprecedented depth on micro‑dimensions of

youth literature are not supported by the available evidence

Finn, A. and Standish-White, J. 2015.

Unconditional Cash Transfers and Children’s Educational Outcomes: Evidence from the old-age pension programme in South Africa. SALDRU Working Papers 147, Southern Africa Labour and Development Research Unit, University of Cape Town.

AfDB (African Development Bank). 2016.

Jobs for Youth in Africa: Strategy for creating 25 million jobs and equipping 50 million youth, 2016-2025. African Development Bank Group.

(younglives.org.uk) is generating quantitative and qualitative

substantiated facts. Many of the claims being made in the

FAO (Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations). 2014. Youth and Agriculture: Key challenges and concrete solutions.

Filmer, D. and Fox, L. 2014.Youth Employment in Sub-Saharan Africa. Washington, D.C.: World Bank (available at: doi:10.1596/978-1-4648-0107-5).

2019 Rural Development Report Creating opportunities for rural youth

4.2 2

1.6

2.6 1

2.3 1.8

2.5 1.5

3.9 5

3.4 4.2 5

3.1

2.3 3

4.1

4.4 4.2 4.7

2.4 3.6 4

2.2 2.4 3.2 3.7 1

4.2 3.5 3.6 3.3 4.9 1.5

(3.3) Access to land

3.5 3.2 3

1.8

(3.4) Access to water

3.1

3.7 3.5 3

4

3.7 3.6 3.7 4.1

1.5

3.4 4.2 1.9

4.7

3

3. Natural resources and environmental policies and practices (3.1) Environmental assessment policies and grievance mechanisms 4.2 4.7

3.4

(3.2) National climate change policies

4.1

2.9 4.4 4.4 4.9 3.5 3.8 4.1

2.1

3.9 4.4 4.3 3.4 4.2 3.5 4.7

3.3 3.5 3.8 3.1

4.1

3.6 2.6 3.7 3.4

4. Financial policy, access to services and markets (4.1) Access to and use of rural financial services 2.4 3.1 2.5 1

2.9 4.6 2.6 3.4 3.5 3.6 4.1

1.3

3.2 4.2 4.5 3.3

(4.2) Investment Climate for Rural Business 2.6 2.2 2.7

3.6 2.5 2.2 2.8 2.6 2.6 4

1.6

3.9 3

(4.3) Access to agricultural input and produce markets

2

3.4 4.2 3.2 3.9 3.5 3.5 2.7

2.4 3.1

(4.4) Access to extension services

3.6 4.8 2.4 1

4.7

5. Nutrition and gender equality (5.1) Nutrition policy framework and outcomes

2.9 3.8 2

4.4 4.4 3.5 4

(5.2) Policy framework for gender equality

4.2 4.4 3

2

4.8 3.8 2.7

4

2.5 4.2 3.7 3.1

3.4 2.5 1.9

(6.3) Debt Policy

2.6 3.1

3

1.6

(6.4) Trade Policy

2.8 3.3 3.5 1.5

Average of all indicators

3.3 3.2 3

3.8 3.3 4 3.1

3.8 2

4.9 4.4 4.1

4.1

4.5 4.2 3.9 1

2.9 2.5 4.3 5

6. Macroeconomic policies and conditions for rural development (6.1) Monetary and exchange rate policies 3.3 2.3 3 2.8 2.9 3.6 3.2 3.7 2.7 (6.2) Fiscal Policy and Taxation

4

3.1

2

3.7 3

4

4.7 4.1

4.7

Peru

Nicaragua

Mexico

Haiti

2.6 3.9 3.2 3.9

3.8 3.8 4.3 4.9 3.1

3.7 4.1

3.9 3.7 3.8 3.8 4.2 3.6 4.2 4.1

3.5 4.1

(3.3) Access to land

4.8 4.6 5 3.6 3

3.3 3.4 5

4.4 3.2 3.9 4.7

3.9 4.9 3.7 4.8 3.1

4.6 2.7

3.6 3.5 3.9 2.8 2.8 3.4 4.2 2.1

3.8 3.5 3.9 3.4 3.9 2.6 3.9

4.7

5.1

5.1

3.6 4.2

5. Nutrition and gender equality (5.1) Nutrition policy framework and outcomes

4.4 4.2 5.1

3.2 4.2

(5.2) Policy framework for gender equality

5

3.8 2.5

2.9 3.4 3.3 3

1.9 3.5 3.9 3.5 3.4 3.5 3.6 4.1 1.9 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.3

5.1

3.1

4

3.5 4.2 3.2 4.4

3

5

4

2.8 4.4 3.4 4 3.4 4.8

3.9 3.5 4.2

3.7 3.6 2.2 4

(4.4) Access to extension services

4.4 4.1

4

2.4 3.4 2.6 2.6 4.2 3.4 4

4.7

2.9 4

5.1

3.8 4.7

3.9 4.8 4.5 3.1

3.6 5.3 4.8 5.2

4.2 5.4 4.4 4.9 3.8 4.1

3.4 4.9 4.6 4.2

6. Macroeconomic policies and conditions for rural development (6.1) Monetary and exchange rate policies 2.9 3.6 3.6 4.5 4.4 4.5 4.6 4.1 (6.2) Fiscal Policy and Taxation

linkedin.com/company/ifad youtube.com/user/ifadTV

3.5 2.6 3.8 3.8 2.2 2.4 3.3 3.8 3.6 2.9 3.9 3.8 2.7

4.1

3.9

instagram.com/ifadnews

3.4 4.2

4.7

3.7

3.7 3.3 3.7 2.8

2.2 3.3 3.3 3.5 3.5 3.9 2.9 2

5.1

4.7

2

3.3 3.4 3.5 3.3 4.1

4.1

3.5 4.1

4.2 3.6 1.8

(4.2) Investment Climate for Rural Business

3.8 1

4

3.5

4.6 4.3 4.9

(4.3) Access to agricultural input and produce markets

3.6 4.4 5.1

4.1

4.7

4.2 3.4 2.3 5

(3.4) Access to water 4. Financial policy, access to services and markets (4.1) Access to and use of rural financial services

facebook.com/ifad

3.3 4.3 4.6 4.2 4.9 4

3.8 3.3

3.5 2.8 2.8 3.9 1

3.4 3.8 3.8 3.7 2.8 4.2 1

2. rural governance, transparency and public administration (2.1) Quality and transparency of allocation of resources for rural development 3.6 4 (2.2) Accountability, transparency and corruption

4

International Fund for Agricultural Development Via Paolo di Dono, 44 ‑ 00142 Rome, Italy Tel: +39 06 54592012 ‑ Fax: +39 06 5043463 Email: ifad@ifad.org www.ifad.org

twitter.com/ifad

3.6 2.6 3.2 1.9

3.9 4.5 4.4 4

Guyana

4.2 5

3.1

RSPA indicator

Brazil

(1.3) Representation and influence of ROs and rural people

4.7

Zimbabwe

4.5 4.8 5.1

Zambia

4.4 3.8 3.4 4.4 4

(1.2) Legal frameworks for and autonomy of rural people’s organizations

Uganda

4.1

4.2 4.1

4.2 3.9 2.6 3.8 4.2 4.2 3.5

3. Natural resources and environmental policies and practices (3.1) Environmental assessment policies and grievance mechanisms 4.3 2.9 2 1.3 4 4.8 3.8 3.4 3.3 3.9 3.9 1.2 (3.2) National climate change policies

3.4 3.2 3.6 3.8

1. policies and legal framework for rural organizations (rOs) and rural people (1.1) Policies and framework for rural development and rural poverty alleviation 4.7 4.5 4.3 4.6 4.7

United Republic of Tanzania

South Sudan

Rwanda

4.2 4.2 4.5 3.9 3.8 1

2. rural governance, transparency and public administration (2.1) Quality and transparency of allocation of resources for rural development 2.6 2.1 2.5 1.4 3.1 (2.2) Accountability, transparency and corruption

3.8 4.3 2

3.4 4.1

Guatemala

(1.3) Representation and influence of ROs and rural people

3.2 4

Ecuador

2.7

279

Dominican Republic

nd political cipation d education werment

(1.2) Legal frameworks for and autonomy of rural people’s organizations

Mozambique

Malawi

Madagascar

Lesotho

1. policies and legal framework for rural organizations (rOs) and rural people (1.1) Policies and framework for rural development and rural poverty alleviation 3.7 3.5 3.5 2.5 3.4 4.5 2.6 3 3.1

ency

Instituto Nacional de Salud Pública de México. 2016. Review of Current Labelling Regulations and Practices for Food and Beverage Targeting Children and Adolescents in Latin American Countries (Mexico, Chile, Costa Rica and Argentina) and Recommendations for Facilitating Consumer Information. United Nations Children’s Fund (UNICEF).

2018 RSPA scores – LaTiN amERiCa aND THE CaRiBBEaN

Kenya

Ethiopia

Eritrea

Comoros

Burundi

Angola

RSPA indicator

ILO (International Labour Organization).

2014. World Social Protection Report 201415: Building economic recovery, inclusive development and social justice. International Labour Office. Geneva: ILO.

Annex A Rural sector performance assessment

2018 RSPA scores – EaST aND SOuTHERN afRiCa

Bolivia (Plurinational State of)

278

Argentina

21

Climate change is a you issue

273

Chapter 10 Thinking differently about investing in rural youth

2019 Rural Development Report Creating opportunities for rural youth

SpOTLigHT

Cuba

272

3.1

3.8 4.1

4.6

3.4 4.2 3.8 4.4 3.8 3.8 3.5 3.9 3.4 4.3 3.7 4.2

(6.3) Debt Policy

3.3 3.6 2.7

(6.4) Trade Policy

3.6 3.3 3.6 3.7 4.1

3.3 3.4 2.8 3.6 4

Average of all indicators

4.1 4

3

4.3 4

4.1

3.7 4

3.6 3.9 4.3 3.8 4.8

4.2 3.8 3.8 4.1 4

3.6 3.3 4.3 3.7 4.3

page 11

à

_PUBLICATIONS IFAD: Rural lives â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 40th anniversary publication Concept for both publications, design, photo selection, layout, formatting, color and quality assurance of photographs, pre-press, print production control / 168 p., 21.5x28.8 cm

page 12

Ă

WOERDESIGN IFAD: Agents of rural change. The IFAD story – 40th anniversary publication Design, layout, formatting, pre-press, print production control / 64 p., 21.5x28.8 cm

page 13

à

_PUBLICATIONS IFAD: Toolkit for IFAD communications in English, French and Spanish Design, layout, formatting, pre-press, interactive pdf / Ring binder containing 132 p., A4

IFAD’s visual identity Presenting IFAD in the best light The old saying that there is only one chance to make a good first impression is as true for organizations as it is for individuals. IFAD’s published materials – in print, online, display and broadcast formats – speak for the organization just as staff members do. Research confirms that a clear and consistent identity helps build and maintain an organization’s reputation. Regularly reinforced graphic symbols can convey and underscore institutional strengths.

IFAD’s consistent image, supported by our strong, clear and simple graphic style, also sends a

IFAD’s visual identity

message about our focus and determination.

That message is supported by the photographs of our work, which put a powerful face on rural poverty and demonstrate our compassion as well as our commitment to poor rural people.

The guidelines in this section cover corporate identity, graphic design style, photography, and maps and Geographic Information System.

All staff members play an important role in bringing IFAD’s cohesive identity to life in all communications in all formats. Following the guidelines will also help you to communicate your message in a more professional manner.

1 J Corporate identity guidelines Visual identity policy The power of a strong visual identity can only be realized through consistent application over time, so IFAD policy requires that the official logotype is the only sanctioned symbol for use across the organization. No other symbols or marks may be used in conjunction with the official IFAD visual identity or in place of it.

IFAD’s logo The IFAD logo, or symbol, is the core element of our visual identity. It should be seen on every product that comes out of IFAD, from letterheads to job advertisements to reports to merchandise to the website.

The IFAD logo, used since the organization’s founding, is a pictogram aimed at projecting the image of international cooperation for agricultural development. It comprises a stylized ear of grain supported by three stalks. The stalks

1

I

2

3

Enabling poor rural people to overcome poverty

represent IFAD’s three founders (Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development [OECD], Organization of the Petroleum Exporting Countries [OPEC] and developing countries), which contribute symbolically to the growth of the grain.

The symbol is incorporated with the name to form the IFAD logotype. The IFAD logotype is provided in various formats, appropriate for specific usage needs.

4

A -1

Corporate identity guidelines

IFAD’s visual identity

IFAD’s visual identity

Writing and publishing

– Promotional items Below are acceptable uses of the IFAD visual identity system on merchandise and branded products. The preferred colours for products displaying the IFAD logotype are white, grey or black.

The importance of clear, simple writing

“Also important are logical sequencing of the actions and coordination among all the participants.”

While speeding through the morning e-mail, who has not been forced into slow motion by a sentence like this: “It is however also worth noting the crucial importance of effective and timely sequencing of activities as well as the potentially negative impact that the two diverse processes can have on each other if separate and unique initiatives are not coordinated amongst all the various actors involved.”

Writing and publishing

In a ‘knowledge organization’ like IFAD, where employees are valued for the output of their minds, the ability to write clearly is probably listed near the top of almost every job description. No matter how creative your ideas, they will not go anywhere if you cannot communicate them.

Clear, simple and direct writing saves time and money, prevents errors and helps others do their work. Applying the tips in this section – on using plain language, avoiding jargon, and editing and proofreading your work – will make your writing more accessible. And it will still be every bit as substantive.

The drag on your brain feels almost physical as you stop to deconstruct the meaning word by word.

You would already be onto the next e-mail if the author had simply written:

1 J Plain language guidelines Plain language

– Use simpler synonyms Say facts, details instead of particulars Say use instead of utilize – Avoid jargon in texts intended for general audiences – Use technical terminology appropriately in technical materials, and define specialized terms or include a glossary – Avoid unnecessarily formal language and ‘officialese’ or ‘bureaucratese’ – Be consistent in use of terms – Use gender-neutral language – Minimize use of acronyms and abbreviations – Minimize use of Latin words and phrases.

Plain language makes a text clearer and more readable. It does not reduce the complexity or the substance of the topic.

Use plain words – Replace abstract language with concrete words – Avoid stringing together or overusing words such as amenities, aspects, concepts, devices, elements, facilities, factors, functions, inputs, operations, outputs, processes, resources, sectors, structures, systems, variables Note: See The A to Z of Alternative Words at: www.plainenglish.co.uk/files/alternative.pdf and chapter 2 of the Oxford Guide to Plain English

1

2

3

4

A - 14

1

2

3

4

1

A - 15

3

2

4

B-1

Language guidelines

Graphic design guidelines

Graphic design guidelines

IFAD on the internet

ing and publishing Use the active voice and action verbs Use the active voice rather than the passive, and name the agent(s) carrying out the action(s): The Executive Board [the agent] approved [active voice] the grant proposal in December 2004. instead of The grant proposal was approved in December 2004.

See section 3 for more details. instead of More details are provided in section 3.

Use verbs in place of nouns formed from verbs – Evaluate instead of carry out an evaluation of – Consider instead of give consideration to – Solve instead of provide a solution to Revise overly long or confusing sentences Aim for an average sentence length of 20 to 25 words.

Focus on one idea in each sentence.

Eliminate superfluous words and phrases, such as moreover and thus, and remove unnecessary preambles.

Clarify ambiguous wording and constructions Use only one dependent clause in a sentence (a dependent clause does not express a complete thought [it sounds incomplete] and it cannot stand alone as a sentence).

Note: Often dependent clauses begin with words such as after, although, as, because, before, if, in order to, since, though, unless, until, when, whether and while.

IFAD on the internet

Use assertions rather than negations:

A project proposal will be approved only if it meets the following criteria… instead of A project proposal will not be approved unless it meets the following criteria…

Put parallel ideas in parallel grammatical form: The main objectives of the regional strategy are: – empowering poor rural people – enabling poor rural women and men to take advantage of market opportunities – promoting policy dialogue – developing partnerships and coalitions – learning from experience and disseminating knowledge instead of The main objectives of the regional strategy are: – empowerment of poor rural people – enable poor rural women and men to take advantage of market opportunities – promoting policy dialogue – the development of partnerships and coalitions – to learn from experience and to disseminate knowledge

The new front door Many people know IFAD only by our electronic presence. Some come across the website or Facebook page on a random search; others seek us out and return repeatedly. How IFAD is presented on the website and social media sites is fundamental to our identity and

Social media etiquette Web posting

You discover a post about IFAD. Is it positive, balanced or negative?

“How should I act online?”

Positive

Be a good ambassador

The post is a factual and well-cited response, which may agree or disagree with the post, yet is not factually erroneous, a rant or rage, bashing, or negative in nature. You can concur with the post, let stand or provide a positive review. Do you want to respond?

1 J Writing for the web

IFAD on the internet

Avoid using modifiers such as: – ‘Key’ role – ‘In-depth’ assessment – ‘Active’ participation – ‘Proactive’ engagement – ‘Overall’ goal – ‘Intensive’ training – ‘A broad range of’...

– ‘Closely’ examining – ‘Local’ community – ‘Very’ anything

People read and use text very differently on the screen compared to the printed page. Online content is different from a printed publication.

Here’s why: A print document is a complete entity, and the user is focused on the entire body of information. The computer screen displays about a third of a printed page, so context is lacking. Material needs to be ‘chunked’ into multiple linked pages, and each chunk needs to make sense on its own.

Print readers are more likely to analyse material carefully and sequentially, but online, people tend to jump and read things out of order or context, then zero in quickly on content that interests them.

Print readers are more patient, while online readers are not willing to read long passages or click many links to grasp the point.

The online message needs to be crisp and easily understood.

A print document is linear – each section serves as a stepping stone for the next. Online readers can enter a site and move between pages, so each page needs to stand alone.

Passion is contagious. Share the passion you feel for your work and talk about the successes you have.

Be accurate, fair, thorough and transparent. Encourage constructive criticism and deliberation.

Offer support

Reading online versus reading in print

Be passionate

Be credible

integral to our operations. The rapid growth of electronic communication will only increase the importance of these media. As a result, writing clear, accessible, compelling content is crucial.

The guidelines in this section provide tips on writing for the IFAD website, using social media and blog posts.

These numbers underscore the challenges facing writers of online content: Only 16 per cent of on-screen users read word by word; 79 per cent always scan.

People read 25 per cent slower from the screen: 190-260 words per minute on screen, 250-350 words per minute off screen.

You have about 3 to 5 seconds to catch an online reader’s attention, and about 12 seconds to keep it.

The average computer user spends no more than 7 to 12 minutes on a website or article, so you have to quickly Writing for the web is grab the reader’s different than writing for attention, focus it on print material. your article and hold it to the end.

An online text should have about half as many words as the print version of the same text, since users find it painful to read too much text on screen.

No

You should always be aware that your behaviour and opinions reflect on to theovercome organization.

Enabling poor rural people poverty

Balanced

Negative How?

Monitor only

Avoid responding to specific posts; monitor the site for relevant information and comments.

Yes

It’s a conversation

“How do I respond?”

Don’t be afraid to bring in your own personality and say what’s on your mind. Consider content that’s open-ended and invites response.

“TROLLS”

Is this a site dedicated to bashing and degrading others?

Fix the facts

Feel free to correct others, but stick to the facts. Respond respectfully and with factual information.

(See five blog response considerations below)

Add value Think of CNN, your mother and your boss

Let the blog stand – no response required.

Transparency

If you talk about work-related issues on personal blogs, use a disclaimer on each page making it clear the views expressed are yours alone.

Is the posting a rant, rage, joke or satirical in nature?

“MISGUIDED”

Are there erroneous facts in the posting?

“UNHAPPY CUSTOMER”

Don’t say anything online that you wouldn’t be comfortable seeing quoted on CNN, being asked about by your mother or having to justify to your boss.

Let post stand

“RAGER”

Share success

Proactively share your story and your mission with the author.

Sourcing

Cite your sources: hyperlink, track-back, ping and connect!

Talk about the success of your colleagues and connect with them online.

Sharing your information and experiences benefits everyone. Feel free to share and discuss your experiences in your work. Be knowledgeable and helpful; use common sense with information that is internal and/or confidential.

If in doubt – ask!

Best judgement

Take your time to create quality responses. Don’t publish if it makes you even slightly uncomfortable.

Ask advice from your supervisor if you aren’t sure.

Is the posting a result of a negative experience?

Restoration

Rectify the situation, respond and act upon a reasonable solution. Be the first to admit a mistake. (See 5 Blog Response Considerations below.)

Five blog response considerations to keep in mind:

Tone/Influence

Respond in the tone that reflects highly on IFAD. Focus on the most influential blogs related to IFAD. Communicate, educate and share IFAD’s vision.

Security

Protect your own privacy through using privacy settings.

Be particularly careful disclosing information that might compromise your safety or someone else’s.

Source: United Nations Development Programme (UNDP); adapted for IFAD

1

2

3

4

B-2

1

2

3

D -1

Writing for the web

2

Source: United Nations Development Programme (UNDP); adapted for IFAD

1

3

D-8

Using social media

Language guidelines

page 14

à

WOERDESIGN IFAD: IFAD’s Internal Guidelines. Economic and Financial Analysis of rural investment projects Visual identity for kit folder containing three volumes and usb stick. Design, layout, formatting, pre-press, interactive pdfs / Vol. 1 in English, French and Spanish: 44 p. / Vol. 2: 88 p. / Vol. 3: 220 p. / A4

VOL

CONTENTS

Section I Introduction ............................................................ 5 Background.............................................................. 5 Scope....................................................................... 5 Outline ...................................................................... 6

International Fund for Agricultural Development Via Paolo di Dono, 44 - 00142 Rome, Italy Tel: +39 06 54591 - Fax: +39 06 5043463 E-mail: ifad@ifad.org www.ifad.org www.ruralpovertyportal.org

How to read the guidelines....................................... 6

Section V EFA role throughout IFAD’s project cycle........................................... 24 EFA in project design: Links with the logframe and M&E............................................ 26 EFA in project design: Risk analysis........................................................... 27

Section II Relevance of EFA ................................................. 7 Relevance of economic and financial analysis ......... 7

ifad-un.blogspot.com www.facebook.com/ifad

EFA in project supervision, implementation and ex post evaluation ........................................... 30 Ex post EFA and scaling up ................................... 32

EFA as a decision-making tool

instagram.com/ifadnews

in project planning .................................................... 7

www.twitter.com/ifadnews

Technical annex .................................................. 33 Formulas for profitability indicators......................... 33

www.youtube.com/user/ifadTV

Section III Basic concepts in undertaking EFA ................................................. 11

Cost-effectiveness ................................................. 33 Multicriteria analysis ............................................... 34 Types of projects and EFA activities ....................... 35

Investment criteria: profitability indicators .............. 12 Economic and financial analysis:

References ............................................................ 37

Outline

How to read t

The guidelines are divided into three volumes, as shown in Figure 1. Volume 1 highlights the relevance of EFA to investment projects in general, presenting some basic technical concepts and briefly describing the process of classic EFA. It also explains the use of different EFA elements throughout design, implementation and supervision of development projects. A short presentation of alternatives methods to EFA, such as cost-effectiveness and multicriteria analysis (MCA) are also included in this volume. Volume 2 is the core of these IGs and defines minimum requirements for the elaboration of comprehensive EFA of IFAD rural investment projects. All detailed steps of analysis are presented and illustrated through a hypothetical example, the Guideland Rural Development Project. An annex to volume 2 offers technical notes, practical tips, quality checklists and suggested tables for the presentation of results. Volume 3 presents a set of practical examples on the assessment of quantitative benefits in cases in which project activities are not directly related to production or productivity objectives (e.g. rural finance projects, climate adaptation initiatives, community-demand-driven [CDD] or capacity-building projects).

These IGs are directe The first includes CP officers, government and/or implementing making informed dec basic concepts of EF will provide all the inf results, for example l assumptions to defin logframe; or using se risk assessment exe the EFA analyst. In vo IFAD’s minimum requ a practical example i to perform analysis; presentation of resul questions and identifi mistakes are provide

the differences ....................................................... 13

Glossary ................................................................. 39 Section IV EFA of IFAD rural investment projects ........................................... 18

FIGURE 1

EFA guidelines outline

Focusing on ‘typical’ IFAD rural

I FA D’S I NTE R N A L G U I D E LI N E S

investment projects and their

Economic and Financial Analysis of rural investment projects

main benefits .......................................................... 18 Unquantified benefits: alternative methodologies to CBA ........................................... 20 EFA data sources, collection and coherence ....................................................... 23

1 Basic concepts and rationale

2 Minimum requirements

3

VOLUME 1

IFAD’S INTErNAL GUIDELINES

Both, NPV and IRR are calculated on the same project cash flows of incremental net benefits.

However, in certain cases, the calculation of IRR is not possible, and thus it cannot be used as a profitability indicator.

This is the case when: (a) the flow of net incremental benefits does not have a negative element; or (b) it presents more than one IRR, complicating the decision as to which one to consider as the profitability indicator.

Moreover, IRR is an indicator that should not be used to rank or select mutually exclusive project options, as it cannot provide a measure of the size or magnitude of project value13 (box 3).

The NPV, on the other hand, is an indicator that can always be calculated, as is the case with the benefit/cost ratio.

• The (B/C) ratio indicator is the ratio of the present value of benefits to the present value of costs over the time horizon. The B/C ratio provides some advantages when a ranking of alternative investment projects is needed under budget constraints.

If B/C ≥ 1 the project is accepted.

If B/C < 1 the project is rejected.

Introduction

SECTION I

Economic and Financial Analysis of rural investment projects

Background Since the quality enhancement (QE) process was established in 2008, project reviewers at both the quality enhancement and quality assurance (QA) stages have identified areas of weakness in IFAD’s use of economic and financial analysis (EFA) in project design. For example, of the 38 projects the QE process reviewed during 2011, 8 per cent had not submitted an EFA, and in 24 projects, EFA issues were identified. At the QA stage, EFA recommendations have surfaced for 20 per cent of the projects.

Specific areas of concern range from technical considerations regarding the quality of the analyses and data (poor assumptions, poor presentation of the analysis, and technical issues such as the use of shadow pricing, conversion factors and discount rates) to broader issues regarding the use of EFA as a tool in project design (activity selection, logical framework [logframe] design and risk analysis).

As a first step, the Policy and Technical Advisory Division (PTA), in collaboration with the QA secretariat, organized a workshop in October 2011 with international experts and practitioners involved in project EFA to establish a consensus regarding internationally accepted standards and best practice.

The need for internal guidelines (IGs) for EFA of IFAD projects emerged as one of the workshop’s main recommendations. It was suggested that the IGs should: (a) be directed to staff and practitioners in charge of carrying out EFA (including government officers), as well as to reviewers and advisers to familiarize them with these analyses; (b) be simple and hands on, including minimum criteria for EFA,

1 Basic concepts and rationale

illustrated by good examples; (c) provide standards for presenting assumptions and findings, and for the information to be included in project design documents, their annexes and working papers; and (d) guide selection of, for example, the discount rate, inclusion of externalities, and application of shadow prices and/or conversion factors (CFs) and their justification.

Scope The main scope of these guidelines is to help country programme managers (CPMs) in their project design dialogue with governments, as well as to help mission leaders and EFA analysts in the performance of their tasks related to project EFA. The IGs should be considered an open and dynamic document, which will be regularly updated to introduce changes and/or complement information, following the needs of its main users.

These guidelines are, by definition, an auxiliary methodological tool in meeting EFA requirements at IFAD. They do not pretend to substitute for the large bibliography on EFA and cost-benefit analysis (CBA) developed by academics and other international financial institutions (IFIs) that analysts may consult.1 Finally, any project analyst should rely on his/her best judgment, refined through experience, when deciding on the methodology and assumptions to be used. These IGs, as with any guidelines, are not a substitute for these essential qualities. It is hoped, however, that they will help reduce the scope of subjective judgment in project EFA, as well as bring some standardization to the presentation of results.

1

BASIC CONCEP TS AND R ATIONALE

These IGs consider that the most appropriate indicator for appraising an investment project is the NPV, as the investment decision criterion is straightforward: if NPV is > 0, the project is viable.

It means that the proposed investment is a profitable alternative in terms of resource allocations. It is better than the present and WOP situations and also better than allocating the same resources to other economic activities that will yield the average profit rate.

VOLUME 1

All investment projects include a number of stakeholders, and this has implications for the valuation of the benefits and costs accrued by project interventions. Whose costs and benefits count?14 Governments and society as a whole will consider and value costs and benefits differently from producers or any other private actor individually.

From the perspective of a development agency such as IFAD, both points of view are relevant to a reply to the guiding questions stated before: Should the government invest in this project? Will the producer take the risk?

Profile of costs and benefits over the project cycle Implementation period: years 1-5 Life of the investment: years 1-20 120

100

Ex post EFA and scaling up Confronted with the large-scale problem of reducing rural poverty, which it is mandated to address, and the limited resources available from official development assistance (ODA), IFAD is compelled to increase the impact of every dollar it invests in agriculture and rural development. For this reason, scaling up the results of successful development initiatives is an overarching priority that directly supports the achievement of IFAD’s mandate. To deliver on this priority, IFAD’s operational practices must be geared towards supporting all concerned actors and institutions – including poor rural women and men and their organizations – in achieving impact at scale.

The formal IFAD definition of ‘scaling up’ is: expanding, adapting and supporting successful policies, programmes and knowledge in order to leverage resources and partners to deliver larger, more sustainable results for a greater number of poor rural people. Scaling up results means that IFAD interventions will not be viewed as a way of expanding small projects into larger ones. Instead, they will focus on how successful local initiatives will sustainably leverage policy changes, additional resources and learning to bring the results to scale.

EFA has an important role to play in informing scaling-up decisions, since evidence of favourable financial and economic impacts should be a key

80

MTR

60

PCR

40

20

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20 Years

Investment costs Recurrent costs

Design

Supervision

Evaluation

Methodological issues of ex post and ex ante analysis The key aspect to understand when performing this analysis is that, as shown in Figure 7, project costs and benefits will occur in different moments of project life.

Methodologically speaking, if this analysis will be used for comparison of appraised (ex ante) and real impacts (ex post) (as is generally the goal), we need to ‘place’ the comparison in the same point in time. The point in time could be at the beginning or completion of the project or any other point. What is important is to bring all cash flows to that point in time using discount techniques. Then calculate the NPVs and compare. You will be able to use IRRs only if the cash flow allows it mathematically (i.e. if there is a negative Figure in the first year).

But this is not the only consideration to bear in mind. Other issues arise, such as: • Attribution effects of achieved results: given IFAD’s scale of intervention, it could claim

Benefits

contribution, but not full attribution, of increased beneficiary incomes or decline in food insecurity.

• At completion could be too early to capture all expected benefits (see Figure 7).

• A mixed approach, in order to compensate for this second issue, is to try to estimate benefits yet to be produced, include them in cash flows and then perform the discounting (however, the results could be questioned).

• In order to make a realistic comparison, CBA should be done 10 years after implementation, and this has rarely been done.

2

IRR or NPV? Although the most appropriate indicator for appraising an investment project is the NPV – as it can always be calculated and will provide information on the magnitude of the return – the IRR is the most commonly used. This is probably due to the fact that IRR is expressed as a percentage, which is often wrongly associated with other rates of return such as interest rates (r) or profit rates in alternative allocations. In fact, the IRR has no meaning in terms of project value or size.

To prove this, let’s suppose a project is one thousandth the size of another project. Simply multiply each side of the equation by 1,000. The calculated IRR will not change, but the small project entails less value. The project to be chosen from a social point of view would be the one producing the bigger returns to the economy, and the NPV will clearly show this, while the IRR will not.

13 Where a project is the only alternative proposal to the status quo, the issue is whether the IRR provides worthwhile additional information. Views differ in this respect. Some argue that there is little merit in calculating a statistic that is either misleading or subservient to the NPV. Others see a role for the IRR in providing a clear signal as regards the sensitivity of a project’s net benefits to the discount rate. Yet, whichever perspective is taken, this does not alter the broad conclusion on the general primacy of the NPV rule.

14 In the CBA/EFA literature, the question of ‘whose costs and benefits count?’ is known as the ‘standing’ issue (i.e. whose welfare counts in the aggregation of net benefits?).

13

VOLUME 1

annual financial indicators such as total sales, total production costs, employment created. Hopefully, full development of the model would have been achieved by completion so as to provide information on how adequate project interventions had been.

This could also potentially provide information on the reasons underpinning adoption rates.

Minimum requirements and practical examples

BOX 3

See list of references.

BASIC CONCEP TS AND R ATIONALE

Economic and Financial Analysis of rural investment projects

Economic and financial analysis: the differences

5

FIGURE 7

IFAD’S INTErNAL GUIDELINES

BASIC CONCEP TS AND R ATIONALE

criterion for deciding whether or not to scale up.

Thus the framing questions must incorporate an economic and financial dimension as follows: • Idea. If a project is referred to as one that is being scaled up or otherwise further developed from previous interventions in the host country or region, what were the economic and financial outcomes of the activity to be scaled up? Have economic and financial impacts been estimated or measured?

• Vision. How many poor rural men and women will benefit financially and to what extent? What will be the overall economic impact?

• Drivers. Are the economic and financial benefits sufficiently attractive to drive the expansion and sustain the initiative over the long term?

• Spaces. Is there sufficient capacity to finance the proposed expansion? Is the local, regional or national economy large enough to accommodate it? Can markets absorb the level of production envisaged?

• Pathways. What are the financial and economic implications of alternative scaling-up pathways? Is a gradual or a fast-track approach preferred?

• IFAD’s role. How will IFAD ensure that economic and financial impacts of the expansion are properly monitored and evaluated?

IFAD’S INTErNAL GUIDELINES

Economic and Financial Analysis of rural investment projects

Case studies

Scaling-up issues often need to be addressed during COSOP formulation or country portfolio reviews, especially where grant-funded pilot programmes have been implemented and are being considered for scaling up into full-scale investment projects. In these cases, EFA of pilot programmes during and after implementation becomes an important part of the strategic process.

On a more positive note, the alternative would be to choose some activity/farm models effectively put in place by the project. Perform a financial analysis at completion and compare it with appraisal estimations (models developed at design for the WOP situation), in order to estimate how things have changed. This analysis will not be based on cash flows, but on annual bases, thus comparing

31

32

page 15

à

_PUBLICATIONS IFAD – Independent Office of Evaluation: ARRI Report 2019 Latest of five annual reports. Design, layout, formatting, color and quality assurance of photographs, pre-press / 148 p., A4

Benin

2019 ARRI

Adapted Rural Financing Services Promotion Project

1 Overview

Emile Kouessi Gnansounnou in his convenience store in Lobogo. Emile is 50 years old and has a wife and five children. In Lobogo, he owns convenience stores and a bar, and rents out table football games.

Background

4.

Methodology. The 2019 ARRI synthesizes findings from evaluations completed in 2018

1.

©IFAD/Andrew Esiebo/Panos

This is the seventeenth edition of the Annual

(annex 4) and analyses ratings from project

Report on Results and Impact of IFAD

evaluations and from country strategy and

Operations (ARRI), which the Independent

programme evaluations (CSPEs). It follows a

Office of Evaluation of IFAD (IOE) has prepared

mixed methodology based on qualitative and

annually since 2003. The ARRI provides an

quantitative analyses, and the triangulation

independent presentation of the aggregate

of different data. Performance by evaluation

results of IFAD’s performance at the project

criteria is presented as percentages of

and country levels for the consideration of

projects rated moderately satisfactory or

its Management and Executive Board to

better according to three-year moving periods.

This highlights long-term trends and smoothen

strengthen accountability and learning.

short-term fluctuations. Annex 5 provides 2.

more detail on the methodology and analyses.

Objectives. The ARRI has two main objectives: (i) present a synthesis of the performance of IFAD-supported operations

5.

based on a common evaluation methodology;

The 2019 ARRI follows the provisions of the second edition of IFAD’s Evaluation Manual

and (ii) highlight systemic and cross-cutting

published in December 2015. In addition, the

issues, lessons and challenges that IFAD

evaluation criteria and definitions included in

and recipient countries need to address to

the revised harmonization agreement between

enhance the development effectiveness of

Management and IOE are fully reflected. Each

IFAD-funded operations.

project included has been assessed and rated

Learning theme. Since 2007, each ARRI

impact, relevance, effectiveness, efficiency,

has focused on a learning theme with the

sustainability of benefits, gender equality and

aim of deepening analysis on selected

women’s empowerment (GEWE), innovation,

across ten evaluation criteria: rural poverty 3.

4 IOE. 2019 Annual Report on Results and Impact of IFAD Operations (ARRI): Relevance of IFAD project interventions.

Issues Paper (IFAD, 2019).

scaling up, environment and natural resources

issues to enhance the performance of IFAD

management (ENRM), and adaptation to

operations. The learning theme agreed upon

climate change.

with the Executive Board for the 2019 ARRI is relevance of IFAD project interventions.

The full study of the topic was published as

6.

IOE also has two composite evaluation

an issues paper4 and is summarized in the

criteria: project performance, and overall

learning theme chapter.

project achievement. Project performance

2019 A NNUA L R EPORT ON R ESULTS A ND IMPACT OF IFA D OPER ATIONS

Independent Office of Evaluation

21

2019 Annual Report on Results and Impact of IFAD Operations

1 Overview

analysis of available ratings in chart 1. Out of

strategic framework into a number of

the total of 2,634 ratings across 12 evaluation

commitments. According to the Report of the

criteria, only 0.3 per cent are ratings of 1, and

Consultation on the Tenth Replenishment of

1.1 per cent are 6. The majority of the ratings

IFAD’s Resources, IFAD will draw and build on

(75 per cent) are moderately satisfactory or

its recent performance achievements to scale

better, and 27 per cent are satisfactory or

up its results and consolidate the strategic

better.

Table 2

Criteria

IFAD’s Resources (IFAD9, 2013-2015). The

20.

Standard deviation

Coefficient of variation (%)

Moderately satisfactory or better (%)

4.25

0.7

16

87

IFAD performance

Table 2 ranks the 12 evaluation criteria by their

4.18

0.7

4.18

0.9

21

82

4.16

0.9

21

80

0.7

18

83

0.9

23

76

19

76

programmes were: (i) increasing operational

the 2007-2017 PCRV/PPE dataset. Relevance,

4.07

effectiveness (“better”); and (ii) increasing

IFAD performance as a partner, innovation,

Scaling up

4.06

institutional effectiveness and efficiency

GEWE, and rural poverty impact remain

ENRM

3.96

0.7

Effectiveness

3.96

(“bigger” and “smarter”). Chapter 4 presents

among the higher-ranking criteria. Although their average ratings remain in the satisfactory

IFAD10 achievements against these priorities.

range above 4, they have declined compared

Rural poverty impact

0.8

21

Government performance

3.82

0.9

22

to the previous year. The lower-ranking criteria

Adaptation to climate change

3.80

0.8

21

72

are still operational efficiency, sustainability of

Sustainability

3.65

0.8

21

60

Efficiency

3.60

0.9

26

56

benefits, and government performance with

5 000

to climate change is only indicative as it is still based on a small sample.

Better performance

21.

Distribution of all ratingsa

% moderately satisfactory or better

20.3 20

a

Rating 1

Rating 2

1.1 Rating 3

Rating 4

Rating 5

IFAD7 2007-2009

IFAD7 2007‑2009

IFAD8 2010‑2012

IFAD9 2013‑2015

IFAD10 2016‑2018

6 133

7 270

10 300

12 767

14 500

% annual increase of ongoing project and programme financing

-

3

19

42

24

14

196

187

207

243

232

209

30

33

35

42

55

69

2 960

3 322

Number of ongoing projects

IFAD8 2010-2012

IFAD9 2013-2015

IFAD10 2016-2018

Ongoing programme and project financing per project (US$ millions)

Source: IFAD’s Annual Reports from 2005 to 2018.

Total

Programme of loans and grants (includes resources from Adaptation for Smallholder Agriculture Programme).

184.

Rating 6

Impact domains criteria such as household income and assets, human and social and empowerment, food security and agricultural productivity, institutions and policy are no longer rated separately. Therefore, previous years’ ratings have been removed in the quantitative analysis.

Source: IOE evaluation database (PCRV/PPE), April 2019.

there is little difference between completed

looking at approved investment projects,

and approved projects, which ranged from

the average project size is even “bigger”

US$28 million to US$40 million per project.

While IFAD’s ongoing PoW increased

between IFAD8 and IFAD10 compared with

From IFAD8, average project costs rise

approved PoW made a huge leap between the

significantly, the number of projects

earlier periods, ranging from US$68 million to

to US$68 million per project for approved

Seventh Replenishment of IFAD’s Resources

declined, indicating “bigger” projects

US$71 million and with a median project size

projects but remain at US$33 million per

(IFAD7) and IFAD8 from US$3.8 billion to

between IFAD8 and IFAD10. An analysis

rising from US$45 million to US$52 million

project for completed projects. This strongly

US$6.7 billion. An initial increase in the

of IFAD’s ongoing portfolio, as reported in

between IFAD8 and IFAD10 (chart 27). A

indicates a new approach of “bigger projects”

comparison of the sizes of completed projects

from IFAD8, but especially in IFAD10.

IFAD’s PoLG and cofinancing (international

performance of IFAD’s project portfolio was

weaker performance (under 70 per cent).

declining or flat. Chart 2 presents an overview

The two better-performing criteria are IFAD

183.

Combined overview of the key project performance evaluation criteria

PoLG of 56 per cent was accompanied by

IFAD Annual Reports, shows that the total

Percentage of projects rated moderately satisfactory or better, 2007-2017

a significant 97 per cent rise in cofinancing.

ongoing programme and project financing

This transformational change in IFAD’s PoW

(including cofinancing) grew from an average

reflected the emerging needs and priorities

of US$6.0 billion in IFAD5 to US$14.5 billion

Chart 27 Total cost per approved investment project

resulting from the rise in food and fuel prices

in IFAD10 (table 8), with a jump of 42 per cent

80

90 85

83

77 77

76 75

69 69

60 50

from IFAD8 onwards. From IFAD5 to IFAD7,

99 in IFAD8 to 84 in IFAD10. When only

discussed in the section Better.

and domestic). As shown in chart 26, IFAD’s

70

with those approved in each replenishment period indicates a clear change in approach

number of projects approved, down from increase, particularly through cofinancing, as

perspective of IFAD’s PoW, consisting of

groups in terms of moderately satisfactory or

80

A closer examination shows that the decline is driven by a decrease in the

Resources (IFAD5) provides a long-term

better ratings: better (over 70 per cent) and

25.7

4.5

IFAD6 2004‑2006

5 967

2 864

Cofinancing (international and domestic)

Overall, between 2007 and 2017, the

100

0.3

IFAD6 2004-2006

of the key project criteria, which fall into two

Chart 2

0

IFAD5 2001‑2003

Total ongoing project and programme financing (US$ millions)

1 840

1 535

IFAD5 2001-2003

Total IFAD PoLG a a

Ongoing portfolio (US$ million)

1 287

1 190 0 Weaker performance

5 951

1 957

1 271

IFAD ongoing programme of work by replenishment period

2 630

2 822 2 460

Trends in portfolio performance

40

10

3 000

1 000

48.1

30

4 000

2 000

Percentage by rating, 2007-2017 (N=2634)

%

3 797

Source: IOE evaluation database (PCRV/PPE), April 2019.

satisfactory (4) as shown in the distribution

50

6 671

3 711

Sources: IFAD’s Annual Reports from 2005 to 2018.

are still below 4. Performance in adaptation ten-year period 2007-2017 are moderately

6 717

3 853

Table 8

6 000

little change in their average ratings, which

Most ratings from project evaluations in the

Chart 1

7 000

75 68

4 IFAD performance by replenishment

Chart 26 IFAD approved programme of work by replenishment period

85

GEWE

average rating based on a block analysis of

a replenishment-based analysis to assess

16

Innovation

two IFAD10 priorities relevant to IFAD-funded

Overall portfolio performance from 2007 to 2017 19.

Average

Relevance

approaches of the Ninth Replenishment of

2019 Annual Report on Results and Impact of IFAD Operations

Ranking of averages and data dispersion per criteria, 2007‑2017

20072009

20082010

20092011

20102012

20112013

20122014

20132015

20142016

Overall project achievement Project performance

in IFAD8. The total number of projects, which includes all projects that were approved and

this higher level of investment through steady

effective but not yet completed, also spiked in

60

increases in the PoLG but not through

IFAD8 to 243. However, the increasing trend

50

cofinancing, which decreased slightly between

in total project and programme financing is

40

IFAD8 and IFAD9 and significantly in IFAD10

not reflected in the total number of projects,

(-29 per cent). This decline is notable as,

which declined between IFAD8 and IFAD10.

56

according to the Organisation for Economic

This increase in the ongoing portfolio,

20

Co-operation and Development (OECD),

accompanied by a decrease in number of

funding for agriculture and rural development

projects, resulted in a steady increase in the

10

Government performance

actually increased by 27 per cent between

total financing per project from US$42 million

2012 and 2017. Therefore, new investments

to US$69 million.

in IFAD9 and IFAD10 had the potential to

68

70

61

20152017

Years of completion

IFAD performance Rural poverty impact

that greatly affected the agriculture sector.

After the food crisis, IFAD basically maintained

US$ million

IFAD10 translated the objectives of the

US$ million

18.

36

34

27

30

IFAD5 2001-2003

IFAD6 2004-2006

30

0

Median project size

71

68

40

45

46

IFAD8 2010-2012

IFAD9 2013-2015

52

28

IFAD7 2007-2009

IFAD10 2016-2018

Average project size

Source: GRIPS database.

Source: IOE evaluation database (PCRV/PPE), April 2019.

24

25

80

81

2019 Annual Report on Results and Impact of IFAD Operations

Annex 2

Chart 1.2 Country strategy and programme evaluation methodology

Definitions of the evaluation criteria used by IOE

IMPACT ON RURAL POVERTY

OVERALL PROJECT PORTFOLIO ACHIEVEMENT

PROJECT PERFORMANCE

Relevance

Effectiveness

Sustainability of benefits

Efficiency

Criteria

Definitiona

Rural poverty impact

The changes that have occurred or are expected to occur in the lives of the rural poor (whether positive or negative, direct or indirect, intended or unintended) as a result of development interventions.

Four impact domains

OTHER PERFORMANCE CRITERIA

Gender equality and women’s empowerment

Innovation

Scaling up

Environment and natural resources management

OVERALL NON-LENDING ACTIVITIES

Knowledge management

s

114

• Institutions and policies: The criterion relating to institutions and policies is designed to assess changes in the quality and performance of institutions, policies and the regulatory framework that influence the lives of the poor.

NON-LENDING ACTIVITIES

Partnershipbuilding

COUNTRY STRATEGY AND PROGRAMME PERFORMANCE

Relevance

• Food security and agricultural productivity: Changes in food security relate to availability, stability, affordability and access to food and stability of access, whereas changes in agricultural productivity are measured in terms of yields; nutrition relates to the nutritional value of food and child malnutrition.

PERFORMANCE OF PARTNERS

Government and its agencies

IFAD

Country-level policy engagement

• Human and social capital and empowerment: Human and social capital and empowerment include an assessment of the changes that have occurred in the empowerment of individuals, the quality of grass-roots organizations and institutions, the poor’s individual and collective capacity, and in particular, the extent to which specific groups such as youth are included or excluded from the development process.

Adaptation to climate change

PERFORMANCE OF PARTNERS

• Household income and net assets: Household income provides a means of assessing the flow of economic benefits accruing to an individual or group, whereas assets relate to a stock of accumulated items of economic value. The analysis must include an assessment of trends in equality over time.

COUNTRY STRATEGY AND PROGRAMME PERFORMANCE

Project performance

Average of the ratings for relevance, effectiveness, efficiency and sustainability of benefits.

Relevance

The extent to which the objectives of a development intervention are consistent with beneficiaries’ requirements, country needs, institutional priorities, and partner and donor policies. It also entails an assessment of project design and coherence in achieving its objectives. An assessment should also be made of whether the objectives and design address inequality, for example, by assessing the relevance of targeting strategies adopted.

Effectiveness

The extent to which the development intervention’s objectives were achieved, or are expected to be achieved, taking into account their relative importance.

Efficiency

A measure of how economically resources/inputs (funds, expertise, time, etc.) are converted into results.

Sustainability of benefits

The likely continuation of net benefits from a development intervention beyond the phase of external funding support. It also includes an assessment of the likelihood that actual and anticipated results will be resilient to risks beyond the project’s life.

Effectiveness

Independent Office of Evaluation International Fund for Agricultural Development Via Paolo di Dono, 44 - 00142 Rome, Italy Tel: +39 06 54591 - Fax: +39 06 5043463 E-mail: evaluation@ifad.org www.ifad.org/evaluation www.twitter.com/IFADeval www.youtube.com/IFADevaluation

115

page 16

à

WOERDESIGN IFAD – Independent Office of Evaluation: Evaluation Manual Design, layout, formatting, pre-press / 144 p., A4

8

1. b a c K G r o u n d

E va l u at i o n M a n u a l s E c o n d E d i t i o n

1. Background The audience and purpose of the Manual The Evaluation Manual’s primary function is to guide staff and consultants engaged in evaluation work at the Independent Office of Evaluation of IFAD (IOE). It also serves as a reference document for other IFAD staff and development partners (such as project management staff and executing agencies of IFAD-supported operations), especially in recipient countries, on how evaluation of development programmes in the agriculture and rural development sector is conducted in IFAD. The revision of this Manual was undertaken in recognition of the dynamic environment in which IFAD operates, and in response to the evolution in the approaches and methodologies of international development evaluation. It will help ensure that IFAD’s methodological practice remains state of the art. It may be read in conjunction with the Evaluation Process Guidelines.1 Global development trends and corporate reflection on IFAD’s role, business model and theory of change are all issues the Manual seeks to align with and support. It is a Manual on how evaluation is performed at IFAD, not a sourcebook on evaluation in general. However, to enhance its usefulness, references for further reading on selected evaluation topics are included in annex VI. The Manual is a living document that will be revised, updated and possibly expanded as needs arise and the context demands. Therefore, readers are encouraged to always refer to the web-based version, which will include the latest updates. To ensure its wider use, IOE has translated the Manual into the other IFAD official languages (Arabic, French and

Spanish). The Manual will be implemented starting January 2016 and IOE will organize training sessions for all concerned to ensure its proper implementation.

The context – the challenge of rural poverty reduction Major changes are taking place in the global economic system and the international development architecture, and consensus is gradually emerging around the future design of a global agenda for post2015 development. In particular, the establishment of the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals is an important landmark. These goals demonstrate the scale and ambition of this new universal agenda and seek to attain human rights for all and achieve gender equality and the empowerment of all women and girls. They are integrated and indivisible and balance the economic, social and environmental dimensions of sustainable development.

IFAD has been actively engaged in the main processes of developing this agenda in order to make sure that it will contribute to lifting poor rural people out of poverty. No poverty eradication and inclusive growth agenda can succeed without serious attention to rural areas, rural sectors, and smallholder and family agriculture. Indeed, poverty has multiple dimensions that go beyond low levels of income, consumption and material assets; this is why IFAD targets its investments towards rural transformation – a sustainable and comprehensive level of change that is social as well as economic, and which takes different shapes in different country contexts, such as middle-income countries (MICs), small island states, fragile states, low-income countries, etc.

Rural women and men – farmers, small entrepreneurs, workers – today face a very dynamic environment with new opportunities, vulnerabilities and risks. Through the right investments, tools and partnerships, poor rural women and men can make a key contribution to sustainable development and rural transformation. Through its targeting policy, IFAD proactively strives to reach poor rural people to pursue an inclusive and sustainable development agenda and provide them with social and economic development opportunities to improve their incomes, nutrition and overall livelihoods. More productive, sustainable and resilient smallholder and family agriculture can and will play many roles in creating a better future – feeding more populated urban areas, providing decent jobs and incomes, delivering environmental services, and fostering social cohesion.

While it is estimated that nearly 70 per cent of the world’s population will be living in urban areas by 2050, it is important to recognize that urban and rural areas cannot succeed without each other.

Interdependencies between rural and urban areas are increasing – rural growth (especially within food systems) underpins the sustainability of urban areas, while growth in urban sectors provides opportunities to raise rural incomes. And such interdependencies will be further shaped and sharpened by the country context and level of development.

Agriculture today indeed needs to deliver on a complex agenda of contributing to global food security and improved nutritional outcomes, offering expanded employment opportunities, and sustainably managing the natural resource base, while remaining resilient to the effects of climate change. The role of smallholders in this agenda is crucial, and it is therefore critical to ensure that poorer rural households are able to access and benefit from these opportunities and are not further marginalized, on the contrary, are able to better manage the growing risks they face.

A transformation of rural spaces, productive sectors and societies is needed – one that is inclusive, dynamic and sustainable. To promote this requires a new development paradigm that

empowers rural people to play their economic, social and environmental roles to the fullest. The post-2015 development agenda can encourage this through goals, targets, indicators and implementation modalities that give explicit attention to rural women and men and their role in building a better future.

The latest estimates by the Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations (FAO) put the number of chronically undernourished people at about 795 million for the period 2014-2016, down more than 216 million since 1990-1992. However, further declines will be highly dependent on global food prices, since the world’s poor spend over half their income on food.

Rates of extreme poverty have been halved between 1990 and 2010 – with declines recorded in all regions; however, there are still 1.2 billion people living on less than US$1.25 a day. For IFAD, there are two critical associated points. The first is the fact that most of the world’s extremely poor people no longer live in the world’s poorest countries: three quarters of them live in countries that have reached middle-income status. The second is that poverty rates in rural areas are substantially higher than in urban areas, and 70 per cent of those living on less than US$1.25 a day – 840 million – live in rural areas, and most are directly or indirectly dependent on agriculture.

9

1

Aid and agriculture in the global development agenda Flows of official development assistance from international development agencies comprise a declining and relatively minor share of agricultural investment. Other forms of development initiatives are increasingly gaining importance, such as SouthSouth and Triangular Cooperation, inter alia, with the aim of sharing experiences and knowledge of what works and what does not, and facilitating partnerships, fostering innovations, and promoting the scaling up of promising ideas. However, official development assistance can be important for some countries, enabling them to plug major funding gaps. For many more, including many MICs, official development assistance can serve to catalyse private

1 Evaluation Process Guidelines are intended for internal use by IOE staff: these will emphasize the procedures and administrative guidelines for each of the evaluation products undertaken by IOE, whereas the manual is focused on the methodological and technical aspects of evaluation.

14

1. b a c K G r o u n d

E va l u at i o n M a n u a l s E c o n d E d i t i o n

ta b l e 1

Main modifications between the first and second edition of the Evaluation Manual*

Features

First edition of the Evaluation Manual (2009)

Second edition of the Evaluation Manual

Evaluation products

• Project evaluations (completion evaluations and interim evaluations)

• Project completion report validations • Project performance evaluations

• Country programme evaluations (CPEs)

• Impact evaluations

• Corporate-level evaluations

• Country strategy and programme evaluations (CSPEs)

• Annual Report on Results and Impact of IFAD Operations

• Corporate-level evaluations • Annual Report on Results and Impact of IFAD Operations

Chapters

1.

Background

2. Methodological fundamentals

1.

Background

2. Methodological fundamentals

3. The project evaluation methodology

3. Evaluation criteria, key questions and ratings

4. The country programme evaluation methodology

4. Project completion report validation 5. Project performance evaluation 6. Country strategy and programme evaluation 7.

Corporate-level evaluation

8. Impact evaluation 9. Evaluation synthesis report 10. Communication, dissemination and learning Evaluation criteria

Project evaluations and portfolio performance in CPEs

Project evaluations and portfolio performance in CSPEs

• Project performance (relevance, effectiveness and efficiency)

• Rural poverty impact (household income and assets, human and social capital and empowerment, food security and agricultural productivity, and institutions and policies)

• Rural poverty impact (household income and assets, human and social capital and empowerment, food security and agricultural productivity, natural resources and the environment, institutions and policies) • Other performance criteria (sustainability, and promotion of pro-poor innovation, replication and scaling up) • Overall project achievement (relevance, effectiveness, efficiency, rural poverty impact, sustainability, innovation, replication and scaling up) • Partner performance (IFAD, government, cooperating institution, non-governmental organization/community-based organization)

• Other performance criteria (gender equality and women’s empowerment, innovation and scaling up, environment and natural resources management, and adaptation to climate change) • Overall project achievement (rural poverty impact, relevance, effectiveness, efficiency, sustainability of benefits, gender equality and women’s empowerment, innovation and scaling up, environment and natural resources management, and adaptation to climate change)

flexibly. The field of evaluation is continually evolving, and there is no one method or approach that is the right one in all circumstances; neither is it possible to assess the full range of evaluation criteria in every evaluation. Therefore, users of the Manual are encouraged to apply critical thinking; demonstrate creativity, innovation and flexibility; and when carrying out an evaluation, consider the costs and benefits of the approach proposed and keep updated on current international thinking and good practice on that particular theme or type of evaluation.

The development and implementation of this Manual should facilitate IOE’s participation in joint evaluations with other development organizations and with recipient governments. Joint evaluations have the potential to lower transaction costs, although this is not necessarily always the case.

However, benefits also include wider exchanges of knowledge, experience and evaluation capacity development as they expand the scope to include all major development partners in the programmes being evaluated; these elements deserve consideration when determining whether an evaluation is best carried out as a joint initiative.

This Manual is organized as follows: chapter 2 provides an overview of methodological fundamentals and chapter 3 contains guidance on evaluation criteria. Chapters 4-9 include details to guide the respective evaluation products and chapter 10 is about communication, dissemination and learning. A selection of support material is included in the annexes to facilitate implementing the Manual and conducting the different types of evaluation.

• Partner performance (IFAD and government)

Country programme evaluations

Country strategy and programme evaluations

• Non-lending activities (policy dialogue partnership-building and knowledge management), including grants

• Non-lending activities – policy dialogue – partnership-building – knowledge management – South-South and Triangular Cooperation, grants and reimbursable technical assistance

• COSOP performance (relevance, effectiveness)

Rating

• Project performance (relevance, effectiveness, efficiency and sustainability of benefits)

programme evaluations into country strategy and programme evaluations, and more thorough attention to communication and outreach of results and lessons learned. There are also numerous new chapters (e.g. on corporate-level evaluations [CLEs], impact evaluations, evaluation synthesis reports and communication and dissemination) and features that contribute to the completeness of the document.

The Manual has been prepared through a process of engagement with multiple internal and external feedback opportunities from various stakeholders, including peer institutions (African Development Bank, Asian Development Bank, FAO, Institute of Development Studies (University of Sussex), Swiss Agency for Development and Cooperation and the World Bank).7 The Manual was also reviewed by a high-level panel of experts.8 Their main role was to provide guidance and inputs to IOE and to confirm to IFAD governing bodies that the Manual is in line with good practice standards in international development evaluation. Consultations were held with IFAD Management and the Evaluation Committee of IFAD’s Executive Board prior to the finalization of the document.

The Manual comprises guidance on all evaluation products: PCRVs, PPEs, CSPEs, CLEs, impact evaluations and evaluation synthesis reports. It also includes essential guidance on evaluation fundamentals and criteria that are applicable to all evaluations, and it contains an important section on learning and dissemination, recognizing that reports are of little value if the knowledge therein is not appropriately used by as many people as possible.

While the Manual seeks to instill a degree of consistency across IOE evaluations, it is important to stress that it should be used intelligently and

• Government and IFAD partnership (portfolio performance, non-lending activities, and COSOP performance)

• COSOP performance (relevance, effectiveness)

Six-point scale

Six-point scale

• Government and IFAD partnership (portfolio performance, non-lending activities, and COSOP performance)

* Climate change and gender equality and women’s empowerment were included following the 2010 peer review of IOE by the ECG.

7 Specifically, the Swiss Agency for Development and Cooperation commented on chapters 2 and 3 (methodological fundamentals and evaluation criteria; key questions and ratings); the Asian Development Bank commented on chapter 4 (project completion report validations); FAO and the African Development Bank on chapter 6 (country strategy and programme evaluations); the Institute of Development Studies on chapter 8 (impact evaluations), and the World Bank on chapter 9 (evaluation synthesis reports).

8

15

1

24

2 . m e t h o d o l o G i c a l f u n d a m e n ta l S

E va l u at i o n M a n u a l s E c o n d E d i t i o n

with through focus group discussions. These may cover issues such as government responsiveness to community needs, availability of privately supplied inputs, or usefulness of IFAD’s involvement, all of which help to interpret the data.

Security restraints on mobility, ethical considerations or efficiency concerns may constrain the systematic adoption of random techniques.

Nevertheless, there are practical ways to minimize potential biases, for example: (i) selection of project sites so as to cover different agroecological zones; (ii) surveys of beneficiaries at varying distances from a main road to ensure that the direct and indirect impacts on communities are accurately captured; (iii) examination of results in sites where project activities are at different maturity stages; (iv) targeting of communities and organizations endowed with diverse capacities (e.g. a mix of rural credit cooperatives combining high-, moderate- and low-repayment records); (v) interviews of large- and small-scale landholders, sharecroppers and landless labourers; and (vi) surveys focused on older and younger women and men.

A judicious approach should be taken to the sequencing of data collection. For example, when there is more than one mission, interpretation of quantitative survey results secured before the first mission can usefully be checked or probed through participant interviews during subsequent missions.

Or, when there is only a single mission, a “sequential sampling” approach of progressive validation of initial findings can be used.

Analysing and interpreting data The Oxford dictionaries define “evidence” as the available body of facts or information indicating whether a belief or proposition is true or valid.

Keeping quality of evidence at the centre of the evaluation is key to a rigorous and credible evaluation, and the analytical phase is where the strength and validity of evidence is assessed, and any weaknesses of data gaps are addressed. Quality assurance at this stage is essential, and evaluators

must ensure that findings are adequately supported by evidence. Reviewers should assess both the quality of the evidence presented and the clarity of the analysis, identifying any possible gaps and weaknesses in the evidence.

Credibly aggregating and synthesizing evaluative evidence poses methodological challenges.

Different techniques are used to categorize, clean, systematize, code, and analyse data.

Some qualitative analysis can be done using simple categorization in an excel format using filter templates for example, followed by synthesis. In other cases, quantitative data need robust statistical analysis, for example to enable a distinction to be made between correlation and causation.

Consideration should be given to methods such as the Qualitative Comparative Analysis26 and other techniques, and the approach paper should indicate the methods foreseen, with the caveat that the data ultimately available may not support these methods and alternatives will therefore have to be found.

the quality of evidence is the backbone of a credible evaluation.

While ensuring that independent evaluations serve as instruments for strengthening accountability, concerted efforts need to be made to understand the proximate causes of good performance or to identify areas of IFAD operations that need further improvement and attention. Hence, evaluation reports should devote adequate coverage and attention to the “why” question and ensure that the numeric rating attributed to each evaluation criterion is consistent with the evidence secured by the evaluation. In addition to reporting on “what” the performance was, evaluations should provide a deeper understanding of “why” the performance was as it was. This in turn facilitates the identification and consolidation of lessons to be considered in country strategy formulation, as well as project design and implementation.

26 See for example Rihoux, B. and Ragin, C. 2009. Configurational Comparative Methods: Qualitative Comparative Analysis (QCA) and related techniques; Schneider C. and Wagemann, C. 2012. Set-theoretic methods for the social sciences. A Guide to QCA.

ta b l e 3

Different types of triangulation used in mixed method evaluations

Method

Examples

Different conceptual frameworks

Comparing feminist, human rights, social exclusion or economic (e.g. cost-benefit) analysis frameworks

Different methods of data collection

Comparing structured survey, direct observation, secondary data, artifacts

Different interviewees

Comparing interviewee sex, age, ethnicity, economic status, language, etc.

Different times

Comparing responses or observations at different times of day, days of week, times of year

Different locations and contexts

Comparing responses and observations when interviews are conducted in the home when other people are present, in locations where the respondent may be able to speak more freely, in the street and other public places, at work, in the classroom, etc.

Source: Introduction to mixed methods in impact evaluation (No. 3), InterAction, August 2012.

The collection of data and other types of information from different sources and methods27 – a mixed methods approach – allows the evaluation team to formulate well-founded assessments regarding important dimensions of a project and to triangulate the information and data collected.

According to OECD/Development Assistance Committee (DAC), triangulation entails the use of three or more sources or types of information, or types of analysis to verify and substantiate an assessment.

This allows evaluators to overcome the bias that comes from single informants, single methods or single observations and thus helps to ensure the robustness and reliability of evaluation findings.

Triangulation in an IFAD project context for example could entail looking at the views and perceptions of: (i) project beneficiaries (using, for example, a combination of survey work and participatory techniques); (ii) the country programme manager (CPM) for the relevant country and/or staff in line departments responsible for project execution (captured using a semi-structured questionnaire); and (iii) secondary sources as documented in project-related self-evaluation reports, such as periodic progress reports, MTRs and project

completion reports (PCRs). Triangulation can also use other national statistical data, when they are available at a disaggregated level.

Benchmarking Benchmarking allows the performance of IFAD to be compared with that of other development organizations. It involves the use of a reference point or standard against which performance or achievements can be assessed.28 However, there are challenges in benchmarking performance, because no two organizations are exactly the same, and often the evaluation methods and processes used by development organizations may be different.

Notwithstanding the aforementioned, benchmarking is a key aspect in IOE evaluations.

Benchmarking performance against IFI and regional development banks is plausible for IOE, given that IFAD and such organizations have similar operating models (i.e. they provide loans for investments, conduct their own supervision, etc.), governance structure, and have committed to adopting harmonized evaluation methods as members of the ECG.

27 See A. Tashakkori and C. Teddlie. 1998. Mixed Methodology: Combining Qualitative and Quantitative Approaches.

28

See Glossary of Key Terms in Evaluation and Results-Based Management, OECD/DAC.

Osvaldo Feinstein, Susanne Frueh, Ted Kliest, Uma Lele and Kevin Watkins.

page 17

25

à

2

_PUBLICATIONS United Nations Environmental Programme (UNEP) â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Ozone Secretariat: Handbook for the Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer Concept for both books, design, layout, formatting, pre-press, print production control / 912 p., 16.8x24.0 cm Yearly update as interactive web publication

page 18

Ă

WOERDESIGN UNEP – Ozone Secretariat: Handbook for the Vienna Convention for the Protection of the Ozone Layer Design, layout, formatting, pre-press, print production control / 86 p., 16.8x24.0 cm

viii

Handbook for the Vienna Convention for the Protection of the Ozone Layer (1985)

ix

Contents

Section 2.2

Introduction

25

Decisions by Article

Article 3:

Research and systematic observations ������������������������������������������������������������������ 25 Decisions on research and systematic observations ���������������������������������������������� 25 Decisions on Ozone Research Managers ���������������������������������������������������������������� 35 Article 5: Transmission of information � ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������46 Article 6: Conference of the Parties ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������46 Decisions on meetings of the Conference of the Parties �����������������������������������������46 Decisions on financial matters ������������������������������������������������������������������������������ 49 Article 7: Secretariat ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 59 Article 8: Adoption of protocols��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 59 Article 9: Amendment of the Convention or protocols ���������������������������������������������������������� 59 Article 11: Settlement of disputes � ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ 59 Article 14: Accession ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 62 Section 2.3

Welcome to the eleventh edition of the Handbook for the Vienna Convention. This edition has been updated to include all relevant information from 1985 to date.

The Handbook is structured as follows: section 1 sets out the full text of the Vienna Convention for the Protection of the Ozone Layer (1985). Section 2 comprises the full text of all of the decisions of the Conferences of the Parties, up to and including its eleventh meeting in November 2017. The decisions are presented by meeting, by article and by issue to which they relate. Section 3 contains the Rules of Procedure for meetings of the Conference of the Parties to the Vienna Convention and the General Index to the document is contained in section 4.

This Handbook should be read in conjunction with its companion publication, the Handbook for the Montreal Protocol, which contains the text of the Protocol, and charts its evolution over time through amendments and adjustments. All decisions of the Meetings of the Parties plus relevant annexes are also included in that publication.

65

Index to the decisions by subject matter

Financial matters ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 65 Meetings of the Conference of the Parties ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 65 Ozone Research Managers � ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������66 Procedural and institutional issues �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������66 Reporting of measures���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������66 Research and systematic observations �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 67 Status of ratification � ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 67

Section 3

Rules of procedure

The Handbook for the Vienna Convention is updated every three years following each meeting of the Conference of the Parties to the Convention. As always, the Secretariat welcomes any suggestions for any further improvement of the format for future editions of this handbook.

Ozone Secretariat Team

69

Rules of procedure for meetings of the Conference of the Parties to the Vienna Convention for the Protection of the Ozone Layer

Eleventh edition (2018)

Purposes � ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 70 Definitions �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 70 Place of meetings � ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 70 Dates of meetings � ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������71 Observers �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������71 Agenda ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������71 Representation and credentials ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 72 Officers � ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 73 Committees and working groups ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 74 Secretariat � �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 75 Conduct of business � ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ 75 Voting ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 77 Languages ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 79 Sound records of the meeting ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 79 Ad hoc meetings � ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 79 Amendments to rules of procedure �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������80 Overriding authority of the Convention or the Protocol ������������������������������������������������������������80 Acronyms ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 81 General Index ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 82 Ozone Secretariat � ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 83

Ozone Secretariat

2

Section 1

The Vienna Convention

3

The Vienna Convention for the Protection of the Ozone Layer

The Vienna Convention for the Protection of the Ozone Layer

the composition, resilience and productivity of natural and managed ecosystems, or on materials useful to mankind.

3.

“Alternative technologies or equipment” means technologies or equipment the use of which makes it possible to reduce or effectively eliminate emissions of substances which have or are likely to have adverse effects on the ozone layer.

4.

“Alternative substances” means substances which reduce, eliminate or avoid adverse effects on the ozone layer.

Preamble

5.

“Parties” means, unless the text otherwise indicates, Parties to this Convention.

The Parties to this Convention,

6.

“Regional economic integration organization” means an organization constituted by sovereign States of a given region which has competence in respect of matters governed by this Convention or its protocols and has been duly authorized, in accordance with its internal procedures, to sign, ratify, accept, approve or accede to the instruments concerned.

7.

“Protocols” means protocols to this Convention.

Aware of the potentially harmful impact on human health and the environment through modification of the ozone layer, Recalling the pertinent provisions of the Declaration of the United Nations Conference on the Human Environment, and in particular principle 21, which provides that “States have, in accordance with the Charter of the United Nations and the principles of international law, the sovereign right to exploit their own resources pursuant to their own environmental policies, and the responsibility to ensure that activities within their jurisdiction or control do not cause damage to the environment of other States or of areas beyond the limits of national jurisdiction”,

Article 2: General obligations 1.

The Parties shall take appropriate measures in accordance with the provisions of this Convention and of those protocols in force to which they are party to protect human health and the environment against adverse effects resulting or likely to result from human activities which modify or are likely to modify the ozone layer.

2.

To this end the Parties shall, in accordance with the means at their disposal and their capabilities:

Taking into account the circumstances and particular requirements of developing countries, Mindful of the work and studies proceeding within both international and national organizations and, in particular, of the World Plan of Action on the Ozone Layer of the United Nations Environment Programme, Mindful also of the precautionary measures for the protection of the ozone layer which have already been taken at the national and international levels,

(b) Adopt appropriate legislative or administrative measures and co-operate in harmonizing appropriate policies to control, limit, reduce or prevent human activities under their jurisdiction or control should it be found that these activities have or are likely to have adverse effects resulting from modification or likely modification of the ozone layer;

Aware also of the need for further research and systematic observations to further develop scientific knowledge of the ozone layer and possible adverse effects resulting from its modification, Determined to protect human health and the environment against adverse effects resulting from modifications of the ozone layer,

(c) Co-operate in the formulation of agreed measures, procedures and standards for the implementation of this Convention, with a view to the adoption of protocols and annexes;

HAVE AGREED AS FOLLOWS:

(d) Co-operate with competent international bodies to implement effectively this Convention and protocols to which they are party.

Article 1: Definitions For the purposes of this Convention:

1.

“The ozone layer” means the layer of atmospheric ozone above the planetary boundary layer.

2.

“Adverse effects” means changes in the physical environment or biota, including changes in climate, which have significant deleterious effects on human health or on

20

Section 2

3.

The provisions of this Convention shall in no way affect the right of Parties to adopt, in accordance with international law, domestic measures additional to those referred to in paragraphs 1 and 2 above, nor shall they affect additional domestic measures already taken by a Party, provided that these measures are not incompatible with their obligations under this Convention.

4.

The application of this article shall be based on relevant scientific and technical considerations.

Decisions of the Conferences of the Parties to the Vienna Convention

Section 2.1 Index to the decisions by meeting Decision

Title

VC I/1

Section 2.1

Annex

First Conference of the Parties (Helsinki, 26–28 April 1989) Relevant article(s)

Page

Rules of procedure for Conferences of the Parties

6

46 46

Reporting of measures taken by parties

5

VC I/3

Relationship between the Vienna Convention and the Montreal Protocol

8

59

VC I/4

Research, observations and transfer of technology

3

25

VC I/5

Research capability of developing countries

VC I/6

Subsidiary bodies

VC I/7

Arbitration procedure

VC I/8

Designation of Secretariat

VC I/9

Financial arrangements

VC I/10

Voluntary contributions to Trust Fund

3

25

3, 6

35, 46

11

59

7

59

6

49

6

51

Section of the Handbook

Page

21

Index to the decisions by meeting

Title

Section of the Handbook

I

Trust Fund for the Vienna Convention: revised 1991 and proposed 1992 and 1993 budgets for the Secretariat

–

–

II

Trust Fund for the Vienna Convention: pledged contributions by parties for 1992 and 1993

–

–

III

Trust Fund for the Vienna Convention: status of contributions by parties in 1990 and 1991

–

–

IV

Trust Fund for the Vienna Convention: 1990 expenditures

–

–

Relevant article(s)

Page

14

62

Decision

Title

VC III/1

Adjustments and Amendments to the Montreal Protocol

VC III/2

Reports of the assessment panels

3

27

VC III/3

Amendment procedure under the Vienna Convention

9

59

VC III/4

Reporting for the purposes of annex I to the Vienna Convention

3

27

VC III/5

Recommendations of the second meeting of the Ozone Research Managers

3

37

VC III/6

Budgets and financial matters

6

52

VC III/7

Fourth meeting of the Conference of the Parties to the Vienna Convention for the Protection of the Ozone Layer

6

Title Rules of procedure

3

69

VC III/8

Future meetings of the Ozone Research Managers

3

37

II

Arbitration procedure

2

60

Annex

Title

Section of the Handbook

Page

48

III

Terms of reference for the administration of the Trust Fund

2

50

I

–

Budget for the Secretariat

–

–

Trust Fund for the Vienna Convention: scale of 1994, 1995, 1996 and 1997 contributions

–

IV V

Formula for voluntary contributions to the Trust Fund

–

–

II

Trust Fund for the Vienna Convention: approved 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996 and 1997 budgets for the Ozone Secretariat

–

–

Fourth Conference of the Parties (San José, 25 and 27 November 1996)

Decision

Title

Relevant article(s)

Page

Decision

Title

VC II/1

Amendments to the rules of procedure

6

47

VC IV/1

Adjustments and Amendments to the Montreal Protocol

VC II/2

Information exchange under annex II to the Vienna Convention

3

25

VC IV/2

Reports of the three assessment panels

3

27

VC II/3

Amendment procedure under the Vienna Convention

9

59

VC IV/3

3

37

3

36

Recommendations of the third meeting of the Ozone Research Managers

VC IV/4

Funding matters

3

VC IV/5

Budget and financial matters

6

53

VC IV/6

Fifth meeting of the Conference of the Parties to the Vienna Convention for the Protection of the Ozone Layer

6

48

Annex

Title

Section of the Handbook

Page

Recommendations of the Ozone Research Managers

VC II/5

Review of scientific information

VC II/6

Adjustments and Amendment to the Montreal Protocol

3

26

14

62

VC II/7

Implementation of decision VC I/5

3

26

VC II/8

Meetings of the Conference of the Parties

6

48

VC II/9

Expansion of the Global Ozone Observing System Network

3

VC II/10

Budgets and financial matters

6

51

VC II/11

Third meeting of the Conference of the Parties

6

48

26

Relevant article(s)

Page

14

62

27

I

Trust Fund for the Vienna Convention: budgets for 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999 and 2000

–

–

II

Trust Fund for the Vienna Convention: scale of 1997, 1998, 1999 and 2000 contributions

–

–

83

General Index

Third Conference of the Parties (Bangkok, 23 November 1993)

Annex

Second Conference of the Parties (Nairobi, 17–19 June 1991)

82

Page

I

VC II/4

Sect on 2 Decisions of the Conference of the Parties to the Vienna Convention

(a) Co-operate by means of systematic observations, research and information exchange in order to better understand and assess the effects of human activities on the ozone layer and the effects on human health and the environment from modification of the ozone layer;

Aware that measures to protect the ozone layer from modifications due to human activities require international co-operation and action, and should be based on relevant scientific and technical considerations,

VC I/2

................. .................. .................. .................. .................. .................. .................. .................. .................. .................. .................. .................. .................. .................. ................. .................. .................. .................. .................. .................. .................. .................. .................. .................. .................. .................. .................. .................. .................. .................. .................. .................. .................. .................. ................. ................. .................. .................. .................. .................. .................. .................. .................. .................. .................. .................. .................. .................. .................. .................. .................. .................. .................. .................. .................. .................. .................. .................. .................. .................. .................. .................. .................. .................. .................. .................. .................. .................. .................. .................. .................. .................. .................. .................. .................. .................. .................. .................. .................. .................. .................. .................. .................. .................. .................. .................. .................. .................. .................. .................. .................. .................-

................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. .......................................................................................................................................................................................................

............ ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ ........... ............ ............ ........... ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ ............ ..........

Ozone Secretariat

Accession Article 14....................................................... 9 Decisions of the Parties. . .............................. 62 Adverse effects Definition...................................................... 2 Alternative substances Definition...................................................... 3 Alternative technologies or equipment Definition...................................................... 3 Amendment, procedure Article 9......................................................... 7 Decisions of the Parties. . .............................. 59 Annexes, adoption and amendment Article 10. . ...................................................... 7 Arbitration procedure.. See Dispute settlement Budgets.. See Finance Bureau............................................................46 Conference of the Parties Article 6......................................................... 5 Decisions of the Parties. . ..............................46 Co-operation Article 4.........................................................4 Declarations.. ................................................. 16 Definitions Article 1.......................................................... 2 Depositary Article 20...................................................... 11 Dispute settlement Article 11.. .......................................................8 Decisions of the Parties. . .............................. 59 Entry into force Article 17...................................................... 10 Finance Decisions of the Parties. . ..............................49 Trust Fund................................................... 50 Global Ozone Observing System..................13 Information, exchange of Annex II........................................................ 15 Information, transmission of Article 5.. ........................................................ 5 Decisions of the Parties. . ..............................46 Obligations, general Article 2......................................................... 3

Ozone layer Definition...................................................... 2 Ozone Research Managers.......................... 35 Decisions of the Parties. . .............................. 35 Ozone Secretariat.. See Secretariat Preamble Vienna Convention........................................ 2 Protocols, adoption Article 8......................................................... 7 Decisions of the Parties. . .............................. 59 Protocols, relationship to Convention Article 16...................................................... 10 Ratification procedure Article 13....................................................... 9 Regional economic integration organization Definition...................................................... 3 Research Annex I.........................................................12 Article 3.. ........................................................4 Decisions of the Parties. . .............................. 25 Reservations Article 18...................................................... 10 Rules of procedure.. .................................69,.70 Secretariat Article 7.. ....................................................... 6 Contact details............................................. 83 Decisions of the Parties. . .............................. 59 Rules of Procedure....................................... 75 Signature Article 12....................................................... 9 Texts, authentic Article 21....................................................... 11 Trust Fund.. See Finance United Nations Conference on the Human Environment................................... 2 Vienna Convention.. ........................................ 2 Decisions of the Parties. . .............................. 19 Voting procedure Article 15...................................................... 10 Rules of Procedure....................................... 77 Withdrawal Article 19....................................................... 11 World Plan of Action on the Ozone Layer. . .... 2

The Secretariat for the Vienna Convention for the Protection of the Ozone Layer and for the Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer United Nations Environment Programme P.O. Box 30552 00100 Nairobi Kenya Telephone: +254 20 762 3851/3611 mea-ozoneinfo@un.org Please refer to our website for further information: www.ozone.unep.org

Staff of the Ozone Secretariat Tina Birmpili Executive Secretary

Ann Gachingiri Administrative Assistant

Meg Seki Deputy Executive Secretary

Betty Kamanga Administrative Assistant

Gilbert Bankobeza Senior Legal Officer

Esther Nginyo Meetings Services Assistant

Sophia Mylona Senior Environmental Affairs Officer

Jacqueline Gitau Programme Assistant

Kathleen Creavalle Senior Administrative and Fund Management Officer

Jacqueline Nyanjui Administrative Assistant

Gerald Mutisya Programme Officer Katherine Theotocatos Programme Management Officer Dan Teng’o Information and Communication Officer

Julius Njenga Information Management Assistant Lora Manasseh Programme Assistant Martha Mulumba Information Systems Assistant Benjamin Kuria Team Assistant

Annexes and appendices which are not reproduced in this Handbook may be found in the reports of the meetings of the Conference of the parties to the Vienna Convention available on the Ozone Secretariat’s website at: ozone.unep.org

page 19

à

_PUBLICATIONS UNEP – Ozone Secretariat: Environmental Effects and Interactions of Stratospheric Ozone Depletion, UV Radiation, and Climate Change. 2018 Assessment Report Concept for the publication series, design, layout, formatting, interactive web publication / 390 p., 21.59x27.94 cm

Environmental Effects and Interactions of Stratospheric Ozone Depletion, UV Radiation, and Climate Change

Executive Summary ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ 1

1

Environmental Effects Assessment Panel 2018 Quadrennial Assessment on the Environmental Effects and Interactions of Stratospheric Ozone Depletion, UV Radiation, and Climate Change: Contributions of the Montreal Protocol to a Sustainable Earth

Ozone-climate interactions and effects on solar ultraviolet radiation ���������������������������� 23 Summary ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 23 1 Introduction ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ 25 2 Effects of changes in stratospheric ozone on UV radiation and climate ��������������������������������������� 33 3 Factors other than ozone that affect UV radiation����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 37 4 Variability in UV radiation and trends from observations ������������������������������������������������������������������������� 45 5 Projections of UV radiation�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 51 6 Implications of geoengineering for UV radiation ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ 58 7 Advances in UV monitoring and modeling��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 58 8 Action spectra for effects on humans ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 66 9 Gaps in Knowledge ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 68 References ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 70

2

2018

Executive Summary

Table of contents

P.W. Barnes, C.E. Williamson, R.M. Lucas, S. Madronich, S.A. Robinson, N.D. Paul (Lead Authors), J.F. Bornman, A.F. Bais, B. Sulzberger, S.R. Wilson, A.L. Andrady, P.J. Neale, A.T. Austin, G. Bernhard, R.L. McKenzie, K.R. Solomon, R.E. Neale, P.J. Young, M. Norval, L.E. Rhodes, S. Hylander, K.C. Rose, J. Longstreth, P.J. Aucamp, C.L. Ballaré, R.M. Cory, S.D. Flint, F.R. de Gruijl, D.-P. Häder, A.M. Heikkilä, M.A.K. Jansen, K.K. Pandey, T.M. Robson, C.A. Sinclair, S-Å. Wängberg, R.C. Worrest, S. Yazar, A.R. Young, R.G. Zepp

Human health in relation to exposure to solar ultraviolet radiation under changing stratospheric ozone and climate��������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 79 Summary ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 79 1 Introduction ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ 81 2 The role of behaviour in determining exposure to UV radiation ����������������������������������������������������������� 83 3 Biological pathways underpinning the effects of exposure to UV radiation on health ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 83 4 Adverse effects on human health from exposure to UV radiation ������������������������������������������������������ 85 5 Beneficial effects on human health from exposure to UV radiation ����������������������������������������������� 102 6 Risk vs benefit of exposure to solar and/or UV radiation ���������������������������������������������������������������������� 108 7 Protection from the health risks of sun exposure���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 109 8 Future effects: changing stratospheric ozone, ambient UV radiation, and climate change ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 115 9 Knowledge gaps ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ 117 10 Conclusions ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 119 References ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 121

Assessment Report

Supplementary material ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ 136 Mechanisms underpinning changes in immune function following UV irradiation �������������� 136 Cutaneous malignant melanoma ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 137 Keratinocyte cancer��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 139 Uveal melanoma and exposure to UV radiation ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 140 Possible mechanisms of action of vitamin D in human disease ������������������������������������������������������� 140 Phototherapy to treat human diseases���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 141 Health-related “side effects” of fears about stratospheric ozone depletion and the Montreal Protocol ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 142 References �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 146 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer

Fig. 1 Linkages between the effects of depletion of stratospheric ozone, climate change, and implications for environment and human health

Fig. 1 Linkages between the effects of depletion of stratospheric ozone, climate change, and implications for environment and human health.

Ozone Secretariat

1

v

Environmental Effects and Interactions of Stratospheric Ozone Depletion, UV Radiation, and Climate Change.

2018 Assessment Report 76

77

78

79

Tilmes S, Kinnison DE, Garcia RR, Salawitch R, Canty T, Lee-Taylor J, Madronich S and Chance K, 2012, Impact of very short-lived halogens on stratospheric ozone abundance and UV radiation in a geo-engineered atmosphere, Atmos. Chem. Phys., 12, 10945–10955.

Tomotani Barbara M, Jeugd H, Gienapp P, Hera I, Pilzecker J, Teichmann C and Visser Marcel E, 2017, Climate change leads to differential shifts in the timing of annual cycle stages in a migratory bird, Glob.

Change Biol., 24, 823–835.

Tsui MMP, Lam JCW, Ng TY, Ang PO, Murphy MB and Lam PKS, 2017, Occurrence, distribution, and fate of organic UV filters in coral communities, Environ. Sci. Technol., 51, 4182–4190.

Tucker AJ and Williamson CE, 2014, The invasion window for warmwater fish in clearwater lakes: the role of ultraviolet radiation and temperature, Div. Distrib., 20, 181–192.

80 UNEP, 2016, UNEP Frontiers 2016 Report: Emerging Issues of Environmental Concern, United Nations Environment Programme Report, Nairobi, https:// www.unenvironment.org/resources/frontiers-2016emerging-issues-environmental-concern.

81

82

83

Urmy SS, Williamson CE, Leach TH, Schladow SG, Overholt EP and Warren JD, 2016, Vertical redistribution of zooplankton in an oligotrophic lake associated with reduction in ultraviolet radiation by wildfire smoke, Geophys. Res. Lett., 43, 3746–3753.

US Environmental Protection Agency, 2015, Updating Ozone Calculations and Emissions Profiles for use in the Atmospheric and Health Effects Framework Model, US Environmental Protection Agency, Report No., Washington DC.

Velders GJ, Andersen SO, Daniel JS, Fahey DW and McFarland M, 2007, The importance of the Montreal Protocol in protecting climate, Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA., 104, 4814–4819.

84 Wang ZY, Wang YH, Li JF, Henne S, Zhang BY, Hu JX and Zhang JB, 2018, Impacts of the degradation of 2,3,3,3-tetrafluoropropene into trifluoroacetic acid from Its application in automobile air conditioners in China, the United States, and Europe, Environ. Sci. Technol., 52, 2819–2826.

85

Wargent JJ, 2017, Turning UV-B photobiology into commercial reality, in UV-B Radiation and Plant Life: Molecular Biology to Ecology ed.: Jordan BR, CABI International, Oxford, UK, pp. 162–176.

86 Weimerskirch H, Lauzao M, de Grissac S and Delord K, 2012, Changes in wind pattern alter albatross distribution and life-history traits, Science, 335, 211– 214.

87

Wijewardana C, Henry WB, Gao W and Reddy KR, 2016, Interactive effects on CO2 , drought, and ultraviolet-B radiation on maize growth and development, J. Photochem. Photobiol. B., 160, 198–209.

88 Willenbrink TJ, Barker V and Diven D, 2017, The effects of sunscreen on marine environments, Cutis, 100, 369– 370.

89 Williamson CE, Madronich S, Lal A, Zepp RG, Lucas RM, Overholt EP, Rose KC, Schladow SG and Lee-Taylor J, 2017, Climate change-induced increases in precipitation are reducing the potential for solar ultraviolet radiation to inactivate pathogens in surface waters, Sci. Rep., 7, 13033.

90 Williamson CE, Neale PJ, Hylander S, Rose KC, Figuero FL, Robinson S, Häder D-P, Wängberg S-Å and Worrest RC, 2019, The interactive effects of stratospheric ozone depletion, UV radiation, and climate change on aquatic ecosystems, Photochem. Photobiol. Sci., 19, in press.

91

92

Williamson CE, Overholt EP, Brentrup JA, Pilla RM, Leach TH, Schladow SG, Warren JD, Urmy SS, Sadro S, Chandra S and Neale PJ, 2016, Sentinel responses to droughts, wildfires, and floods: effects of UV radiation on lakes and their ecosystem services, Front. Ecol.

Environ., 14, 102–109.

Williamson CE, Zepp RG, Lucas RM, Madronich S, Austin AT, Ballaré CL, Norval M, Sulzberger B, Bais AF, McKenzie RL, Robinson SA, Haeder D-P, Paul ND and Bornman JF, 2014, Solar ultraviolet radiation in a changing climate, Nat. Clim. Change, 4, 434–441.

93 Wilson SR, Madronich S, Longstreth JD and Solomon KR, 2019, Interactive effects of changing stratospheric ozone and climate on composition of the troposphere, air quality, and consequences for human and ecosystem health., Photochem. Photobiol. Sci., 18, in press.

94 WMO, 2018, Scientific Assessment of Ozone Depletion: 2018, Global Ozone Research and Monitoring ProjectReport No. 55, Report No., Geneva, Switzerland.

95

Xiang F, Harrison S, Nowak M, Kimlin M, Van der Mei I, Neale RE, Sinclair C, Lucas RM and Aus DSIG, 2015, Weekend personal ultraviolet radiation exposure in four cities in Australia: Influence of temperature, humidity and ambient ultraviolet radiation, J. Photochem. Photobiol. B., 143, 74–81.

96 Xu Y, Zaelke D, Velders GJM and Ramanathan V, 2013, The role of HFCs in mitigating 21st century climate change, Atmos. Chem. Phys. Disc., 13, 6083–6089.

1

Environmental Effects and Interactions of Stratospheric Ozone Depletion, UV Radiation, and Climate Change.

2018 Assessment Report

Ozone-climate interactions and effects on solar ultraviolet radiation

A.F. Bais a, G. Bernhard b, R.L. McKenzie c, P.J. Aucamp d, P.J. Young e, f, M. Ilyas g Contributors: A. Emmanouilidis a, P. Jöckel h, F. O’Conner i, M. Deushi j a b c d e f g h i j

Z

Hotter, dryer conditions may increase the risk of pterygium; dehydration events (because of hotter, drier conditions) may increase the risk of cataract. Loss of snow and ice cover may reduce some eye disorders

Immunosuppression, including reducing risk of autoimmune conditions, such as multiple sclerosis

Z

Warmer ambient temperatures worsen the symptoms of multiple sclerosis

Z

Warmer ambient temperatures may change behaviour (as above) to increase or decrease time outdoors and covering clothing; warmer temperatures may increase the rate of chemical reactions in the skin, e.g., production of vitamin D. Higher precipitation may reduce time outdoors at high latitudes where vitamin D production is already marginal.

Urbanisation, urban heat islands, urban “canyons” may reduce exposure to UV radiation

Z

Warmer temperatures may make it less comfortable to wear hats, sunscreens and covering clothing, but make shade preferable

Summary Impacts of changes in UV radiation on health risks of climate change

This report assesses effects of stratospheric ozone depletion and anticipated ozone recovery on the intensity of ultraviolet (UV) radiation at the Earth’s surface. Interactions between changes in ozone and changes in climate, as well as their effects on UV radiation, are also considered. These evaluations focus mainly on new knowledge gained from research conducted during the last four years. Furthermore, drivers of changes in UV radiation other than ozone are discussed and their relative importance is assessed. The most important of these factors, namely clouds, aerosols and surface reflectivity, are related to changes in climate, and some of their effects on short- and long-term variations of UV radiation have already been identified from measurements. Finally, projected future developments in stratospheric ozone, climate, and other factors affecting UV radiation have been used to estimate changes in solar UV radiation from the present to the end of the 21st century.

Linkages between stratospheric ozone, UV radiation and climate change and their implications for terrestrial ecosystems

Health effects of climate change and associated factors

UV radiation is potentially insecticidal; lower levels because of recovery of the ozone layer may enhance climate change effects to increase risks of infection

Y

Use of sun protection, e.g., clothing, hats, sunscreen, may exacerbate effects of increasing heat leading to greater risk of heat stroke

Y

UV radiation has an important role as a disinfectant of surface waters. Lower UV radiation because of recovery of the stratospheric ozone (and clouds) may reduce this effect, and increase the health risks following extreme weather events UV radiation has an important role as a disinfectant of surface waters

Y Y

Human health in relation to exposure to solar ultraviolet radiation under changing stratospheric ozone and climate

Changing range of vector‑borne, e.g., malaria and water‑borne, diseases

Increase in risk of heat stroke and heat stress because of increase in hotter days, warmer ambient temperature, and extreme heat events Increased injury, death, contamination of freshwater supplies, because of an increase in extreme weather events

Y

Predicted reduction in UV radiation at higher latitudes will increase the risks of vitamin D deficiency and the loss of benefits of higher sun exposure, e.g., for blood pressure, autoimmune diseases

Y

9

Challenges to food security (conflict)

Climate change‑induced migration of dark‑skinned migrants, often from lower to higher latitude regions

Knowledge gaps

Our assessment of the recent evidence has highlighted several knowledge gaps that limit our understanding and assessment of the risks and benefits of exposure to UV radiation, and use of sun protection.

9.1

Vitamin D

Production of vitamin D occurs rapidly following UV irradiation of the skin; exposure to even low doses of solar-simulated UV radiation e.g., 0.2 MED, increases 25(OH)D levels 321 (this dose is achievable for a light-skinned person (skin type II) in ~10 mins at a UVI of 3). If the pre-vitamin D action spectrum is as suggested by recent work (reviewed in ref. 25), exposure to UV-A radiation may cause a net loss of vitamin D synthesised in skin.361 At low UVIs, it is possible to achieve considerable exposure to UV-A wavelengths, with potential adverse effects on health.208 This raises further questions about the appropriateness of current messages that no sun protection is required when the UVI is less than 3.224 Further work to better define the pre-vitamin D action spectrum is required. Considerable uncertainty remains about the health effects of vitamin D beyond musculoskeletal health and the mechanistic pathways, including the possible risks of over-enthusiastic, population-wide use of vitamin D supplements.197

9.2

Photodermatoses

More information is required of the possible risks to human health from exposure to higher levels of UV radiation with respect to the photodermatoses, including immune-mediated conditions, drug photosensitivity, and photoaggravated conditions. It is important that due attention is paid to this area in view of their high prevalence and morbidity.

9.3 Increased risk of water‑borne infectious diseases due to reduced availability of clean drinking water

Health effects of climate change and associated factors

Changes in food quality and quantity due to changes in UV radiation will positively or inversely interact with climate change effects

Possible skin cancer risks associated with chemical bleaching of skin

Skin lightening or bleaching of melanin by mercurials, corticosteroids, and other compounds, often in unregulated formulations, is a global problem because it is associated with side effects such as dyschromia of skin, diabetes, and hypertension.76, 300 Loss of melanin is likely

117

116

23

22

3

Eye conditions: the risk of a range of acute and chronic eye diseases is increased with higher levels of UV radiation, but also other factors, such as particulates

Health protection – sunscreens, hats, covering clothing, umbrellas

New instruments and methods have been assessed with respect to their ability to provide useful and accurate information for monitoring solar UV radiation at the Earth’s surface and for determining relevant exposures of humans. Evidence since the last assessment reconfirms that systematic and accurate long-term measurements of UV radiation and stratospheric ozone are essential for assessing the effectiveness of the Montreal Protocol and its Amendments and adjustments. Finally, we have assessed aspects of UV radiation related to biological effects and human health, as well as implications for UV radiation from possible solar radiation management (geoengineering) methods to mitigate climate change.

heric Ozone Depletion, UV Radiation, and Climate Change.

Impacts of climate change and associated factors on UV-induced health effects

Synthesis of vitamin D in skin and other potential benefits of UV irradiation of skin and eyes

Laboratory of Atmospheric Physics, Aristotle University of Thessaloniki, Campus Box 149, 54124 Thessaloniki, Greece, E-mail: abais@auth.gr Biospherical Instruments Inc., 5340 Riley Street, San Diego California, USA National Institute of Water & Atmospheric Research, NIWA Lauder, PB 50061 Omakau, Central Otago, New Zealand Ptersa Environmental Management Consultants, PO Box 915751, Faerie Glen, 0043, South Africa Lancaster Environment Centre, Lancaster University, Lancaster, UK Pentland Centre for Sustainability in Business, Lancaster University, Lancaster, UK School of Environmental Engineering, University Malaysia Perlis, Kangar, Malaysia Deutsches Zentrum für Luft- und Raumfahrt (DLR), Institut für Physik der Atmosphäre, Oberpfaffenhofen, Germany Earth System and Mitigation Science, Met Office Hadley Centre, United Kingdom Meteorological Research Institute (MRI), Tsukuba, Japan

2

Impacts of changes in UV radiation on health risks of climate change

Health-related effects of stratospheric ozone depletion through changes in UV radiation

Environmental Effects and Interactions of Stratospheric Ozone Depletion, UV Radiation, and Climate Change.

2018 Assessment Report

5

Solar UV radiation in a changing world: Roles of cryosphere-land-water-atmosphere interfaces in global biogeochemical cycles

compounds (section 5.1). Upon absorption of sunlight, photo-excited sensitisers undergo reactions involving dissolved oxygen (O2 ) to produce reactive oxygen species (ROS), such as OH, superoxide (O2.– ), hydrogen peroxide (H2O2 ), and singlet oxygen ( 1O2 ) (Fig. 3).46, 179, 210 These ROS can completely degrade tDOM to CO2 136, 186 or partially degrade tDOM, resulting in organic matter altered in chemical composition193 to be more or less labile to microbial degradation to CO2 (Fig. 3).50, 200 In addition, ROS are harmful to aquatic microbes 210 (see Chapter 4) and may suppress the degradation of tDOM by microbes.8, 93 The relative importance of ROS for increasing the bioavailability of tDOM and for negative effects on microbial communities and their activities remains an open question.

) Specifically, ozone depletion appears to be changing culation in the southern hemisphere which, in turn, e temperatures, and frequency of wildfires.75, 143, 171, 188, 248 s in UV-B radiation can have several consequences for able 1, and ref. 273). While ozone depletion in the northern similar, but smaller, climate shifts (Chapter 1), to our ng this to ecological impacts.

w terrestrial organisms and ecosystems might respond text of modern climate change is coming from studies have adapted to changing UV radiation and climate al studies, however, require some knowledge of how ical time periods. In the absence of satellite or groundsome investigators have attempted to reconstruct past al indicators as proxies for ground-level UV radiation. in the development of pollen grains and spores as

cts of ozone depletion on southern hemisphere

ed to large changes in the climate of the southern 1 and refs 50, 273). These are manifested in a mode of n Annular Mode (SAM or Antarctic oscillation), which etween 60° and 45° S. The SAM describes the strength y wind belt (i.e., jet stream) around Antarctica (see also a highly positive phase of the SAM,2, 135 corresponding etween mid- and high latitudes and a contraction of ctica (Fig. 2). The effects of this change in atmospheric outhern hemisphere, are summarised in the following w these changes in climate link to stratospheric ozone t abiotic drivers (e.g., wildfires) and the contingent osystems. The implications of these climate shifts for escribed in Chapter 4.

pheric ozone have been linked to changing surface ean circulation patterns and changing precipitation or drought, the latter leading to increased risk of assessment, terrestrial50 and aquatic ecosystems273 ave been affected by these changes across the southern a brief summary of the climate changes ascribed to e implications of these changes for ecosystems in the

Fig. 2 The Antarctic ozone hole (inset) and its impact on southern hemisphere atmospheric circulation. Stratospheric ozone depletion and resultant cooling over Antarctica has caused the tropopause to lift, allowing the Hadley Cell (dark red arrow) and the westerly jet stream to tighten and shift towards the South (blue arrow). The speed of the jet has also increased (see ref. 273 for details). The polar shift in the jet and its increased strength changes atmospheric and oceanic circulation throughout the southern hemisphere consistent with a more positive phase of the Southern Annular Mode (SAM; see text below for explanation). Over the past century, increasing greenhouse gases and then ozone depletion over Antarctica have both pushed the SAM towards a more positive phase, and the SAM index is now at its highest level for at least 1000 years.2 As a result, high latitude precipitation has increased and the mid-latitude dry zone has moved south (orange arrow). As the ozone layer recovers, increased greenhouse gas forcing will likely take over and the position of the jet is thus predicted to remain in this more southerly location. Figure adapted from refs 258, 273, with ozone ‘hole’ over Antarctica, 17th September 2006, reproduced from NASA Ozone Watch.236

SAP) 346 notes that since their last assessment,345 further f changes in stratospheric ozone on the tropospheric hemisphere and has, in some cases, allowed better changes. Stratospheric ozone depletion is assessed to anges in atmospheric circulation across the southern

Fig. 2 Plants take up CO2 from the atmosphere and convert it to plant organic matter, of which light-absorbing lignin is a major component. When plants die, plant and soil organic matter is decomposed by soil microbes to CO2 and CO that is returned to the atmosphere, and to smaller pools of organic matter (i.e., particulate and terrestrial dissolved organic matter; POM and tDOM respectively). POM and tDOM are flushed to streams, rivers, and lakes in rain and snow, and to coastal waters via riverine export. On land and in sunlit surface waters, UV and visible radiation help decompose plant organic matter, POM, and tDOM to CO2 and CO. PAR, Photosynthetic Active Radiation (400–700 nm).

The fundamental mechanisms of photodegradation of NOM are the same on land and inwater. The rate of degradation of NOM via direct photoreactions depends on the quantum yield (efficiency of a photoreaction), and on the rate of light absorption by NOM. The latter is influenced by many factors that are susceptible to changes in stratospheric ozone, climate, and land-use, including the intensity of solar radiation, particularly solar UV radiation at the surface of land or water, and the concentration and absorption properties of NOM. Thus, there are several common ways in which the relative importance of photochemical degradation on land and in water may be affected by climate and change in land-use. Fundamentally, any change in solar radiation (i.e., changes in cloudiness or air pollution events) may contribute to changes in photodegradation of NOM on land and in water. In addition, changes in cover by vegetation can alter the exposure of NOM to solar radiation (i.e., canopy on land or vegetative shading of streams).11, 20 In aquatic ecosystems, terrestrially-derived dissolved organic matter (tDOM) can also be degraded via indirect photochemical reactions with the help of photosensitisers that absorb solar (mainly UV) radiation. Important photosensitisers are CDOM, nitrate (NO3– ), and iron

157

Fig. 3 Terrestrial dissolved and particulate organic matter (tDOM and POM, respectively) absorb solar UV and visible radiation in fresh and marine waters. This light absorption results in the photodissolution of POM and the photodegradation of tDOM to greenhouse gases (mainly CO2 ), and to smaller molecules that are readily degraded by microbes to CO2 (i.e., respiration).

Reactive oxygen species produced by photo-excited tDOM and POM help to breakdown tDOM and POM to greenhouse gases and smaller organic molecules (modified from Sulzberger and Arey, 2016179 ).

Including photodegradation as a pathway for the production of greenhouse gases from terrestrial and aquatic ecosystems improves models of carbon cycling on land1 and improves understanding of controls on emissions of greenhouse gases from inland and marine waters.51, 98, 145, 188 For example, in environments where biological decomposition of NOM is relatively slow,51 it is now recognised that photodegradation of NOM on land and in water are 251

250

page 20

à

WOERDESIGN UNEP – Ozone Secretariat: Technology and Economic Assessment Panel. 2018 Assessment Report Design, layout, formatting, interactive web publication / 100 p., 21.59x27.94 cm Cover design of nine more publications of the series

Technology and Economic Assessment Panel

1

Introduction�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 1 1 2 3

2

2018

Assessment Report

Overall key findings ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 2 Progress and challenges by sector ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 4 TEAP role, organisation and challenges ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 8

Key TOC sector findings ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 11 1 2 3 4 5

Flexible and Rigid Foams TOC (FTOC)���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 11 Halons TOC (HTOC) ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 13 Methyl Bromide TOC (MBTOC) �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 13 Medical and Chemical TOC (MCTOC) ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 14 Refrigeration and Air Conditioning and Heat Pumps TOC (RTOC) ������������������������������������������������ 16

3

Special Reports Prepared in Response to Decisions from the Parties �������������������������� 21

4

The Impact of the Phase-out of Ozone-Depleting Substances on Sustainable Development ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 29 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

5

6

1

TEAP and TOC Membership Lists – Status at December 31st, 2018

Table 5.1 Technology and Economic Assessment Panel (TEAP)

Introduction ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 29 Sustainable Development and the Montreal Protocol ������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 30 Montreal Protocol: Progress in ODS phase-out �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 31 Montreal Protocol: Impact on Sustainable Development Goals ��������������������������������������������������������� 32 Could the Montreal Protocol have done better in terms of Sustainable Development?������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ 38 Building partnerships to phase down HFCs���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 39 Conclusion ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 39

TEAP and TOC Membership Lists – Status at December 31st, 2018 �������������������������������������������� 41

Annex 1 – Executive Summaries of all TOCs �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 49 1 2 3 4 5

TEAP and TOC membership information

The following lists include members who were active until 31 December 2018, and participated in the preparation of the TOC 2018 Assessment Reports.

TEAP and TOC membership information �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 41 1

Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer

5

Table of contents

Flexible and Rigid Foams TOC (FTOC)�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 49 Halons Technical Options Committee (HTOC) �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 58 Methyl Bromide Technical Options Committee (MBTOC)�������������������������������������������������������������������� 63 Medical and Chemical Technical Options Committee (MCTOC) ���������������������������������������������������� 71 Refrigeration, Air Conditioning and Heat Pumps Technical Options Committee (RTOC) ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 83

Ozone Secretariat

TEAP Co-chairs

Affiliation

Bella Maranion

US Environmental Protection Agency

Marta Pizano

Independent Expert

Colombia

Manchester University NHS Foundation Trust

UK

Ashley Woodcock Senior Expert Members

Affiliation

Country

Country

Mohamed Besri*

Institut Agronomique et Vétérinaire Hassan II

Suely Carvalho

Independent Expert

Brazil

Marco Gonzalez

Independent Expert

Costa Rica

Rajendra Shende

Terre Policy Centre

India

Sidi Menad Si-Ahmed

Independent Expert

Algeria

Shiqiu Zhang

College of Environmental Sciences and Engineering, Peking University

China

TOC Chairs

Affiliation

Country

Paulo Altoé

Dow Chemical Collins Aerospace

UK

Sergey Kopylov

All Russian Research Institute for Fire Protection

Russian Federation

Roberto de A. Peixoto

Maua Technological Institute

Brazil

Fabio Polonara

Marche Polytechnic University

Italy

Keiichi Ohnishi

AGC Inc.

Japan

Ian Porter

La Trobe University

Australia

Rigid polyurethane foam accounts for 30% of the total estimated polymeric foam produced, the major drivers being regulation and energy efficiency, especially in construction and the cold chain.12 An estimated one third of global food production requires refrigeration. The Food and Agricultural Organization estimates that food production needs to increase globally by 70% to feed an additional 2.3 billion people by 2050, therefore refrigeration has an increasing role to play in food preservation.13

Oxford Economics – Global Construction Trends to 2030

10 Ialconsultants.com – EU Thermal Insulation Markets 2018

11 RAPRA Report ‘The Future of Polymer Foams: Market Forecasts’

12 JRC Technical Report on the Competition Landscape of Thermal Insulation

13 Cooling and refrigeration sector: the centre of the EU’s energy system, CORY ALTON MAY 2017, PUBLISHED IN BLOG

500,000

400,000

300,000

200,000

HFOs/HCFOs

2018

Assessment Report

Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer

Ozone Secretariat

8,000

HFCs HCFCs

7,000

CFCs

2013 Freeze level

6,000

Year Annual consumption – ODP Tonnes

2014

2018

2020

2012

2016

2010

2004

2002

2008

2006

2000

1992

0

Figure 1 Growth in the use of Physical Blowing Agents by Type over the period from 1990 to 2020. Source: FTOC 2014 Assessment Report

1.4

Update on Bank Estimates and Emerging Management Strategies

1.4.1

Overview of Progress and Challenges Related to Blowing Agent Transitions

The major blowing agent transitions being driven by regulation currently are those in Article 5 parties resulting from Decision XIX/6 and being funded under national HCFC Phaseout Management Plans (HPMPs). First phase HPMP implementation is generally running smoothly, although there have been delays in the initiation of some plans owing to the significant administration involved. Since Decision XIX/6 requires a “worst first” approach, the phase-out of HCFC-141b has been particularly targeted over the period covered by this report. This has been broadly successful within larger enterprises where the critical mass of the operation is sufficient to justify investment in hydrocarbon technologies, often with individual enterprises often willing to co-fund the investment where the funding thresholds available under the Multilateral Fund have been insufficient.

2015 –10% Reduction 2020 –35% Reduction

5,000

2025 –65% Reduction 4,000 Phenolic 3,000

XPS Board PU In-situ/Block

2,000

PU Spray PU Panel

1,000

PU Boardstock PU Appliance

0

In addition, there are challenges remaining for small and medium enterprises (SMEs). Lack of economies of scale prevents the adoption of hydrocarbons, while the adoption of high GWP alternatives results in high climate impact within processes, which are typically less well engineered or are unavoidably emissive. Although transitions from HCFCs to HFCs were largely unavoidable in many non-Article 5 parties during phase-out of HCFCs, there is increasing pressure to switch to low-GWP technologies. In view of hydrocarbon flammability,

Methyl Bromide Technical Options Committee

2018

2018

Assessment Report

Technical Note 1

Ozone Secretariat

During the negotiation and the challenges tha access and potential co there are also many p HCFCs. Unsaturated HF some of those where th of patented products m parties while other me adoption in already.

Non-Article 5 parties strategies to encourag been enacted under th New Alternatives Prog blowing agent options XPS industry in these In Japan, GWP limits h continue for HFC-245fa

Global banks of blowin tonnes in 2002 to an es estimates, these will g the fact that some of th then. i.e. the relative p ODS-containing foam shipments is difficult w exists. The search for ap of waste and the mon intervention at decom global warming poten less economically viab

14 Data adapted from Specia

54

Halons Technical Options Committee

Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer

the focus is on the po HCFCs and HFCs or all hydrocarbons such as major PU Spray Foam HCFCs and HFCs, with

The growth in XPS could have resulted in a possible breach of the 2013 HCFC Freeze in the foam sector. However, parties noted no issues with non-compliance with the Protocol, and there is always the potential to compensate in other sectors or require other transitions in foams to meet the required levels.

53

Assessment Report

Year

Figure 2 Evolution of consumption patterns for blowing agents in Article 5 parties with time.

Source: FTOC 2014 Assessment Report

Foams manufactured using other blowing agents, notably extruded polystyrene (XPS), have not typically been part of the first phase of most HPMPs. This is because there are no proven low-GWP alternatives to HCFC-142b/22 currently available. Although CO2 based technology is prevalent in Europe, it is still not clear whether it is sufficiently versatile for the variety of manufacturing plants operating in Article 5 parties. Other alternatives include

52

Rigid and Flexible Foams Technical Options Committee

Business as usual scenario for foam applications under Decision XIX/6

Hydrocarbons

100,000

2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030

Current foam projections11 predict on-going growth to 2019 of 4% per year. On this basis global blowing agent consumption will exceed 520,000 tonnes by 2020 unless there are further gains in blowing efficiency as technologies develop. Based on these trends, the historic, current and future demand for physical blowing agents is summarised in Figure 1 below:

hydrocarbons and ethers, but the flammability of these blowing agents is problematic when coupled with polystyrene as brominated flame retardants are also being phased out in some countries. The concern about flammability has increased in Asia since 2010 following a series of major building fires, which occurred during the construction of some high-rise buildings.

Despite these concerns, investment in XPS manufacturing capacity is increasing in response to demand for inexpensive and effective insulation. This has particularly been the case in Russia, the Middle East and parts of Eastern Europe and North Africa. The current choices of blowing agent in these regions are blends of HFC-134a/HFC-152a, which have a GWP of 1430 and 124 respectively. The manufacturing process is typically quite emissive. Blends based on a combination of hydrofluoroolefins (HFOs) and/or hydrochlorofluoroolefins (HCFOs) together with hydrocarbons, ethers or other low GWP blowing agents may ultimately provide a solution for XPS, but the continuing development is causing delay on conversions for some parties. The net impact of these trends is projected in the Figure 2 below:

600,000

1994

In all buildings, the demand for thermal insulation has increased substantially as their role in reducing energy dependency and greenhouse gas emissions has been recognised. New or improved thermal insulation requirements have emerged across the Middle East and throughout India, China, South Africa and Latin America. Even though there has been some shift between fibre (mineral/slag wool) and foam market shares in China during the period, mostly as a result of fire concerns, the production of polyurethane chemicals had grown globally. Other competing foam insulation materials are expanded polystyrene (never used ozone depleting substances), extruded polystyrene (XPS), phenolic and polyethylene foams.

The demand for XPS foams is also growing. There is also recognition that, in most nonArticle 5 parties, over 50% of the buildings that will be operational in 2050 have already been built. If progress on building energy efficiency and related CO2 emissions is going to be made in A5 parties, then significant renovation will be necessary.

Technology and Economic Assessment Panel. 2018 Assessment Report

Executive Summaries of all TOCs

Development of Global Blowing Agent Demand, 1990–2020

1998

Polyurethane, polystyrene and phenolic foams contribute substantially to the energy efficiency in buildings. Global construction is forecast to increase by USD 8 trillion by 2030, creating a global annual growth in demand for thermal insulation of 4–5% 9. The main drivers for thermal insulation are legislation and building standards to reduce heat loss.

The EU and North America are currently leading proponents of building codes to reduce energy consumption in the construction industry. Emerging countries in Asia Pacific are fast growing markets for polymeric foams that offer thermal insulation.10

Brazil

41

Trends in Global Foam Use and Impacts on Blowing Agent Consumption

1996

The increasing disposable incomes of the growing global, urban middle class remain the main drivers of the global polymeric foam market. Demand is driven by its wide range of enduse industries, building & construction, the cold chain, furniture & bedding, packaging and automotive industries. Rigid polymeric foams are most often used for thermal insulation and packaging. These foams historically have used blowing agents controlled by the Montreal Protocol.

9

Annex

1.3

Global Drivers for Foams

1990

1.2

Morocco

Adam Chattaway

v

Technology and Economic Assessment Panel. 2018 Assessment Report

USA

Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer

Ozone Secretariat

page 21

Medical and Chemicals Technical Optio Committee

2018

Assessment Repo

Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer

à

_INFOGRAPHICS _PICTOGRAMS IFAD: Selection of infographics and pictos in publications Concept, design, layout, formatting, pre-press / variable sizes

PRIME AFRICA

PRIME AFRICA bACkGRoUND

PRoGRAMME DAShboARD

GoALS

Remittance markets in Africa Over the past 15 years, reducing remittance transfer costs and maximizing their development impact have become top priorities in the global agenda. The Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) set ambitious objectives to reduce the transfer cost of migrant workers’ remittances to less than 3 per cent and eliminate remittance corridors with costs higher than 5 per cent by 2030 (SDG 10.c).

In 2017, there were 258 million migrants throughout the world, and at least 200 million of them regularly sent money to their relatives in their countries of origin. It is estimated that in 2017 formal remittances to lowand middle-income countries exceeded US$450 billion, representing over three times global official development assistance.

Remittances sent by migrant workers to and within Africa were over US$60 billion in 2016, of which 38 per cent (US$23 billion) were sent by migrants residing in Europe. These flows are expected to reach US$80 billion in 2020, benefiting over 200 million family members of African migrant workers, the majority of whom still lives in rural areas (55 per cent of the population).

In Africa, one out of five people send or

# Amount and duration EUR 15.1 million over 2019-2023

# Where The African/European/ intraregional remittance markets, with a specific focus on 7 corridors

# PRIME beneficiaries African migrants, their families back home and communities of origin

# PRIME partners Public, private and civil society entities, such as regulators, financial service providers (mobile network operators, microfinance institutions, postal networks, fintechs), money transfer operators and diaspora groups, among others.

# towards sDG 10.c: reducing the costs of migrant remittances

DIG

receive international remittances, without considering domestic flows.

Most remittances received in Africa cover daily needs, with a significant amount (25 per cent) available for savings or investment. Bringing these funds into the formal financial system can dramatically increase their impact. When remittances are deposited into financial institutions, they can benefit both the individual and the community. With better financial education and a broader range of financial services to choose from, remittance recipients are empowered to make financial choices that can advance them towards financial resilience.

The ability to expand financial services, however, depends on institutional capacity, willingness to offer services to low-income people, and on regulatory frameworks that enables them to do so.

PRIME Africa aims to address these development opportunities through innovations, partnerships and scalable products that promote, cheap and fast remittance transfers. By helping maximize the impact of remittances for millions of families, PRIME Africa will contribute to foster local economic opportunities in the migrant workers’ countries of origin.

I TA L I Z AT I O N

01101010100

LOWER TRANSFER FEES

FINANCIAL ACCESS

Savings

USE OF FINANCIAL OPTIONS

MORE MONEY TO THE FAMILIES

GoAL 1

Reduce the cost of remittances from Europe to and within Africa

Credit

urance Ins

GoAL 2

Promote financial inclusion through remittance-linked financial services

ExPECtED RESULtS

PRIME Africa’s theory of change Cycle continues and non-productive expenditures persist

NOT LEVERAGED Lack of incomegenerating activities

3 1 2

4.

# Improved market data

IF LEVERAGED

Strategic market data allows for further market depth and width, and capacity building to key stakeholders for remittance data creation and use.

Breaking the cycle

1.

1. Savings mobilization 2. Asset building 3. Income opportunities 4. Job creation

The remittance cycle

3.

# Enabling environment

Coherent national regulatory frameworks in both sending and receiving countries that foster competition in remittance corridors and enable safe, cheap and fast transfers.

Remittances occur

2. $

Migration occurs

# Increased market competition Expand access to remittances through close cooperation with public and private sectors, and additionally reduce significantly direct and indirect costs, and spur market competition.

In support of:

# Access to remittances and use of financial services

objective 19: Create conditions for migrants and diasporas to fully contribute to sustainable development in all countries

Increase and improve the number of access points delivering remittances and other financial services, along with innovative and replicable models linking remittances to financial inclusion.

objective 20: Promote faster, safer and cheaper transfer of remittances and foster financial inclusion of migrants

# building capacity and scaling up

Collaboration mechanisms in place among central banks, regulatory bodies, the private sector and diaspora communities in sending and receiving countries; and strengthened capacity to adapt and scale up best practices within an operational framework that allows cooperation among partners.

Prime_Africa_brochure_e_190118.indd 2-3

23/01/19 14:52

SFOAP main phase basic information

49 52 1 5 68 2017 2016 2015 2014

4

€8 million

million farmers

74%

€2.3 million

continental farmers’ organization

28%

Central Africa 59%

regional networks

Institutional and organizational strengthening

Support to pan-African activities

51% 12%

€0.9 million

30%

East Africa

components 9

8

Stronger policy influence

Resource mobilization from the private sector

West Africa: 10 of the 13 platforms now lead the process of development and implementation of national agricultural policies, compared with 7 in 2015

Over €4.3 million mobilized by local FOs through partnership agreements or contract sales or credit

28 sale contracts

31%

58%

5

35%

49%

Southern Africa

IFAD programme coordination and monitoring and evaluation

Better market actors

East Africa:

€468,000 mobilized

Chad: Local members of CNCPRT have been integrated into departmental, regional and local agricultural action committees

by local Fos

€3.9 million

Becoming agripreneurs

Algeria: 1 cooperative is setting up a honey analysis laboratory

€7.5 million

donors

2013

20% 14%

national farmers’ organizations (NFO)

years

signed for a value of

1% 25%

13%

West Africa

Policy engagement

€19.9 million

West Africa:

North Africa

Provision of economic services

countries

5

Central Africa: 5 of the 6 NFOs (all except Sao Tome and Principe) have been designated by their respective governments as the representatives of farmers in the CAADP country teams

Southern Africa: 90% increase in participation Southern Africa: 100% of NFOs in policy task increase in solicitations forces (from 41 in 2013 to participate in policy to 78 in 2017) consultations from 2014 (247) to 2016 (497)

Burundi: 1 agroprocessing company – soCoPA – established by cooperatives

2

1

Budget by region

€0.95 million

2018

6

Budget by component

Central Africa: more than €0.3 million in profits generated by local Fos through the economic initiatives implemented under provision of economic services 23

30

East Africa: EAC Cooperative Societies Bill, proposed by EAFF, was voted through by the East African Legislative Assembly in 2014 NO! Burundi: new cooperative law successfully blocked and subsequently amended by the NFO

page 22

à

IFAD: Selection of

financed by the Swedish International Development Cooperation Agency (Sida) and managed by IFAD through the Platform for Agricultural Risk Management (PARM), and MRRD is financed by IFAD and implemented by the MicroInsurance Centre@Milliman.

The two initiatives collaborated with George Washington University’s (GWU) Capstone Program to conduct research and develop guidance in relation to the question: “How can the delivery of climate insurance schemes be more inclusive and bring more value to women?”4

A gender-responsive, inclusive approach to agricultural insurance ensures that the needs of both women and men are taken into account, strengthening gender equality and benefiting the whole household. This approach makes it possible to reach the female farming community in all its diversity, strengthening women’s contribution to the rural economy and protecting infographics and pictos in publications their specific vulnerabilities. In order to achieve this, it is necessary to identify entry points along the insurance value chain at which women’s needs and preferences should be considered (see graphic).

WOERDESIGN

Improving insurance value and delivery for rural women Entry points along the agricultural and climate risk insurance value chain for gender-responsive insurance delivery

Feasibility assessment Product and contract design, testing and adjustments

Monitoring and evaluation: sexdisaggregated data

Claims reporting and assessment, payouts

SCHEME DEVELOPMENT AND ROLLOUT

Distribution and delivery: enrolment, premium collection

Training for insurance staff, agents and delivery channels

Value-added services: bundling with other products and services

Gender equality

Climate

Marketing and client education

Youth employment

Food security

page 23

Migration

à

_LOGO DESIGN _VISUAL IDENTITIES IFAD: Rural Poverty Report 2011 in the languages English, French and Spanish Concept, design, layout, formatting, pre-press, print production control / 320 p., 18.8x24.5 cm / Overview in English, French, Italian and Spanish: 24 p., A4 / Application of design on folder, backdrop, cronos, web banners, word templates, cdRom disc art and interface



Rural Poverty Report 2011



Rapport sur la pauvreté rurale 2011



Informe sobre la pobreza rural 2011



2011

page 24

à

Belgian Fund for Food Security (BFFS): A path shared for 27 years, coffeetable book Concept, design layout, formatting, photo selection, color and quality assurance of photographs, pre-press, print production control / 124 p., 32x23.5 cm / cdRom interface, cdRom disc art, interactive pdf Logo design and visual identity for publication covers, cronos, brochures

A path shared for 27 years

“When the Government decided that people should pay for health treatment at the local dispensary, we established our own system for collecting monthly fees. Everybody has to pay except those who are too poor to pay anything. Some people complain but most of us don’t mind.”

Health facility management committee members, Nyeri, Kenya

Our village decided to do something to help pregnant mothers. We built the waiting home near the health centre. Mothers nearing their time can stay there until the birth. The project provided cooking utensils and food and the village makes sure there is somebody with them all the time. Other villages have done the same for their women.

Comments from women in Eritrea

“The support given by the project to our milk cooperative allowed me to increase my milk sales from 2 litres a day to 10 litres a day. The extra income allows me to rent a small field on which to grow fodder, send my four children to school and pay for medicines, even hospital care.

My family is healthier because the staff at the cooperative taught us to boil the milk before drinking it.”

“When our first pump broke down, no one came to repair it and everybody suffered. That will not happen again because we have set up a management committee to collect fees for repairs and maintenance.

Men pay more than women.”

President, Water management committee of Mormo village, North Guéra, Chad

Solomon Beraki, small-scale livestock owner and member of the Mendefera milk cooperative, Dedub region, Eritrea

Enabling poor rural people to overcome poverty

64

Group of young men returning from the field, Niger.

Women carrying fresh milk in traditional containers, Niger.

©IFAD/D. Rose

©IFAD/D. Rose

Member of a 20-30 man team pulling a collectively owned beach net back to shore, Mozambique. ©IFAD/A. Webb

IFAD/Belgian Fund for Food Security Joint Programme

Annual Progress Report 2009

Bffs empowering vulnerable people

IFAD/Belgian Fund for Food Security Joint Programme

Improving gender impact: A BFFS/JP assessment in Kenya, Mozambique and Niger

Empowering women: The JP reinforces its gender impact In poor rural areas around the world women are among the weakest and most disadvantaged members of society. They play an essential role in crop production and livestock care as well as providing the food, water and fuel their families need. Yet their rights and status often go unrecognized and they are vulnerable to exploitation, both in the home and in the community.

Gender inequality perpetuates and deepens poverty. Because women fulfil so many roles – as mothers, caregivers, managers of household food security and of natural resources – when their wellbeing suffers so too does that of their children, their families and the wider community. The neglect of women’s needs and rights undermines the potential of communities to grow and develop.

One of the primary objectives of JP operations is the promotion of gender equality and the empowerment of women. JP interventions are designed to improve women’s livelihood opportunities, their health, their knowledge and their decision-making roles. Programmes include components relating to water and sanitation, health and education, all of which particularly affect the wellbeing of women, as well as building a strong basis for IFAD’s rural development projects. Overall the promotion of female participation in development activities also contributes to greater gender equality.

The JP Gender Assessment JP projects have a strong inherent gender focus, but the projects had never undergone a International Fund for Agricultural Development Via Paolo di Dono, 44 00142 Rome, Italy Tel: 0654591 E-mail: ifad@ifad.org www.ifad.org

gender assessment. In early 2009 the JP commissioned a comprehensive gender assessment

April 2010

er information contact: dra Pani .pani@ifad.org 0654592272 people to overcome poverty

WOERDESIGN

in three of the JP partner countries -Kenya, Mozambique and Niger- in order to enhance its already notable gender impact. The intention was to establish a theoretical and practical Enabling poor rural people to overcome poverty

framework to guide future gender components and better monitor progress towards the goals of gender equality and women’s empowerment. Its main objectives were to:

29-04-2010 13:41:31

page 25

à

_LOGO DESIGN _VISUAL IDENTITIES IFAD: Twelfth Replenishment. Rural prosperity. Food. Resilience. Case for investment in the languages English French and Spanish Concept, design, layout, formatting, photo selection and color treatment of images, pre-press / 24 p., A4

ACTION TO MEET GLOBAL GOALS STARTS IN RURAL AREAS Today we stand at a critical juncture – historic progress in reducing hunger has stalled and the successes of recent decades are being reversed. At the same time, poverty remains stubbornly entrenched in some areas, and inequality is rising.1 This cannot be allowed to continue.

While the number of people living in extreme poverty fell from nearly 2 billion in 1990 to 736 million in 2015,2 and hunger declined for decades,3 the poorest and most marginalized people continue to be left behind. More than 820 million people go hungry every day, and the wealth gap is widening.

Twelfth Replenishment

©IFAD/GMB Akash

CASE FOR INVESTMENT

At the same time, climate change is an existential threat to our food systems, and food is our most basic need. The frequency and intensity of extreme weather events continues to increase,4 and the costs of these disasters are spiralling.5 Rural people, especially small-scale farmers, are among those suffering most.6 Up to 1 billion people could be forced to migrate because of environmental pressures.7 Rising hunger is also linked to conflict, fragility and economic slowdowns. The growing cost of humanitarian aid points to the need for longer-term investments and solutions.

While these challenges are daunting, we also have a historic opportunity to reignite progress towards the elimination of extreme poverty and hunger (Sustainable Development Goals 1 and 2). Official development assistance for food security has hovered at 6 per cent of total assistance for 20 years. We can, and we must, do more – not just with more funding but with new partnerships, new instruments, better models and more inclusive approaches.

Poverty, hunger and inequality can strike anywhere but they are concentrated in rural areas, where most of world’s poorest and hungry people live. That’s why the road to the SDGs runs through rural areas.

CASE FOR INVESTMENT

IFAD’S ROLE IN ENDING POVERTY AND HUNGER

Rural people bear the brunt of these challenges yet they are also essential partners in the solutions. An estimated 63 per cent of the world’s poor people work in agriculture, the overwhelming majority on small farms. Small-scale farmers produce 50 per cent of all food calories on 30 per cent of the world’s agricultural land.8 Rural development with agriculture at its centre can radiate prosperity through communities and societies. Prosperous small farms can not only provide food but can also create jobs, and raise demand for locally produced goods and services. This in turn spurs opportunity, economic growth and more stable societies.

In fact, economic growth in agriculture is two to three times more effective at reducing poverty and food insecurity than growth generated in other sectors.9 To meet the global goals of ending extreme poverty and hunger requires stepping up targeted investment in rural areas.

IFAD’S GLOBAL OPERATIONS

Since 1977, IFAD has reached an estimated 512 million people, empowering them to improve their livelihoods.

IFAD invests in the millions of rural people who are most at risk of being left behind: poor small-scale producers, women, young people, indigenous peoples and other vulnerable groups living in rural areas. IFAD tailors its approach to country needs and focuses on low-income countries and lower-middleincome countries, particularly in sub-Saharan Africa. But it also provides support to address stubborn pockets of poverty in upper-middle-income countries. Around the world, IFAD is working in remote areas, and in difficult contexts experiencing food insecurity, environmental stresses and fragility.

IFAD has a key role to play, because it is the only multilateral development institution exclusively focused on transforming rural economies and food systems to make them more inclusive, productive, resilient and sustainable.

1

Countries with ongoing projects

IFAD takes a programmatic approach. Projects are not one-offs but are aligned with government development strategies, aim for scalability and durable long-term results, and include not just financing but policy support and the transfer of knowledge and technology. Its Strategic Framework (2016-2025) is tightly focused on the achievement of SDG 1 and SDG 2 through three objectives: increasing rural people’s productive capacity, enhancing their access to markets and strengthening the environmental sustainability and climate resilience of their economic activities. It is particularly relevant to SDG target 2.3, to double smallholders’ productivity and incomes, and target 2.4, development of sustainable food production systems.

IFAD headquarters IFAD country office Regional hub Regional South-South and Triangular Cooperation and knowledge centre

IFAD’s comparative advantage lies in this dedicated focus on extremely poor and food-insecure people in rural areas. It both helps to create new economic opportunities for them to exploit and builds their capacity to do so, providing finance, training and greater access to resources and markets.

#

Satellite office

Current efforts to support developing countries will not be enough to realize the 2030 Agenda, unanimously adopted by all 193 United Nations Member States in 2015. In particular, reaching SDGs 1 and 2, the elimination of extreme poverty and hunger, will be difficult without more investment in rural areas.

With 40 years of experience working in remote rural areas, we know the last mile can be the hardest. But that’s where the development community now needs to concentrate its efforts in order to reach those who are most in need and most in danger of being left behind. IFAD’s unique mandate and expertise can enable it to play a special role in getting back on track to achieve SDGs 1 and 2.

IFAD partners not only with governments but with other financial institutions, the private sector, NGOs, producer organizations and civil society – as well as actively involving project participants in directing and investing in their own development. Participants themselves have contributed over US$2 billion to IFAD-supported projects. IFAD cultivates not just partnership but real ownership, by governments and participants alike.

IFAD’s role in the global development architecture is unique, and its proven impact can be further expanded and enhanced. The World Bank and regional development banks fund larger projects, often at sectoral level, while IFAD specializes in activities that promote inclusive, productive, resilient and sustainable rural transformation and food systems. It complements the investments of larger institutions by ensuring the inclusion of the most vulnerable groups and those most in need.

©IFAD/Nana Kofi Acquah

IFAD’s goal is to double its impact over the next ten years, with a programme of work of about US$30 billion. With increased support from our Member States, these expanding investments could:

INCREASE THE PRODUCTION OF 201 MILLION SMALL-SCALE PRODUCERS

IFAD also acts as an assembler of development finance. Each US$1 of Member State replenishment contributions to IFAD supports the delivery of around US$8.4 of overall programme of work when cofinancing from governments and other development partners is factored in.

The Global Agriculture and Food Security Program (GAFSP), Global Environment Facility (GEF), Green Climate Fund (GCF) and Adaptation Fund (AF) are important financers with which IFAD collaborates. IFAD brings a particular focus and expertise in the design and support for rural investment projects, its field presence and incountry partnerships, and track record of demonstrated results. Its portfolio is anchored in strong relationships with national governments and local communities in nearly 100 countries where it currently has investments (see map).

IMPROVE THE RESILIENCE OF 111 MILLION PROJECT PARTICIPANTS RAISE THE INCOMES OF 264 MILLION RURAL WOMEN AND MEN

BY AT LEAST 20 PER CENT

IFAD takes a comprehensive and quantifiable approach to measuring results. IFAD is committed to conducting impact assessments on a sample of 15 per cent of its portfolio and aggregating impact estimates to determine the overall impact of its entire portfolio. This is an approach unique among international organizations.

The designations employed and the presentation of the material in this map do not imply the expression of any opinion whatsoever on the part of IFAD concerning the delimitation of the frontiers or boundaries, or the authorities thereof.

2

IFAD Twelfth Replenishment. RURAL PROSPERITY. FOOD. RESILIENCE.

CASE FOR INVESTMENT

RGETS FOR MAINSTREAMING THEMES PROJECT DESIGN

The remote region of Guéra, Chad, is prone to drought and conflict, posing constant threats to food security and livelihoods. The Rural Development Support Programme in Guéra (PADER-G), a US$20 million project supported by IFAD and the Government of Chad, constructed or rehabilitated 66 community cereal banks where farmers could store crops during the harvest season and borrow during the lean season, when prices tend to be higher and grain less available. Crops include sorghum, millet, berebere, groundnuts, sesame and maize. Community committees of farmers were trained to manage and maintain the cereal banks. By reducing post-harvest losses, the banks enable farmers to diversify diets and even out their grain consumption over the year. Food security increased by 37 per cent and dietary diversity by 23 per cent.

The project also improved social cohesion, which led to a 33 per cent increase in resilience, the capacity to recover from civil unrest, and greater participation in agricultural and social groups. Durable assets increased by 9 per cent, livestock assets by 17 per cent, and total assets by 14 per cent. Training in maintenance and management of the cereal banks was key; in some areas outside the project area cereal banks were poorly managed and infrastructure deteriorated. PADER-G benefited 119,710 people.12

59% 35%

34%

%

MATE NCING

50%

50%

25% GENDERTRANSFORMATIVE

NUTRITIONSENSITIVE

YOUTHSENSITIVE

4

SDG TARGET 1.4

Decentralized operations

PROGRAMME OF LOANS AND GRANTS COFINANCING ASAP+ PSFP

SDG TARGET 1.5

RESILIENCE OF THE POOR TO CLIMATE CHANGE

Risk management, social and environmental safeguards

PROGRAMME OF WORK

Policy engagement

IMPACT

GOAL Rural people overcome poverty and achieve food security through remunerative, sustainable and resilient livelihoods

©IFAD/Sarah Morgan

SO 1

PRODUCTION STRATEGIC OBJECTIVES

The need for new technology and knowledge to transform rural areas is also seen in the rising demand for South-South and Triangular Cooperation (SSTC). IFAD has strengthened its engagement in SSTC through initiatives such as the ChinaIFAD SSTC Facility, which has approved 15 projects with a total value of nearly US$7 million.

SO 2

MARKET ACCESS SO 3

PRINCIPLES OF ENGAGEMENT – Targeting – Empowerment – Innovation, learning and scaling up – Partnerships

MAINSTREAMING THEMES – Gender equality – Youth employment – Improved nutrition – Climate focus

RESILIENCE

STRATEGY

CASE FOR INVESTMENT

EQUAL RIGHTS TO ECONOMIC RESOURCES

Programmatic approach

IFAD is expanding its work on climate and environment, as well as on gender, youth and nutrition, and integrating them together for more impact. IFAD increasingly approaches agricultural development within a broader food system framework – from inputs and production to processing, marketing and consumption. IFAD also seeks to promote women’s empowerment and decisionmaking, diversity in farming and diets, and employment opportunities for rural youth.

IFAD Twelfth Replenishment. RURAL PROSPERITY. FOOD. RESILIENCE.

CASE FOR INVESTMENT

DELIVERY

ALL AREAS ARE AHEAD OF TARGETS FOR 2019

A key component of rural transformation is innovation and technology, particularly to increase access and participation in markets for most marginalized groups, such as women and youth. Research also plays an important role. Since 2007 the European Union has channelled 248 million euros through IFAD to support agricultural research. Activities include developing and testing innovative approaches that improve the livelihoods, nutrition or resilience of pilot rural communities and generate lessons for scaling up.

IFAD Twelfth Replenishment. RURAL PROSPERITY. FOOD. RESILIENCE.

TRANSFORMING RESOURCES INTO DEVELOPMENT RESULTS

PROMOTING RESILIENCE AND IMPROVED NUTRITION IN THE SAHEL

83%

3

9

18

IFAD Twelfth Replenishment. RURAL PROSPERITY. FOOD. RESILIENCE.

SDG TARGET 2.3

SMALLHOLDERS’ PRODUCTIVITY AND INCOMES DOUBLED SDG TARGET 2.4

SUSTAINABLE FOOD PRODUCTION SYSTEMS

CASE FOR INVESTMENT

page 26

19

à

5

WOERDESIGN IFAD: Twelfth Replenishment. Rural prosperity. Food. Resilience.

Design, layout, formatting of cronos / Homepage banner / Intranet banner

Douzième reconstitution des ressources

Twelfth Replenishment

Duodécima Reposición de los Recursos

Twelfth Replenishment

page 27

à

_LOGO DESIGN _VISUAL IDENTITIES Casa delle Letterature Roma: Casa delle Letterature presentation flyer Concept, design, layout, formatting, photography, pre-press, print production control / 2 p., 21x40 cm Brochures, posters, programmes for cultural events and language courses / variable sizes

Sotto l’Alto Patronato del Presidente della Repubblica Italiana Con il patrocinio del Ministero della Pubblica Istruzione

Commissione Europea

Comune di Roma Assessorato alle Politiche Culturali Dipartimento Cultura Ufficio Convegni Mostre Conferenze

Educazione e Cultura Programma quadro “Cultura 2000” Progetto WWW - Women Writers’ Words

Università degli Studi di Roma “La Sapienza”

Facoltà di Scienze umanistiche Dipartimento di Studi linguistici e letterari Archivio del Novecento

Fondazione Arnoldo e Alberto Mondadori (Milano)

Paola Masino (Pisa 1908 - Roma 1989), toscana di nascita ma romana di adozione, è autrice di racconti (Decadenza della morte, 1931; Racconto grosso e altri, 1941), di romanzi (Monte Ignoso, 1931; Periferia, 1933; Nascita e morte della Massaia, 1945), di liriche (Poesie, 1947). Intellettuale eclettica inserita in una dimensione europea, legata ai grandi artisti del Novecento in un rapporto di amicizia e di confronto culturale, compose libretti d’opera, collaborò intensamente con giornali, riviste e programmi culturali radiofonici, tradusse dal francese. La sua opera, sulla quale la critica si è impegnata solo occasionalmente, si rivela ora appieno alla luce dello straordinario ma finora sconosciuto apporto del suo archivio personale, che consente di riscoprire la sua scrittura, surreale e densa, originalmente moderna, ironicamente beffarda eppure intrisa di un sentimento costante della morte.

Casa delle Letterature lunedì 28 maggio ore 12.00

Inaugurazione della mostra e del convegno intervengono

Alberto Asor Rosa, Direttore del Dipartimento di Studi linguistici e letterari, Università di Roma “La Sapienza” Rossana Rummo, Subcommissario alle Politiche Culturali del Comune di Roma Maria Ida Gaeta, Responsabile della Casa delle Letterature

ore 15.00

La formazione intellettuale di Paola Masino presiede relazioni

Marina Zancan

Francesca Bernardini Napoletano, Università di Roma “La Sapienza” Paola Masino scrittrice europea Marinella Mascia Galateria, Università di Roma “La Sapienza” I luoghi della scrittura di Paola Masino Giuliano Manacorda, Università di Roma “La Sapienza” Enrico Alfredo Masino, l’ispiratore Cesare De Michelis, Università di Padova Gli esordi di Paola Masino Marisa Volpi, Università di Roma “La Sapienza” Topos e parodia nella Massaia di Paola Masino dibattito

Paola

Masino

Università di Roma “La Sapienza” Facoltà di Lettere martedì 29 maggio ore 9.30 Aula Partenone

L’archivio personale di Paola Masino

presiede relazioni

Francesca Bernardini Napoletano

Marina Zancan, Università di Roma “La Sapienza” Il carteggio inedito con Alba de Céspedes Rita Guerricchio, Università di Firenze Un romanzo epistolare inedito Giamila Yehya, Archivio del Novecento Tra sogno e scrittura: Poi Giovanni, romanzo incompiuto di Paola Masino Beatrice Manetti, Archivio del Novecento Lo specchio ingrato: i quaderni di appunti di Paola Masino

ore 15.00 Aula Odeion

Temi e forme della scrittura di Paola Masino presiede relazioni

Mostra Roma 28 maggio - 23 giugno 2001

Cesare De Michelis

Fulvia Airoldi Namer, Università di Parigi IV Favole e giochi nella narrativa di Paola Masino Maria Rosa Cutrufelli Per un’ideale genealogia Maria Vittoria Vittori “Fascina d’ossa sopra un verde melo”: le Poesie di Paola Masino Ernestina Pellegrini, Università di Firenze Le immagini della fine Valeria Della Valle, Università di Roma “La Sapienza” Appunti linguistici sulla scrittura di Paola Masino

Casa delle Letterature – Piazza dell’Orologio, 3

Convegno 28 - 30 maggio 2001

dibattito

28 e 30 maggio Casa delle Letterature – Piazza dell’Orologio, 3 29 maggio Università di Roma “La Sapienza”, Facoltà di Lettere – Piazzale Aldo Moro, 5

Casa delle Letterature mercoledì 30 maggio ore 9.30

La dimensione europea e interdisciplinare della scrittrice presiede Marinella Mascia Galateria interventi

Angela Bianchini In viaggio con Pirandello (1933) Flavia Arzeni, Università di Roma “La Sapienza” Una scrittrice fuori tempo: Paola Masino in Germania Franco Mannino I libretti d’opera di Paola Masino Laura Di Nicola Paola Masino e la rivista «Mercurio» Alessandro Taddei, Archivio del Novecento Le traduzioni dal francese di Paola Masino

dal lunedì al venerdì ore 9.00-19.00 sabato ore 9.00-13.00 informazioni: tel. 06 68134697 www.comune.roma.it/cultura Comune di Roma

Assessorato alle Politiche Culturali Subcommissario: Rossana Rummo

Dipartimento Cultura graphic design Andrea Wöhr

Direttore: Antonio Calicchia

Ufficio Convegni Mostre Conferenze Casa delle Letterature

testimonianze

Responsabile: Maria Ida Gaeta Organizzazione: Laura Boari, Miriam Caredda, Giovanna Merli, Furio Terra Abrami

Giuliana Morandini Una stagione letteraria al femminile. Ricordando Paola Masino Elio Pagliarani Insieme a teatro Elio Pecora Un’amicizia a metà

Ha collaborato: Alessandra Rabitti Ufficio Toponomastica Ufficio Progetti e contributi europei Allestimento: Lucia Pierlorenzi Direttore: Silvana Basili Organizzazione: Assunta Celidonio,

Segreteria organizzativa:

Progetto a cura di Francesca Bernardini Napoletano Marinella Mascia Galateria Maria Ida Gaeta

Ufficio Stampa: l’Agenzia tel. 06 80692424 fax 06 80669906 via Mercalli, 13 - 00197 Roma

Claudio Di Cosimo

Velia Bernabei tel. 06 49913753 velia10@virgilio.it Giamila Yehya amina@tiscalinet.it

dibattito e chiusura dei lavori

Piazza dell’Orologio, 3

Roma

Il catalogo della mostra è pubblicato dalla Fondazione Arnoldo e Alberto Mondadori.

page 28

à

WOERDESIGN Goethe-Institut Rom: Helden wie wir cultural events Design, layout, formatting, illustration, pre-press / Poster: A3 / Programme flyer: 2 p., 15.8x59.1 cm Brochures, posters, programmes for cultural events and language courses / variable sizes

KA

KA

IM

IM

NS IE

ABBERN

N KN HE RÄ H

UNIVERSITÀ

LIVELLI QCER

QUADRO COMUNE EUROPEO DI R

teheran, 2006: davanti a una folla di donne esultanti si celebra la prima partita di calcio pubblica della nazionale femminile iraniana, giocata contro una squadra di ragazze berlinesi. dopo un anno di preparativi, un semplice match sportivo diventa un evento di alto valore simbolico, un momento chiave del lungo cammino verso la libertà e l’emancipazione intrapreso dalle donne in iran.

GOETHE-ZERTIFIKAT A1 FIT IN DEUTSCH 1/START DEUTSCH 1 È il primo dei sei livelli di apprendimento della lingua tedesca. Per ottenere questa certificazione, che viene proposta in versione per la scuola (Fit in Deutsch 1) o per l’università (Start Deutsch 1), occorre saper comprendere e utilizzare espressioni familiari e quotidiane, formulare frasi molto semplici, al fine di soddisfare necessità concrete, ed essere in grado di comunicare con interlocutori che parlano lentamente e in modo chiaro.

GOETHE-ZERTIFIKAT A2 FIT IN DEUTSCH 2/START DEUTSCH 2 Per superare l’A2 (Fit in Deutsch 2 per la scuola, Start Deutsch 2 per l’università) si deve essere in grado di comprendere frasi ed espressioni di uso frequente, relative a contesti di rilevanza immediata, quali la famiglia, gli acquisti, il lavoro e l’ambiente circostante. Si è capaci di gestire conversazioni semplici, descrivere la propria provenienza e formazione, l’ambiente e gli oggetti circostanti, correlati a necessità immediate.

GOETHE-ZERTIFIKAT B1 L’esame viene proposto in versione per ragazzi oppure per adulti. Conseguendo questo livello si è in grado di comprendere gli elementi essenziali di una conversazione standard su questioni comuni come il lavoro, la scuola o il tempo libero e di gestire la maggior parte delle situazioni che si possono verificare in un viaggio all’estero. Ci si esprime in modo semplice e coerente per raccontare esperienze ed avvenimenti, descrivere sogni e obiettivi, fornire brevi motivazioni o spiegazioni riguardo a progetti e opinioni.

GOETHE-ZERTIFIKAT B2 Con questo esame si raggiunge una buona conoscenza della lingua tedesca, sia nello scritto sia nell’espressione orale. Si è in grado di afferrare i punti essenziali di testi complessi e di capire argomenti concreti e astratti. Si è capaci di sostenere una normale conversazione con persone di madrelingua e di esprimere in modo chiaro e dettagliato il proprio parere su diversi argomenti.

mit FReundlicheR genehmigung und unteRStützung deR amPelmann gmBh con la gentile conceSSione della amPelmann gmBh w w w. amPelmann.de

www.goethe.de/roma goetHe-iNStitUt rom Via savoia 15, 00198 roma tel. 06 8440051 cineteca@rom.goethe.org

Mit freundlicher GenehMiGunG und unterstützunG der AMPelMAnn GMbh | con lA Gentile concessione dellA AMPelMAnn GMbh w w w. A MP e l M A nn.d e

“felice il paese che non ha bisogno di eroi”, direbbe Brecht, ma al cinema come potremmo farne a meno?

Vite StraordiNarie Nel CiNema tedeSCo

dal 9 ottobre il Goethe-institut propone la rassegna Helden wie wir/eroi come noi – Vite straordinarie nel cinema tedesco, una serie di titoli imperdibili per rivivere le gesta, grandi e piccole, di chi ha combattuto per i propri ideali.

si parte con un supereroe unico nel suo genere, Captain berlin, chiamato addirittura a scontrarsi con un hitler redivivo. Vincono la loro battaglia contro i nazisti anche le donne di rosenstrasse nel capolavoro di von trotta, nonché i due attori dell’esilarante Hotel lux, ma la storia si capovolge in Helden wie wir e der Verdacht, in cui i protagonisti devono vedersela con il regime della ddr. Altro eroe della mitologia tedesca, il Michael Kohlhaas di Kleist è reinventato da una troupe squattrinata in Kohlhaas oder die Verhältnismäßigkeit der mittel, e un trattamento simile spetta anche al romanzo der scharlachrote buchstabe, nelle mani di un giovane (e altrettanto geniale e squattrinato) wim wenders. ben diverse le vicende di tre eroi quotidiani dei nostri tempi: che sia un santo travestito da punk (tore tanzt), un soldato spedito in Afghanistan (zwischen Welten) o un vecchio atleta che non si arrende alla pensione (Sein letztes rennen), sanno tutti restare fedeli alle proprie convinzioni, a qualsiasi costo. Se poi l’eroismo ha il suo rovescio della medaglia (come dimostrano i looser traboccanti di umanità di love Steaks e Underdogs), ritroviamo oggi il suo senso più profondo nella partita di calcio di Football under Cover, dove la nazionale femminile iraniana gioca per la prima volta in pubblico, contro una squadra berlinese. Perché di eroi e eroine anche il mondo, oltre al cinema, ha ancora un grande bisogno!

Vite StraordiNarie Nel CiNema tedeSCo dal 9 ottobre 2014 al 7 maggio 2015

iNaUgUrazioNe della raSSegNa

9 ottobre 2014/20:30

CaptaiN berliN VerSUS Hitler

23 ottobre 2014/20:30

roSeNStraSSe Germania/Paesi bassi 2003, 136 min., v.o. sott. it. regia di margarethe von trotta, con Katja riemann, Maria schrader, Jürgen Vogel ©studio hamburg letterbox filmproduktion Gmbh/ Tele München Fernseh GmbH & Co. Produktionsgesellschaft/ Get reel Productions b.V.

©Fotos: Iris Weirich / Zeichnungen: Rainer Engel

Germania 2009, 75 min., v.o. sott. it. regia di Jörg buttgereit, con Jürg Plüss, Claudia Steiger, Adolfo Assor in presenza del regista Jörg buttgereit Modera enrico magrelli

Un Hitler resuscitato grazie a un folle esperimento e alleato nientemeno che con il conte dracula, deve vedersela con captain berlin, supereroe dell’antifascismo. Regista di culto con legioni di fan sparsi per il mondo, Buttgereit firma una delle sue opere più riuscite e ambiziose, una miscela esplosiva di teatro, fantascienza, fumetto e arti marziali che non ha eguali nella storia del cinema.

rosenstrasse è il nome di una via di berlino dove nel 1943 centinaia di donne protestarono contro la deportazione dei mariti, riuscendo a salvarli.

Nel suo capolavoro della maturità, von Trotta rievoca un episodio poco conosciuto della shoah, alternando passato e presente e componendo una galleria di ritratti femminili dalla forza straordinaria. coppa Volpi a Venezia per Katja riemann.

6 NoVembre 2014/20:30

20 NoVembre 2014/20:30

HeldeN Wie Wir

der VerdaCHt

Germania 1999, 93 min., v.o. sott. it. regia di Sebastian peterson, con daniel borgwardt, Xenia snagowski, Adrian heidenreich

Germania 1991, 97 min., v.o. sott. it. regia di Frank beyer, con christiane heinrich, nikolaus Gröbe, Michael Gwisdek

©Christa Köfer

©Goethe-institut

page 29 nato nel 1968 nella ddr, Klaus uhltzscht è un inguaribile sognatore, capace di attraversare gli eventi della storia tedesca con disarmante

Karin sogna di diventare giornalista e avrebbe la strada spianata grazie al padre, importante funzionario di partito. Innamorata di un giovane

à

UTILIZZO COMPETENTE DELLA LINGUA

UTILIZZO ELEMENTARE DELLA LINGUA

DATE E PREZZI

CALENDARIO ESAMI DI LINGUA TEDESCA 2014

prevede l’addestramento di cuccioli di labrador da destinare ai non vedenti. ma il nuovo amico a quattro zampe finirà per fare breccia anche nel suo cuore indurito. ispirata a una storia vera, una commedia che unisce tenerezza e divertimento a una riflessione non banale sulla società di oggi.

.

CHON SC

Auditorium del Goethe-institut rom | Via SaVoia 15, Roma tel. 06 8440051 | cineteca@Rom.goethe.oRg | www.goethe.de/Roma ingresso libero | tRaduzione Simultanea

DATE E PREZZI

in un albergo di lusso si intrecciano i destini di clemens, timido massaggiatore, e lara, aiuto cuoco dal carattere forte e esuberante. gli opposti si attraggono e tra i due nasce un sentimento che li aiuterà a vincere le loro debolezze. in gran parte improvvisato con attori non professionisti, il ritratto di una coppia di emarginati capace di uno slancio vitale che emoziona e commuove.

ÖN

rassegna film dal 9 ottobre 2014 al 7 maggio 2015 IL TEDESCO È L’EUROPA A PORTATA DI... LINGUA!

UTILIZZO AUTONOMO DELLA LINGUA

SCUOLA

MONDSTE ÜNE INE GR KL AU A BL

PL A

DA APRILE A SETTEMBRE 2015

NS IE

CHON SC

H

KL APP KA CHEN. KO

E

w

SS

AN PL

RÄ

DIE K

N KN HE

ABBERN

ie

hinterm ho lZ

rt hö

i

e FiSCht Fr it Z

Fr

iD

in u

Bt

ei

l uk r Au t B DB lA

le

e rNEwMeOi SNSDSwTE Ü INE GR KL AU A BL

Z

ZwiSChen

SC

Ah

Chippen Si eB e

Zehn Z

tk

.

iCh

iF

un

i A m o.

S er pp

©björn Kommerell/Majestic ©Wüste Film/Foto: Georges Pauly

©Goethe-institut

B t Br Au

.

ELISA OLIVITO B1.2 TEDESCO È IL MIGLIOR MODO PER RIDURRE LO SPREAD CON IL VOSTRO FUTURO! MATTIA CAMPANA A1.1 TEDESCO È PRENDERE UN TRENO IN CORSA… SE RESTI AGGRAPPATO LA META È IL FUTURO! BARBARA D’ALESSANDRO A1.2 TEDESCO È… ANDARE AL GOETHE, CAPIRE PLIFFEN FUER FLASCHEN, E USCIRE ZUFRIEDEN. MOSCO VIERI A2.2 TEDESCO È IL VIOLINO DI LA CERTIFICAZIONE QUELL’ORCHESTRA CHIAMATA EUROPA. ANDREA MARCHESI A1.2 TEDESCO È POTER AIUTARE TURISTI ESTERNA DEL TEDESCO Football UNder CoVer LE STRADE D’ITALIA. DELIA GUIDOTTI B1.1 IL TEDESCO RENDE I GIOVANI PIÙ GRANDI E I GRANDI PIÙ GIOVANI. inaugurazione della rassegna TERMINE TERMINE PUBBLICAZ. PUBBLICAZ. ME LO DICEVA SEMPRE MIA NONNA MENTRE FACEVA L’HULAHOOP. VANNELLI A1.2 TEDESCO È LA Germania 2007, 86 min., v.o.9sott. it. noVembre 2014/20:30 PERCHÉ SARA IL TEDESCO? SEDI D’ESAME IN ITALIA ottobre 2014/20:30 23 ottobre 2014/20:30 DATA 6ULTIMO 20 noVembre 2014/20:30 DATA DI ULTIMO DI RISULTATI TASSA RISULTATI TASSA4 diCembre 2014/20:30 LIVELLO ESAME D’ESAME LIVELLO ESAME D’ESAME ISCRIZIONE* ISCRIZIONE ONLINE D’ESAME** ONLINE D’ESAME LINGUA DELLA CONSAPEVOLEZZA DEMOCRATICA TIZIANA PANGRAZI A2.1 sono CON UN popoTWEET regia di Ayat Najafi, david assmann In Europa benIL 100@TEDESCO milioni, ovvero ilFAI 24% della Helden Wie Wir CaPtain berlin rosenstrasse der VerdaCHt Hotel luX IN EUROPA GIOVANNI INNAMORATI A2.2 IL TEDESCO (NON) È UN CASO. EVA complessiva, ADRIANI A1.1i cittadini IL TEDESCO È TROVARE FRA lazione di madrelingua tedesca e documentario 1 7/ 0 3 / 1 4 1 7/ 0 2 / 1 4 1 7/ 0 4 / 1 4 50 € 1 7/ 0 2 / 1 4 1 7/ 0 1 / 1 4 1 7/ 0 3 / 1 4 55 € 1999, 93 min., v.o. sott. it.

Start germania/Paesi Bassi 2003, 136 min., v.o. sott. it.4 / 14 germania germania 1991, 97 min., v.o. sott. it. germania ORDINE 2011, 110 min.,E v.o. sott. it.

6 i Paesi in cui il tedesco è parlato: Germania, Austria, Versus Hitler Goethe-Institut Bolzano DISORDINE UNA SINTESI COMPIUTA GIUSEPPE VISCOME A2.1 TEDESCO È PAZZESCO! DARIUSZ KUCHAREK 07/ 0 0 7/ 0 3 / 14 0 7/ 0 5 / 14 0 9/ 0 6/14 0 9/ 0 5/ 14 0 9/ 0 7/ 14 A1 Deutsch 1 frank beyer, con christiane heinrich, regia di sebastian Peterson, con daniel Borgwardt, regia di margarethe von trotta, con Katja regia di regia di leander Haußmann, con michael herbig, Goethe-Zentrum Fit in dal 9 ottobre 2014 in presenza del regista davidgermania assmann Svizzera, Liechtenstein, Lussemburgo Belgio, oltre ad 0 7/ 0 5 / 14 07/ 0 4 / 14 0 6/0 6/14 2009, 75 min., v.o. sott. it.

Trento 0 3 / 1 1 / 1 4 0 3 / 1 0 / 1 4 0 3 / 12 / 1 4 A1.1 thekla IL TEDESCO È COME BALLARE IL TANGO, DIFFICILE SE LO SI GUARDA DA FUORI, eIMPEGNATIVO A1 Deutsch 1 Xenia Snagowski, adrian heidenreich Riemann, maria Schrader, Vogel nikolaus gröbe, michael gwisdek Jürgen Vogel, Reuten Modera enrico magrelli Partner autorizzati Varese alcune regioni italiane. al 7 maggio 2015 Jürgen regia di Jörg buttgereit, con Jürg Plüss, 2 6/ 0 5/ 14 26/0 4/14 0 6/0 6/14 SE LO SI STUDIA, MA SE LO ABBRACCI… TI SORPRENDERÀ. DIEGO ROBERTO DENETT A1.1 …UUUUHHHOOO! Mariano Com. Milano nato nel 1968 nella ddR, Klaus uhltzscht è un Rosenstrasse è il nome di una via di Berlino Karin sogna 1di7/diventare avrebbe claudia Steiger, adolfo assor 0 2 / 1 4 1giornalista 7/ 0 1 / 1 4 e1 7/ 0 3 / 1 4 65 € Quando hitler arriva al potere, due celebri comici Il tedesco è, dopo l’inglese, la lingua straniera più richieVerona 1 0 / 11/ 14 10/10/14 10/12/14 Trieste inguaribile sognatore, capace di attraversare Venezia Start dove nel 1943 centinaia di donne protestarono la strada spianata grazie al padre, importante sono costretti a lasciare Berlino: il primo entra CULTURASTORIAFUTURO SCIENZATECNICAARTE TRADIZIONE INNOVAZIONE … maggiori È TUTTO E DI PIÙ… E CON Torino Pavia sta dai datori di lavoro italiani e offre oppor0 9/ 0 6/14 0 9/ 0 5/ 14 0 9/ 0 7/ 14 in presenza del regista Jörg buttgereit A2 Piacenza/ Padova Deutsch 2 gli eventi della storia tedesca con disarmante auditorium goethe-institut rom controdel la deportazione dei mariti, riuscendo funzionario di partito. innamorata di un nella Resistenza, il secondo fugge a mosca, dove Lodi 24/ 03/ 14 24/ 02 / 14 23/0 4/14 60 € GRANDE PASSIONE! JUNG HEE LEVIALDI GHIRON B2.3 INCAPONIRSI CON LE REGOLE E SCOPRIRE CHE ALLA FIN FINE… modera enrico magrelli Cremona tunità d’inserimento in diversi settori, come il turismo, 0 3 / 1 1 / 1si4trova 0 3 /però 1 0 / 1 4davanti 0 3 / 12 ingenuità. Reclutato dalla Stasi, finirà per a salvarli. nel suo capolavoro della maturità, giovane dissidente, a /14 grazie a una rocambolesca serie di equivoci Parma Via savoia 15, roma 0 9/0 4/14 0 9/ 03/14 0 9/ 0 5/ 14 il commercio e l’industria: i turisti tedeschi VALGONO SEMPRE, UN VIAGGIO SENZA FINE E INASPETTATO. ALESSANDRA CACCAMO C2.2 austriaci, TEDESCO ÈeINTRICATO, Genova Bologna contribuire alla caduta del muro in un modo von trotta rievoca un episodioFitpoco una drammatica scelta. un quadro potente e arriverà aNON conoscere Stalin e a deviare il corso un hitler resuscitato grazie a un folle esperimento in conosciuto Ravenna 1 8 / 0 2 / 1 4 1 8 / 0 1 / 1 4 1 8 / 0 3 / 1 4 85 € 0e5/ 0 5/ 14 che 0 5/nessuno 0 4/14 poteva 0 5/ 0 6/14 svizzeri, infatti, rappresentano il 39,3% dei visitatori immaginare… dal bestseller Savona della Shoah, alternandoA2 passato e presente inquietante della cultura del sospetto ai tempi della Storia. una commedia travolgente, che MA NIENT’AFFATTO STUPIDO. Goethee alleato nientemeno che con il conte dracula, Deutsch 2 SPIGOLOSO E BIONDO La Spezia B1 firmato 1 0 / 0 6 /da 1 4uno 1 0dei / 0 5grandi / 1 4 1artefici 0 / 0 7/ 1 4 Prato 1 9 / 0 5 / 1 4 di1 9thomas / 0 4 / 1 4Brussig, 0 6/0 6/14 la storia di un Forrest gumpB1 Zertifikat della DDR, riecheggia il lubitsch di “to Be or not to Be” nella deve vedersela con captain Berlin, supereroe stranieri in Italia, mentre la Germania è il primo partner ingressocomponendo libero una galleria di ritratti femminili COME CHI LO PARLA. GIUSEPPE ANTONUCCIO B2.1 L’UNICA (Erwachsene) Firenze dalla forza straordinaria. coppa Volpi a Venezia del cinema della lui4 /stesso capacità di far ridere mescolando teatro e vita.

Pisa 0 4 / 1deFa, 1 / 1 4 Frank 0 4 / 1 0Beyer, / 14 0 12 / 14 dell’antifascismo. Regista di culto con legioni di 1 3 / 1 1 / 1 4 dell’ostalgie, 1 3 / 1 0 / 1 4 eroe 1 3 / 1 2suo / 1 4malgrado in un mondo commerciale del nostro Paese. Sono invece oltre 2.300 Ancona simultanea più folle di lui.

LINGUA CHE PER PRONUNCIARE OI SCRIVE EU!! O.O GIULIA PAPA A1.1le imprese IL CIELO STELLATO SOPRA DI ME, Livorno per Katja Riemann. censurato durante il comunismo. fan sparsi per il mondo, Buttgereit firma unatraduzione delle a capitale tedesco in Italia che operano in Macerata Perugia/ 1 0 / 0 3 / 1 4 1 0 / 0 2 / 1 4 1 0 / 0 4 / 13 70 € 1 9 / 0 2 / 1 4 1 9 / 0 1 / 1 4 1 9 / 0 3 / 1 4 95 € sue opere più riuscite e ambiziose, una miscela Terni LA LEGGE MORALE DENTRO DI ME E IL TEDESCO PER CAPIRNE IL PERCHÉ.

STEFANO PAGANO B1.1 diversi campi.

Goetheesplosiva di teatro, fantascienza, fumetto e arti 3 1 / 0 3 / 1 4 28/ 02 /14 28/0 4/14 B2 Zertifikat B2 1 1 / 0 6 / 1 4 1 1 / 0 5 / 1 4 1 1 / 0 7/ 1 4 GoetheBELLO PERCHÉ VARIO. FRANCESCA CHILÀ A1.1 IL TEDESCO È L’EUROPA A PORTATA DI... LINGUA! ELISA OLIVITO B1.2 marziali non ha eguali nella storia del cinema.

Teheran, 2006: davanti a una folla che di donne Zertifikat B1 28/0 4/14 28/ 03/14 28/ 0 5/ 14 Pescara 0 5 / 1 1 / 1 4 0 5 / 1 0 / 1 4 0 5 / 12 / 1 4 B1 (Jugendliche) PERCHÉ I CERTIFICATI DEL GOETHE-INSTITUT? TEDESCO È IL MIGLIOR MODO PER RIDURRE LO SPREAD Lanciano esultanti si celebra la prima partita di calcio 12 / 0 5 / 1 4 12 / 0 4 / 14 0 6/0 6/14 Roma I nostri esami comprendono tutti i livelli e le competenze CON IL VOSTRO FUTURO! MATTIA CAMPANA A1.1 TEDESCO È PRENDERE UN TRENO IN CORSA… SE RESTI 2 0/02 /14 2 0 / 0 1 / 1 4 2 0/ 03/14 110 € pubblica della nazionale femminile iraniana, giocata 1 7/ 1 0 / 1 4 1 7/ 1 2 / 1 4 22 gennaio 2015/20:30 5 febbraio 2015/20:30 1 7/ 1 1 / 1 4 19 febbraio 2015/20:30 12 marzo 2015/20:30 26 marzo 2015/20:30 previste dal Quadro Comune Europeo di Riferimento per la Latina GoetheFoggia AGGRAPPATO LA META È IL FUTURO! BARBARA D’ALESSANDRO A1.2 TEDESCO È… ANDARE AL GOETHE, CAPIRE PLIFFEN C1 Zertifikat C1 12 / 0 6 / 1 4 12 / 0 5 / 1 4 1 2 / 0 7/ 1 4 contro una squadra di ragazze berlinesi. dopo un conoscenza delle lingue e sono sinonimo di qualità in tutto Bari 2 1 / 0 5 / 1 4 2 1 / 0 4 / 14 tanzt 0 6/0 6/14 75 € 0 6 / 1 1 / 1 4 0 6 / 1rennen 0 / 1 4 0 6 / 12 / 1 4 GoetheKoHlHaas der sCHarlaCHrote sein letztes zWisCHen WeltenE USCIRE ZUFRIEDEN. MOSCO VIERI A2.2 TEDESCO FUER FLASCHEN, È ILPermettono VIOLINO DI diQUELL’ORCHESTRA anno di preparativi, un semplice match sportivooder die Olbia il mondo. inoltre ottenere crediti formativi CHIAMATA B2 Zertifikat B2 2 0 / 1 1 / 1 4 tore Avellino Napoli 2 0 / 1 0 / 1 4 2 0 / 12 / 1 4 germania 2013, 110 min., v.o. sott. it. germania 2013, 114 min., v.o. sott. it. germania EUROPA. 2014, 103 min., ANDREA v.o. sott. it.MARCHESI A1.2 diventa un evento di alto valore simbolico, un VerHÄltnismÄssigKeit buCHstabe TEDESCO È POTER AIUTARE TURISTI SPERDUTI LEle porte STRADE D’ITALIA. DELIA per scuola e università PER e aprono a numerosi sbocchi 2 1 / 0 2 / 1 4 2 1 / 0 1 / 1 4 2 1 / 0 3 / 1 4 200 € Goetheregia di Katrin gebbe, con Julius Feldmeier, regia di Kilian riedhof, con dieter hallervorden, regia di feo aladag, con Ronald zehrfeld, Lecce momento chiave del lungo cammino verso la libertà professionali. Alcuni esami valgono come attestazione GUIDOTTI B1.1 IL TEDESCO RENDE I GIOVANI PIÙ GRANDI E I germania ovest/Spagna 1973, 90 min., v.o. 22 sott.

Zertifikat C2 13 / 0 6 / 1 4 1 3 / 0 5 / 1 4 1 3 / 0 7/ 1 4 / 0it.

5/14 22 /0 4/14 0 6/0 6/14 110 € der mittel GoetheC2 (GDS) Sascha alexander gersak, annika Kuhl tatja Seibt, heike makatsch mohsin ahmady, Saida Barmaki Zertifikat C1 2 4 / 1 1 / 1 4 2 5 / 1 0 / 1 4 2 0 / 12 / 1 4 regia di Wim Wenders, C1 con Senta Berger, delle competenze linguistiche necessarie per l’accesso alle e l’emancipazione intrapresogermania dalle donne in iran.

0 7/ 1 1 / 1 4 0 7/ 1 0 / 1 4 0 7/ 1 2 / 1 4 PIÙ GIOVANI. ME LO DICEVA SEMPRE MIA NONNA MENTRE FACEVA L’HULAHOOP. 2012, 90 min., v.o. sott. it. tore fa parte dei Jesus Freaks, ragazzi che militare dell’esercito tedesco, Jesper è assegnato in presenza del regista Killian riedhof, del co-autore hans christian Blech, lou castel università in Germania. Riconosciuti a livello internazionale, regia di aron lehmann, con Robert gwisdek, Cosenza VANNELLI È LA LINGUA DELLA CONSAPEVOLEZZA DEMOCRATICA TIZIANA PANGRAZI A2.1 CON marc blöbaum e dell’attore dietrich Hallervorden uniscono la fede religiosa a uno spirito punk. alla difesaSARA dai talebani di un A1.2 villaggioTEDESCO in Cagliari sono qualifiche che valorizzano e distinguono il curriculum. un giovanissimo wenders si confronta con 2 mesi prima della data d’esame informazioni su contenuti e modalità di iscrizione * Bolzano, Milano e Trento: Jan messutat, Rosalie thomass modera enrico magrelli Crotone Per caso conosce Benno, padre di famiglia chePer maggiori afghanistan. con tarik,FAI interprete IL l’amicizia @TEDESCO UNdel TWEET IN EUROPA GIOVANNI INNAMORATI A2.2 IlILGoethe-Institut TEDESCOè accreditato (NON) ÈdalUN CASO. EVA ADRIANI A1.1 Al hawthorne, costo dell’esame si devono aggiungere 16 € per diritti di segreteria. agli esami: www.goethe.de/it/certificazione il romanzo capolavoro**di la lettera Ministero dell’Istruzione, lo accoglie in casa sua, ma il rapporto fra i due posto, lo porrà davanti alla scelta tra gli ordini dei in presenza del regista aron lehmann e dell’attrice ex corridore olimpionico, Paul averhoff è ormai scarlatta, girando uno Per deimotivi film più atipici e le date di esame possono variare.

IL TEDESCO È TROVARE FRA ORDINE E DISORDINE UNA SINTESI COMPIUTA GIUSEPPE VISCOME A2.1 TEDESCO organizzativi dell’Università e della Ricerca.

INFORMAZIONI rosalie thomass. modera enrico magrelli degenera presto in un gioco al massacro. Un film superiori e la vita PER del giovane e della sua famiglia. anziano, e su insistenza della figlia va a vivere Palermo Messina sorprendenti della sua carriera. anche per diversi PAZZESCO! KUCHAREK IL TEDESCO È COME BALLARE IL TANGO, DIFFICILE SE LO SI GUARDA DA www.goethe.de/it/certificazione d’esordio di scioccante intensità, costruito su un la registaÈ dimostra una tempra DARIUSZ eccezionale Reggio Calabria con la moglie malata in una casa di riposo. la problemi produttivi, il regista punta tutto sullo cosa succede quando un regista vede scappare il Trapani personaggio indimenticabile, un santo del terzo girando sul campo il racconto drammatico e SE LO SI STUDIA, MA SE LO ABBRACCI …

PERCHÉ UN ESAME DI LINGUA TEDESCA? FUORI, IMPEGNATIVO TI SORPRENDERÀ.

DIEGO ROBERTO DENETT A1.1 … voglia diDA riscatto, però, DEL lo fa tornare ad allenarsi, scavo interiore dei personaggi, senza rinunciare UNIVERSITÀ CHE USUFRUISCONO DELLA CERTIFICAZIONE ESTERNA PARTE GOETHE-INSTITUT produttore il primo giorno di riprese? tanto più se millennio pronto a tutto in nome dei propri ideali. avvincente di una Sede guerra spesso per dimenticata.

Centrale le Certificazioni Studiare il tedesco è il migliore investimento per lo sbocco Catania con un obiettivo fuori portata: vincere la ad alcuni dei suoi temi più cari: il conflitto si tratta di un film in costume sull’eroico Michael UUUUHHHOOO! SCIENZATECNICAARTE TRADIZIONEINNOVAZIONE… È TUTTO E DI PIÙ… E CON GRANDE PASSIONE! Goethe-Institut maratona di Berlino. È impossibile non fare professionale e la carriera. Per valorizzare ulteriormente tra individuo e società,Ancona il viaggio finale Kohlhaas di Kleist? Senza perdersi d’animo, la Sassari Reggio Calabria Napoli Ferrara Cagliari JUNG HEE LEVIALDI GHIRON B2.3 INCAPONIRSI CON LE REGOLE E SCOPRIRE CHE ALLA FIN FINE… NON VALGONO il tifo per Paul, un concentrato di umanità Via Savoia, 15 – 00198 Roma come redenzione. troupe decide di andare avanti, girando senza questa competenza, però, è necessario conseguire un Università degli Studi (Catona) Università degli Studi Università degli Studi Università degli Studi Università Politecnica e forza di volontà che traina un E BIONDO MA NIENT’AFFATTO STUPIDO. COME CHI LO PARLA. GIUSEPPE B2.1sostenendo L’UNICA LINGUA Sassari Scuola Superiore per il filmdicon di Napoli Federico II di Ferrara di Cagliari delle Marche soldi e con la sola forza dell’immaginazione. e Tel.: 06 84400591 certificatoANTONUCCIO di lingua, e solo un esame si sarà CHE PER Mediatori Linguistici ottimismo. come Kohlhaas dovette battersi per i suoi diritti, Università degli contagioso Studi Scuola Superiore per Fax: 06DI 84400599 DENTRO ME E IL TEDESCO CAPIRNE IL PERCHÉ. STEFANO PAGANO B1.1 diBELLO PERCHÉ leVARIO . FRANCESCA CHILÀ A1.1www.goethe.de/rete Siena Foggia Cassino in grado valutare correttamente proprie conoscenze Suor Orsola Benincasa Mediatori Linguistici il regista dovrà farlo per la sua arte.

Università per Stranieri Roma Università degli Studi Università degli Studi esami@rom.goethe.org Una certificazione riconosciuta a livello interIL TEDESCO È L’EUROPA A PORTATA DI... LINGUA! ELISAlinguistiche.

OLIVITO B1.2 TEDESCO È IL MIGLIOR MODO PER di Siena Libera Università di Foggia di Cassino Arcavacata di Rende CHiusura della rassegnaPalermo infatti, può arricchire in modoUN professionale degli Studi S. Pio V RIDURRE LO SPREAD CON IL VOSTRO FUTURO! MATTIA CAMPANA A1.1nazionale, TEDESCO È PRENDERE TRENOil IN CORSA… SE Università degli Studi di Università della Calabria Teramo Lecce Catania vitae.

Università degli Studi Palermo 16 aPrile 2015/20:30 30 aPrile 2015/20:30 maggio 2015/20:30 Università degli Studi Università del Salento Università7degli Studi RESTI AGGRAPPATO LA META È IL FUTURO! BARBARA D’ALESSANDROcurriculum A1.2 TEDESCO È… ANDARE AL DI Bologna Roma Tre di Teramo di Catania Potenza Università di Bologna Macerata PER LE STRADE D’ITALIA. DELIA GUIDOTTI B1.1 IL TEDESCO RENDE I GIOVANI PIÙ GRANDI E I GRANDI PIÙ Salerno Università degli Studi loVe steaKs underdogs football under Venezia Università degli Studi CoVer Como e Varese Università degli Studi della Basilicata OVANI. ME LO DICEVA SEMPRE MIA NONNA MENTRE FACEVA L’HULAHOOP. SARA VANNELLI A1.2 TEDESCO È LA Università Ca’ Foscari Universitàgermania degli Studi2007, di germania 2013, 89 min., v.o. sott. it. germania 2009, 90 min., v.o. sott. it.

86Macerata min., v.o. sott. it. di Salerno dell’Insubria regia di Jakob lass, con lana cooper, regia di Jan-Hinrik drevs, con thomas Sarbacher, regia di Ayat najafi, david assmann LINGUA DELLA CONSAPEVOLEZZA DEMOCRATICA TIZIANA PANGRAZI A2.1 CON IL @TEDESCO FAI UN TWEET IN Franz Rogowski clelia Sarto, hark Bohm documentario EUROPA GIOVANNI INNAMORATI A2.2 IL TEDESCO (NON) È UN CASO. EVA ADRIANI A1.1 IL TEDESCO È TROVARE FRA Solitario e violento, mosk non sembra il detenuto in presenza del regista Jakob lass in presenza del regista david assmann ORDINE E DISORDINE UNA SINTESI COMPIUTA GIUSEPPE VISCOME A2.1 TEDESCO È PAZZESCO! DARIUSZ KUCHAREK DepliantCalendarioEsami2014.indd 1 DepliantCalendarioEsami2014.indd 2 08/07/13 13:43 modera enrico magrelli modera enrico magrelli ideale per un programma di rieducazione che

CHiUSUra della raSSegNa

7 maggio 2015/20:30

©Goethe-institut

Au t Blei

herum lm

kr

iD

ÖN

SCHEIN SCH ND

Au

le

um ulm

HEIN SC H

Bl

tk

SIE

t

N WÄHRE AUTE ND

i te lo Cer

, lm

CORSI DI LINGUA ED ESAMI A ROMA

DER MO

no

CAlenDArio 2015 D um u un

Au

Puoi conseguire una certificazione del Goethe-Institut a condizioni agevolate: è sufficiente indicare università e numero di matricola all’atto dell’iscrizione all’esame.

Vite straordinarie nel Cinema tedesCo

ei

DK UN

L’esame è suddiviso in quattro moduli, che si possono sostenere singolarmente o in combinazione tra loro. Ogni modulo ha il costo di € 50.

Frequenti l’univerSità in itAliA?

S weiSS, w

N

2

Sede Centrale per le Certificazioni Goethe-institut Via Savoia, 15 – 00198 Roma tel.: 06 84400591 Fax: 06 84400599 esami@rom.goethe.org

wA

SIE

www.goethe.de/it/certificazione € 200 2

S

CertiFiCAZione eSternA DellA linGuA teDeSCA

N WÄHRE AUTE ND

16/0 8/15 15/11/15

rS

DK UN

24 / 0 5 / 15

15/0 6/15 14/0 9/15

L’esame è suddiviso in quattro moduli, che si possono sostenere singolarmente o in combinazione tra loro. Ogni modulo ha il costo di € 24.

he

N. TE

N

2 3/ 03/ 15

1 7/ 0 7/ 1 5 16/10/15

1

FiSC

hA n S

24/ 0 4/ 15

per inFormAZioni

e.

INEN K AFF KE E

01/03/15

it Z

N

18/12/14

Fr

€ 110

DE R

3 0 / 0 1 / 15

h

14/11/15

.

15/0 8/15

14/0 9/15

el

15/0 6/15

15/10/15

vi

1 6 / 0 7/ 1 5

€ 95

UMM. KR

2 3/ 0 5/ 15

en SChneeSC hi eB Si

2 3/ 03/ 15

um Zoo. rZ ke

2 8 / 02 / 15

2 3/ 0 4/15

Fi

13/11/15

18/12/14

Che , FriSChe

14/0 9/15

2 9/01/15

Br

e

solitario e violento, Mosk non sembra il detenuto ideale per un programma di rieducazione che prevede l’addestramento di cuccioli di labrador da destinare ai non vedenti. Ma il nuovo amico a quattro zampe finirà per fare breccia anche nel suo cuore indurito. ispirata a una storia vera, una commedia che unisce tenerezza e divertimento a una riflessione non banale sulla società di oggi.

GoetheZertifikat C2: GDS

2 2 / 0 5/ 15 1 4 / 0 8 / 15

14/10/15

UB

E

Sessione riservata alla ripetizione di uno o più moduli.

2 7/ 0 2 / 15

2 3/ 03/ 15 15/0 6/15

K LE IN

AU T

L’esame è suddiviso in quattro moduli, che si possono sostenere singolarmente o in combinazione tra loro. Ogni modulo ha il costo di € 22.

L’iscrizione ai singoli moduli non comporta spese di segreteria.

4

impArAre il teDeSCo non È un’impreSA. in un albergo di lusso si intrecciano i destini di clemens, timido massaggiatore, e lara, aiuto cuoco dal carattere forte e esuberante. Gli opposti si attraggono e tra i due nasce un sentimento che li aiuterà a vincere le loro debolezze. In gran parte improvvisato con attori non professionisti, il ritratto di una coppia di emarginati capace di uno slancio vitale che emoziona e commuove.

C2

Al costo dell’esame vanno aggiunti € 16 cumulativi per spese di segreteria.

3

13/0 8/15 12/11/15

18/12/14

22 / 0 4/15 1 5 / 0 7/ 1 5

E

NK

2

in presenza del regista Jakob lass Modera enrico magrelli

C1 € 110

15/0 6/15 14/0 9/15

28/01/15

KL APPB AR EIN

T

2 3/ 0 4/15 24 / 03/ 15 2 3/ 0 5/ 15 Germania 2009, 90 min., v.o. sott.C1it. GoetheZertifikat C1 2 3 / 1 1 / 1 5 24 / 1 0 / 1 5 2 3 / 1 2 / 1 5 regia di Jan-Hinrik drevs, 1 con thomas sarbacher, clelia sarto, hark bohm Bolzano, Milano e Trento: 2 mesi prima della data d’esame.

1 4 / 0 7/ 1 5 13/10/15

€ 85 1

E

Germania 2013, 89 min., v.o. sott. it. regia di Jakob lass, con lana cooper, franz rogowski

GoetheZertifikat C1

21/0 5/15

NT

S EI A

19/12/15

2 6/ 02 / 15

2 3/ 03/ 15

T

DER KÖN NE KIN

20/10/15

UNderdogS

18/12/14

2 1 / 0 4 / 15

T RI T

E

19/11/15

loVe SteaKS

€ 75

2 7/ 0 1 / 1 5

U

ZE AT

AU T

2 2 / 0 5/ 15

11/11/15

.

EN BT

TRONAUTEN K

16/12/15

2 3/ 03/ 15

14/0 9/15

huBert hA uS nS hA

S EI A

1 7/ 1 0 / 1 5

22 / 0 4/15

GoetheZertifikat B2

12/10/15

€ 65

S

16/11/15

B2

€ 70 3

12 / 0 8 / 15

rS

0 9/ 0 6/ 15

15/0 6/15

he

0 9/ 0 6/ 15

1 3 / 0 7/ 1 5

€ 55

ei r wer w

2 7/ 0 5 / 15

11/0 4/15

2 6/ 0 5/ 15 4 2 7/ 0 4 / 15

2 0/ 0 5/ 15

we

0 9/ 0 4/ 15 2 9/ 0 4/ 15

2 8 / 03/ 15

11/05/15

GoetheZertifikat B1

2 5/ 02 / 15

2 3/ 03/ 15

ht FiSC

0 8/ 02 /15 2 8/ 02 / 15

2 7/ 0 4 / 15

B1

11/11/15

18/12/14

2 0/ 0 4/15

FiS

11/12/15

14/0 9/15

26/01/15

WIN EN LT

ZW

12/10/15

€ 60

12/10/15

tassa D’esame

ZW

03/ 0 6/ 15 0 9/ 0 6/ 15

12 / 0 8 / 15

FiSC

B2

GoetheZertifikat B2

0 4/0 4/15 1 8 / 0 4 / 15

A2

RisuLtati onLine

2 5/ 02 / 15 2 0/ 0 5/ 15

15/0 6/15

e

15/05/15

scaDenza iscRizione

18/12/14 2 3/ 03/ 15

1 3 / 0 7/ 1 5

ChwAlBen ei S .

16/03/15

Start Deutsch 2

Data

26/01/15 2 0/ 0 4/15

A PPPL K AT. PA

22 / 0 4/15

esame

S

0 9/12 /15

21/02 /15

Start Deutsch 1

EPPE

0 9/ 0 6/ 15

10/10/15

A1

E TR DI

2 5/ 0 4/ 15

0 9/11/15

LiveLLo

€ 50

TER KERN WIN EU EN N LT

w

.

NER

2 5 / 0 5 / 15

tassa D’esame 2

wetSChGenZ

iSer huSten he .

0 5/ 0 6/ 15

Z ei

en

15/0 4/15 13/0 5/15

0 6/ 0 4/15

w

he

30 aprile 2015/20:30

GoetheZertifikat B1

RisuLtati onLine

14/02 /15 14/03/15

0 6/ 0 5/ 15

Militare dell’esercito tedesco, Jesper è assegnato 2 3/ 03/ 15 alla difesa dai Talebani di un villaggio in 15/0 4/15 Afghanistan. L’amicizia con Tarik, interprete del0 4/ 0 5/ 15 Fit in A2 Deutsch 2 posto, lo porrà davanti alla scelta tra gli ordini dei 18/0 5/15 superiori e la vita del giovane e della sua famiglia.

11/11/15 la regista dimostra una tempra eccezionale 10/03/15 girando sul campo il racconto drammatico e avvincente di una guerra spesso dimenticata. 3 0/ 03/ 15

B1

16 aprile 2015/20:30

scaDenza iscRizione 1

Data

16/03/15 13/0 4/15

SC

Ex corridore olimpionico, Paul Averhoff è ormai anziano, e su insistenza della figlia va a vivere con la moglie malata in una casa di riposo. la voglia di riscatto, però, lo fa tornare ad allenarsi, con un obiettivo fuori portata: vincere la maratona di Berlino. È impossibile non fare il tifo per Paul, un concentrato di umanità e forza di volontà che traina il film con un contagioso ottimismo.

esame

Fit in Deutsch 1

ZieGen ZoGe n me

R KÖ

A1

n hippe SChn ee SC

Zentner Zu hn C Ze

LiveLLo

n

D

StuDenti univerSità

Date e prezzi

itS n Zw Chern Ge ei

StuDenti SCuole

Date e prezzi

Zw

in presenza del regista Killian riedhof, del co-autore Marc blöbaum e dell’attore dieter Hallervorden Modera enrico magrelli

KREISCHEN DE K

zWiSCHeN WelteN Germania 2014, 103 min., v.o. sott. it. regia di Feo aladag, con Ronald Zehrfeld, Mohsin Ahmady, saida barmaki

.

©nadja Klier/neue schönhauser filmproduktion

26 marzo 2015/20:30

SeiN letzteS reNNeN Germania 2013, 114 min., v.o. sott. it. regia di Kilian riedhof, con dieter hallervorden, tatja seibt, heike Makatsch

END EK

12 marzo 2015/20:30

_LOGO DESIGN _VISUAL IDENTITIES DeriveApprodi: Magazine DeriveApprodi Design, layout, formatting, pre-press, printing production control / variable page amounts, A4 Visual identities for book series and magazines

Immaterial Workers of the World Se non ora, quando? Discussione con Rifondazione comunista 3/Fausto Bertinotti Qui e ora! Ma... 8/ MALANNI DELLA SOGGETTIVITÀ. PER UN CONFLITTO EQUO E SOLIDALE

Ilaria Bussoni Movimenti. Zapatismo e lotte di classe in Francia: due paradigmi 13/ Paola Tubaro L’economia nonprofit come astuzia dell’economia del profitto 23/ Pino Tripodi Etica & mercato 26/ ANIME FLESSIBILI: LA FABBRICA DELLA FORMAZIONE

Franco Piperno Come dimorare tra le rovine. 18 tesi e 4 proposte sulla riforma dell’Università 33/Benedetto Vecchi Libere Università: le 150 ore del postfordismo 57/ Paolo Virno Chiacchiera e curiosità. La formazione diffusa nel postfordismo 60/ QUADRARE IL CERCHIO: L’ORGANIZZAZIONE POLITICA DEL LAVORO PRECARIO

Le Camere del lavoro e del non lavoro 69/ Christian Marazzi Il luogo del linguaggio 83/ Alain Supiot Il diritto del lavoro nella prospettiva europea 85/

Singolarità e Moltitudine Inedito di Gilles Deleuze L’Europa dei movimenti Centralità politica del lavoro migrante Genova, laboratorio del controllo

SICUREZZA, EMERGENZA, BIOPOTERE

Marco Bascetta Fascismi postmoderni 94/ Loic Wacquant La colonia penale del nuovo millennio 96/Alessandro De Giorgi La qualità totale del controllo 99/

Cd musicale di Giovanna Marmo

Numero 19 Lit. 15.000

Numero 21

10,00 Euro

Allegri Berardi Cimatti Daghini De Carolis Deleuze Fumagalli Illuminati Marmo Mazzeo Mezzadra Petrillo Pezzella Piccinini Regazzoni Ricciardi Sennett Simondon Toscano Virno

Interno Libro D

Davide Dutto e Michele Marziani

Il gambero nero Ricette dal carcere

«“Conflitto a fuoco con i carabinieri”, risponde Ciro, napoletano verace, mentre impasta la pizza. A guardare gli occhi da scugnizzo e il fisico da ex garzone di bottega, sembra impossibile che quelle mani capaci di modellare a regola d’arte l’impasto siano altrettanto svelte a impugnare una pistola. “Modestamente – prosegue Ciro – io ho insegnato a fare la pizza in tante carceri italiane”. Non sarà un gran vanto, però è il suo e ci tiene.

Anche qui siamo in un carcere.

Piemonte. Fossano. Cuneo. Sotto gli occhi del Monviso. Nel cuore della città.

Casa di reclusione maschile. La costruzione antica del convento è diversa dalle altre perché ha cancelli alti e sbarre e camionette blu parcheggiate nel cortile. È qui che suoniamo al campanello e l’elettronica apre il cancello pesante mentre la porta scorrevole spalanca verso un mondo neppure immaginato prima. Ci chiedono chi siamo, ci fanno mostrare i documenti, depositare i telefonini, mentre i telefoni interni rimbalzano da un luogo all’altro del carcere per avere conferma: chi siamo, cosa vogliamo, se davvero possiamo... “Perché siete qui?”.

fia

Per aumentare la potenza di fuoco e il calore di cottura i fornellini da campeggio si possono usare accoppiati.

Francesco. Il momento di buttare la pasta è sempre delicato. L’acqua perde di temperatura e farle riprendere bollore col fornelli è un’impresa.

Nasce a 1944-19 Michel Segue i Gandill Frequen Liberaz Fessard 1948 – 1948-19 a Parigi 1957-19 1960-19 1962 – 1964-19 1969 – Maurice seconda 1969 – 1969 – Michel Dopo il Dopo il Segni p non è m a Marx,

È morto

DoublePac Camilleri1a.qxd

Spinoza

Prefazioni di Gilles Deleuze, Pierre Macherey, Alexandre Matheron

SBN 88-88738-73-8

8888 738734

Euro 14,50

Questo libro raccoglie tutti gli scritti di Antonio Negri sul pensiero del filosofo olandese Baruch Spinoza: L’anomalia selvaggia (1981); Spinoza sovversivo (1992); Democrazia ed eternità in Spinoza (1995).

Nella sua lettura Negri stringe il pensiero spinoziano in un rapporto unitario di produzione-costituzione.

Il problema che Spinoza pone è quello della rottura della unidimensionalità dello sviluppo capitalistico e dell’istituzione del suo potere. L’opera di Spinoza Diego Giachetti è la definizione di un progetto rivoluzionario che attraversa il moderno, nell’ontologia, nella scienza, nella politica.

L’immaginazione produttiva è potenza etica. Spinoza la descrive come Gli anni della rivolta una facoltà che presiede alla costruzione e allo sviluppo della libertà, che sostiene la storia della liberazione. Essere vuol dire essere partecipi della moltitudine.

La nostra esistenza è sempre, in sé, comune. Spinoza insegna che vivere è la selvaggia scoperta di sempre nuovi territori dell’essere,

Nessuno ci può giudicare

Diego Giachetti è un uomo. E ha scelto di dedicare il proprio lavoro di storico alla ricostruzione di quella rivoluzione dei costumi, delle relazioni, degli affetti e dell’intera società che fu «la rivolta delle donne» tra l’inizio degli anni Sessanta e la fine dei Settanta. L’analisi di quasi un ventennio per descrivere l’irruzione del corpo femminile (nelle canzoni, nella moda, nella cultura popolare), la crisi del modello famigliare (con il diritto al divorzio e l’emancipazione delle donne), la rivoluzione sessuale (la diffusione degli anticoncezionali e la rivendicazione di una sessualità femminile), l’avvento del femminismo (e il suo intrecciarsi con la politica radicale).

Diego Giachetti racconta un periodo storico che va dall’arrivo delle minigonne al femminismo separatista; dalla crisi delle relazioni affettive e famigliari all’emergere di un pensiero di genere; dal diritto al divorzio al diritto all’aborto.

AntonioUnNegri testo di storia che si avvale di fonti che attingono all’immaginario popolare della musica leggera, alle riviste femminili dell’epoca, a testimonianze dirette e a tutto il repertorio del dibattito sulle donne da parte delle donne. Un testo di storia pensato fuori dalle polemiche sulle sorti del movimento femminista e rivolto soprattutto a quelle giovani generazioni che ignorano cosa fu «la rivoluzione clitoridea», come si praticava «l’autocoscienza», quale fu l’impatto della pillola...

Diego Giachetti

Spinoza

ra a Torino, giovanili e nta e Settanta. con la di Pisa. Fa e in e pubblicazioni anza. Giovani, misti negli FS, 2002) e scienze, dei movimenti

Antonio Negri

a gioventù nel ziando un nere femminile ta definita la zione: una di donne”. i comunanza i di vita, trovò to cruciale che vita normale, grado di fare razione na nuova leva bisogno di parte stare, con e decisione».

«Da dove erano sbucate, all’improvviso e tante, quelle giovani donne così riconoscibili nei segni, nei simboli, nelle parole, negli oggetti e nei vestiti? Le borse a tracolla, gli orecchini infilati nei lobi appositamente bucati, piccoli, diversi dalla bigiotteria ufficiale delle profumerie di lusso. Le camicie senza colletto, largotte, a righine sottili, preferibilmente usate, comprate nei banchetti. I blue jeans lisi dalla vecchiaia non dalla fabbrica che li stinge, i sandali indiani d’estate, le scarpe di corda, gli zoccoli da portare con i calzini di lana d’inverno e le gonne alla zingara. I capelli lunghi lasciati in libertà, a ricciolini naturali o frutto di una permanente. La faccia senza trucco e le unghie delle dita senza smalto.

Venivano dalla rivolta delle “bamboline”, dalla lotta sorda e nascosta nell’ambito familiare, per conquistare il diritto a uscire di casa, a frequentare amici e sale da ballo, a sposarsi quando volevano loro e con chi volevano, ad avere un lavoro indipendente, a poter frequentare le scuole per accedere ai vari gradi dell’istruzione. Venivano da un percorso formativo nel quale emancipazione e liberazione si mescolavano ponendo, assieme e contemporaneamente, il tema dell’eguaglianza con l’uomo e quello della differenza della donna. In questo procedere avevano incontrato e condiviso l’agire della protesta giovanile e di quella studentesca. Nel turbinio di quegli anni e nel corso di quelle esperienze, per loro nuove e formative, cominciarono a sentirsi un soggetto autonomo che poteva e aveva qualcosa da dire in proprio, per se stesso.

La rivolta delle donne negli anni Settanta era il risultato di una sedimentazione di rabbie, inquietudini, malesseri esistenziali

30-04-2010

11:53

Pagina 1

Paolo Nelli

LA FABBRICA DI PARAURTI

Nessuno ci può giudicare al femminile

vox

Marco Berisso

IL VERBALE

vox page 30

à

WOERDESIGN DeriveApprodi: Abecedari Concept for three DVD publications, design, layout, formatting, pre-press / Booklets: 30 p. / 14x25 cm

abecedario di gilles deleuze

Abecedario di Gilles Deluze libro1

11-10-2005

9:36

Page 1

abecedario di gilles deleuze

Un giorno «il secolo sarà deleuziano »

Michel Foucault

abecedario di gilles deleuze

VIDEO-INTERVISTA IN 3 DVD A CURA DI CLAIRE PARNET

david lapoujade

pierre-andré boutang

Interno Libro Deleuzecorrezioni

MONO

D O L B Y D I G I TA L

COLORE

SOTTOTITOLI : ITALIANO

PA L

linee

4

21

F O R M AT O : 4 / 3

FILM PER TUTTI

DURATA : 453 MINUTI

siamo fatti di linee, e queste linee sono di natura molto diversa.¶

di Gilles Deleuze è una lunga video-intervista, qui proposta in 3 DVD, a cura di Claire Parnet. Articolata per concetti, dalla «a» di animale alla «z» di zigzag, tocca voci quali cultura, desiderio, gioia, letteratura, storia. Il risultato sono più di sette ore di conversazione in cui uno dei filosofi più importanti del Novecento ripercorre le tappe della formazione del proprio pensiero, intrecciandole al ricordo di una vita ostinatamente tesa alla filosofia.

In questo lungo racconto Gilles Deleuze non cessa di stupire e disorientare, passando dalla descrizione di un quadro al ricordo del ’68 francese, dal racconto dell’incontro con un filosofo a quello con un libro, dalla spiegazione del suo amore per il tennis a quella dell’origine di un concetto.

Un autoritratto straordinario che è insieme una magnifica testimonianza di pensiero.

–

[…] Al tempo stesso, abbiamo anche delle linee di segmentarietà molto più flessibili, in qualche modo molecolari. […] Esse tracciano delle piccole modificazioni, percorrono delle svolte, delineano delle cadute o degli slanci […]. Soltanto che invece di linee molari a segmenti, sono dei flussi molecolari a soglie o a quanta. […] Sono molte le cose che succedono su quest’ultima specie di linee, sono pluralità di divenire, di micro-divenire, pluralità che hanno un ritmo diverso dalla nostra “storia”. […] Un mestiere è sempre un segmento rigido, e però, cos’è che accade al di sotto invece, quali connessioni si trovano, quali richiami o repulsioni che non coincidono coi segmenti, quali follie, segrete e tuttavia in rapporto con incarichi pubblici.¶

__ D131

Tutto ciò che –diventa è una pura

L’ abecedario

linea che cessa di rappresentare alcunché.¶

__ D79

–

–

[…] Contemporaneamente poi esiste come un terzo tipo di linea, quest’ultima ancora più strana, quasi che ci fosse qualcosa che, attraverso i nostri segmenti, ma anche attraverso le nostre soglie, ci portasse verso una destinazione sconosciuta, non prevedibile e non preesistente. Questa linea è semplice, astratta e tuttavia è la più complicata di tutte, la più tortuosa: è la linea di gravità o di celerità, è la linea di fuga e della pendenza maggiore.¶

20

LINGUA ORIGINALE : FRANCESE

Individui o –gruppi, in ogni caso

La prima specie di linea da cui siamo composti è di natura segmentaria, di una segmentarietà rigida (o meglio, ce ne sono già subito parecchie, di linee di questo tipo); la famiglia-la professione; il lavoro-le vacanze; la famiglia-e poi la scuola-e poi l’esercito-e poi la fabbrica-e poi la pensione. […] In breve, ogni specie di segmenti ben determinati, in tutte le direzioni, che ci ritagliano in tutti i sensi, gruppi di linee segmentate.¶

a Parigi il 18 gennaio 1925, studia al Liceo Carnot 948 – Studia filosofia alla Sorbona dove conosce François Châtelet, Butor, Claude Lanzmann, Olivier Revault d’Allones, Michel Tournier. corsi di Ferdinand Alquié, Georges Canguilhem, Maurice de lac, Jean Hippolyte. nta La Fortelle, un castello dove Marie-Madeleine Davy, dopo la zione, organizza incontri tra intellettuali e scrittori, fra cui padre d, Pierre Klossowski, Jacques Lacan, Lanza del Vasto, Jean Paulhan Si abilita all’insegnamento della filosofia 957 – Insegna filosofia al liceo ad Amiens, a Orléans e al Louis-le-Grand i 960 – Assistente in storia della filosofia alla Sorbona 964 – Ricercatore al Centre Nationale de Recherche Scientifique (Cnrs) Incontra Michel Foucault a Clermont-Ferrand a casa di Jules Vuillemin 969 – Insegna all’Università di Lione Scrive Differenza e ripetizione, tesi principale (diretta da e de Gandillac) e poi Spinoza e il problema dell’espressione, tesi aria (diretta da Ferdinand Alquié) Incontra Félix Guattari con cui progetta un lavoro in comune Diventa professore all’Università Parigi VIII-Vincennes da cui Foucault è appena uscito e ritrova François Châtelet l 1969 – Normale attività politica nella sinistra radicale l 1987 – Va in pensione particolari: ha viaggiato poco, non ha mai aderito al Partito comunista, mai stato un fenomenologo o un heideggeriano, non ha mai rinunciato , non ha mai ripudiato il Maggio ’68

Page 21

L’edizione italiana comprende il girato integrale dell’originale francese e un libro, curato da David Lapoujade, che raccoglie per citazioni il percorso filosofico di Gilles Deleuze.

–

12:48

Traduzione italiana sottotitoli: Ilaria Bussoni, Filippo Del Lucchese, Giorgio Passerone Sottotitolaggio: Ilaria Bussoni Produzione DVD edizione italiana: Uliano Paolozzi Balestrini, Fabrizio Ferraro Si ringrazia ADPF, Yannick Maignien, Ambassade de France en Italie (BCLA) La collana «abecedari» è curata da Nanni Balestrini e Ilaria Bussoni

9

31-10-2005

EURO 40,00

Page 20

ISBN 88-88738-77-0

12:48

graphic design Andrea Wöhr

8

31-10-2005

788888 738772

Interno Libro Deleuzecorrezioni

9

Page 9

Titolo originale: L’abécédaire de Gilles Deleuze © Film: Sodaperaga © DVD: 2004 Editionsmontparnasse © DVD: 2005 DeriveApprodi srl

12:48

Il film riprodotto in questi DVD è stato concesso in licenza dal titolare del copyright solo per uso privato. Tutti gli altri diritti sono riservati. La limitazione all’uso privato esclude l’utilizzazione di questo film in luoghi pubblici, fatto salvo l’esplicita autorizzazione da parte del proprietario del copyright. Sono rigorosamente vietati, se non espressamente autorizzati dal proprietario, la riproduzione, l’adattamento, l’esecuzione in pubblico, il noleggio da parte di privati, la diffusione e la trasmissione televisiva di questo DVD o di sue parti. Ogni violazione sarà perseguita.

31-10-2005

di un’opera a cura di

regia di

Deleuzecorrezioni

deleuze frammenti gilles

__ C131-132

Tre linee dunque delle quali una sarebbe come la linea nomade, l’altra invece migrante, e la terza sedentaria […].¶

__ D144

o a Parigi il 4 novembre 1995

Copertina Libro Camilleri

ai

lz

anomalia alice americani animali arguzia barocco basta (una vita) bicicletta cinema clandestino credenti

denaro desiderio dialetto energia esami fascismo fumo g8 generale (Patton) hammett intellettuale intercettazioni

lavoro magistrati narcisismo narrare necrologio occhio ozio pinocchio pittura quarantotto

regia roma rosetta sellerio trama uomo vastaso vittorini whisky wojtyla zibaldone

30-04-2010

11:53

Pagina 1

intervista a cura di

regia di

valentina alferj e eugenio cappuccio

eugenio cappuccio

abecedario di andrea camilleri

abecedario di andrea camilleri a cura di

valentina alferj e eugenio cappuccio

page 31

à

finire là dove avevano iniziato, più tristi ma non più saggi.

Paul Morrissey

1971, USA, 99’, colore regia: Paul Morrissey fotografia: Jed Johnson, Andy Warhol

Women in Revolt ITALIANO

INGLESE

ITALIANO

Paul Morrissey N. 4 - gennaio 2004 © Minerva Pictures Group SpA Via Domenico Cimarosa 18, 00198 Roma Direttore Responsabile: Lara Nicoli Autorizzazione del Tribunale di Roma N. 423/2003 del 3/10/2003 - Stampato presso SIGMA Srl, Roma

a cura di Silvia Baraldini e Mario Zonta «Tutti i grandi sex symbols hanno un nome che finisce con “o” – Garbo, Harlow, Monroe, Brando, Dallesandro» Paul Morrissey

a cura di/edited by Mario Zonta, Stefano Curti RVD 40012 - FLESH-TRASH-HEAT - 2004

Flesh: visto censura n. 70490 del 10/11/1977 Trash: visto censura n. 61189 del 11/12/1972 Heat: visto censura n. 65549 del 27/02/1975

www.rarovideo.com

(Good Men, Good Women)

Contenuti extra dei dvd Intervista a Pedro Armocida (direttore del Festival di Pesaro)

(Good Men, Good Women) dvd 1

Tristana Spagna/Francia/Italia, 1970, 35mm, colore, 95’

regia: Luis Buñuel sceneggiatura: Luis Buñuel e Julio Alejandro dal romanzo omonimo di Benito Pérez Galdos fotografia (Eastmancolor): José F. Aguayo montaggio: Luis Buñuel e Pedro del Rey

dvd 2

Nazarín Messico, 1958, 35mm, b/n, 90’

regia: Luis Buñuel sceneggiatura: Luis Buñuel e Julio Alejandro dal romanzo omonimo di Benito Pérez Galdos fotografia: Gabriel Figueroa suono: José Pérez, James L. Fields dvd 3

Los olvidados (I figli della violenza) Messico, 1950, 35mm, b/n, 77’

regia: Luis Buñuel sceneggiatura: Luis Buñuel e Luis Alcoriza fotografia: Gabriel Figueroa montaggio: Luis Buñuel e Carlos Savage

RVD 40147 HAO NAN, HAO NU 2007

14/05/13 11.40

cast: Catherine Deneuve, Fernado Rey, Franco Nero, Lola Gaos, Jesus Fernandez, Antonio Casas, Vicente Solder produzione: Epoca Film, Talia Film, Selenia Cinematografica, Les Films Corona video: 1,66:1 / audio: italiano e spagnolo 2.0 dual mono

cast: Francisco Rabal, Marga Lopez, Rita Macedo, Jesus Fernandez, Ignacio Lopez Tarso, Ofelia Guilman, Luis Aveces Castañeda, Noé Nurayama (El “Pinto”) produzione: Manuel Barbachano Ponce per Producciones Barbachano Ponce video: 1,33:1 / audio: italiano e spagnolo 2.0 dual mono

cast: Stella Inda, Miguel Inclan, Alfonso Mejia, Ramon Martinez, Roberto Cobo produzione: Jaime Menasce, Oscar Dancigers per la Ulstramar Films

0000 Titoli originali: Tristana, Nazarín, Los olvidados Durate: 95’ - colore, 90’, 77’ - b/n Tristana © 1970, Nazarín © 1958, Los olvidados © 1950.

ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

Tristana

Nazarín Los Olvidados

Tristana Nazarín Los olvidados

(I figli della violenza)

video: 1,33:1 / audio: italiano e spagnolo 2.0 dual mono

Luis Buñuel

> contiene un booklet e 3 DVD

video: 4:3 1.77:1 / audio: dolby digital 2.0 / Fernando Di Leo lingue: mandarino-cantonese-giapponese-taiwanese con sottotitoli in italiano / Regione 2

AUDIOVISIVO NON DESTINATO ALLE SALE CINEMATOGRAFICHE

Tristana Nazarín Los olvidados (I figli della violenza)

Hao nan, hao nu

Hou Hsiao-hsien

intervista a Hou Hsiao-hsien

> contiene un booklet e 1 Dvd

due film messicani e dal film che segna il suo ritorno in Spagna, continua l’omaggio al grande regista spagnolo, maestro del cinema surrealista. Se Los Olvidados mette in scena la drammatica condizione dei ragazzi di strada nella Città del Messico del dopoguerra con un occhio al neorealismo italiano, Nazarín narra le vicende di un sacerdote sospeso tra santità e miseria umana che fallisce nella sua opera di soccorso verso i più umili. Con Tristana, infine, Buñuel tratteggia per l’ennesima volta l’enigma del desiderio tra un uomo maturo e una giovane donna (di cui è il tutore), secondo l’estetica bretoniana dell’amour fou. Tre piccoli capolavori realizzati nell’arco di vent’anni esatti che ci restituiscono intatta la cifra stilistica di uno degli autori più moderni e inclassificabili della storia del cinema.

design: Andrea Wöhr

una videocosa di enrico ghezzi

Per ulteriori informazioni sul nostro catalogo consultate RaroVideo on-line:

032706 213042

CONTENUTI EXTRA

info@rarovideo.com

8

fumarola e enrico ghezzi

www.rarovideo.com

a cento anni dai Lumiere, HHH sperimenta in modo lancinante e estremamente politico le ‘tre luci’ del cinema. Tra i passati infiniti della storia e l’illusione di infiniti futuri, il presente è l’immagine che non perdona e che si perde, quella che nessun cinema potrà salvare, quella cristallina dell’amore assente egh

Hou Hsiao-hsien

Il film riprodotto in questo DVD può essere utilizzato solo per visioni private a carattere familiare. Qualunque altro uso, ivi comprese l’esecuzione in pubblico, la trasmissione via cavo o via etere, la duplicazione anche parziale, viola i diritti di copyright e privativa ed è punibile a norma di legge.

1995, Giappone/Taiwan, 108’, colore regia: Hou Hsiao-Hsien soggetto: tratto dal racconto di Chiang Bi-Yu e Lan Bo-Chow sceneggiatura: Chu Tien-wen fotografia: Chen Hwai-en musica: Yen Che-wen, Li Shao-ying montaggio: Liao Ching-sung cast: Annie Shizuka Inoh, Lim Giong, Jack Kao produzione: 3H Films Ltd., Painted Face Communication, Chang Shu Productions, Fukien Film Studio

I Dvd RaroVideo sono realizzati attraverso un sofisticato processo di digitalizzazione e sono masterizzati sui migliori supporti ottici disponibili.

Hao nan, hao nu (Good Men, Good Women)

a cura di donatello

di enrico ghezzi

GIanluca & Stefano cuRtI eDItoRI

Con questo terzo cofanetto sull’opera di Luis Buñuel, composto da

Luis Buñuel

G I A N L U C A & S T E FA N O C U R T I E D I T O R I

perseguitati dopo essere stati dichiarati fuorilegge dai nazionalisti del Kuomintang guidati da Chiang Kai-shek.

RVD 40147 Titolo originale: Hao nan, hao nu Durata: 108’ - Colore © 1995 Sho-chiku Co., Ltd. / Feature Film Enterprise ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

Flesh Trash Heat The Wild Side of the Movies

Opinioni a confronto sulla Trilogia tra Dacia Maraini e Silvia Baraldini a cura di Mario Zonta Photogallery

1.33:1 4/3 COLORE Durata: Flesh 86 minuti Durata: Trash 105 minuti Durata: Heat 96 minuti

RVD 40012 Versione restaurata digitalmente Titoli originali: Flesh, Trash, Heat Digitally Restored Version Durate: 86 minuti, 105 minuti, 96 minuti, Colore © Andy Warhol Factory ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

Milano Calibro 9 Il passato, il presente e la messinscena.

Liang ching, un’attrice, riceve via fax le pagine del suo diario, che le La mala ordina ricordano la storia d’amore con Ah Wei, morto tre anni prima. Per Il boss il cinema interpreta il ruolo di Chiang Bi-yu, una giovane militante nella Taiwan degli anni ’40, dove, dopo la ritirata dei giapponesi che I padroni della città governavano l’isola dal 1895, gli oppositori politici e i comunisti venivano

Crime collection

Paul Morrissey

Pagina 1

& Stefano cuRtI eDItoRI w w w . r a r o v i d GIanluca eo.com

design: Andrea Wöhr

George Cukor

> contiene un libro bilingue e 4 Dvd

RVD 40112 WOMEN IN REVOLTSOTTOTITOLI - 2006 ISBN 88-7584-003-2

16:16

DVD 2 Trash

Film A look on the Wild Side di Mario Zonta Estratti di materiale inedito

788875 840037

22-05-2007

video: 4/3 / audio: inglese e italiano / sottotitoli: italiani su lingua inglese

«Morrissey crea un tipo magnifico di mondo e uno splendido tipo di malizia, semplicemente osservando quello che accade. Lo ammiro e applaudo per aver fatto la cosa più difficile: aver combinato commedia e semi-pornografia...»

1970, USA, 105 minuti, Colore Versione originale rimasterizzata e restaurata digitalmente dall'autore stesso Dialoghi italiani a cura di Dacia Maraini e Pier Paolo Pasolini Regia: Paul Morrissey Produttore: Andy Warhol Cast: Joe Dallesandro, Holly Woodlawn, Jane Fort, Gerri Miller, Michael Sklar

design: Andrea Wöhr > contiene un booklet bilingue e 1 Dvd > English Text Inside

RVD 40112 Titolo originale: Women in Revolt Durata: 99’ - Colore © Andy Warhol Foundation ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

DVD 3 Heat 1972, USA, 96 minuti, Colore Versione originale rimasterizzata e restaurata digitalmente dall’autore stesso Regia: Paul Morrissey Produttore: Andy Warhol Cast: Joe Dallesandro, Sylvia Miles, Andrea Feldman, Pat Ast

DVD 4 Extra

9

032706 212274

Goodmen_fascetta.qxd

DVD 1 Flesh 1968, USA, 86 minuti, Colore Versione originale rimasterizzata e restaurata digitalmente dall'autore stesso Doppiaggio italiano a cura di Alberto Arbasino Regia: Paul Morrissey Produttore: Andy Warhol Cast: Joe Dallesandro, Geraldine Smith, Patti D’Arbanville, Gerri Miller, Candy Darling, Jackie Curtis, Luis Waldon

EXTRA

cast: Candy Darling, Jackie Curtis, Holly Woodlawn, Jonathan Kramer, Michael Sklar, Maurice Braddell, Johny Kemper, Martin Kove design: Andrea Wöhr

Per ulteriori informazioni sul nostro catalogo consultate RaroVideo on-line:

info@rarovideo.com

www.rarovideo.com

Intervista con Mario Zonta (Andy Warhol Foundation) About the film ne parlano Silvia Baraldini e Mario Zonta Scene tagliate e galleria fotografica con commento audio del regista Cataloghi del gruppo editoriale Minerva/RaroVideo

a cura di Silvia Baraldini e Mario Zonta

uomini, diventano lesbiche e tentano di fare carriera, solo per

CONTENUTI EXTRA DEL DVD

Flesh Trash Heat The Wild Side of the Movies

Liberazione delle Donne. Decidono così di lasciar perdere gli

Joenella Dallesandro trilogia di

Paul Morrissey

per iscrivere i suoi amici nel nuovo e alla moda movimento della

a cura di/edited by Mario Zonta Stefano Curti

che il gruppo ha bisogno di indipendenza organizza incontri

Women in Revolt

si vestono da donna per attrarre gli uomini. Quando Jackie sente

montaggio: Paul Morrissey produzione: Jed Johnson, Andy Warhol, Paul Morrissey

8

La mala ordina Il boss I padroni della città

società, Jackie dalla classe media e Holly dalla strada, vivono e

G I A N L U C A & S T E FA N O C U R T I E D I T O R I

Le versioni di, Trash e Heat sono quelle originali e integrali e presentano alcune sequenze (sottotitolate) non incluse nelle versioni italiane dell’epoca, da noi già pubblicate in formato vhs.

Il film riprodotto in questo Dvd può essere utilizzato solo per visioni private a carattere familiare. Qualunque altro uso, ivi comprese l’esecuzione in pubblico, la trasmissione via cavo o via etere, la duplicazione anche parziale, viola i diritti di copyright e privativa ed è punibile a norma di legge.

Per ulteriori informazioni sul nostro catalogo consultate RaroVideo on-line:

www.rarovideo.com

info@rarovideo.com

I Dvd RaroVideo sono realizzati attraverso un sofisticato processo di digitalizzazione e sono masterizzati sui migliori supporti ottici disponibili.

Il film riprodotto in questo DVD può essere utilizzato solo per visioni private a carattere familiare. Qualunque altro uso, ivi comprese l’esecuzione in pubblico, la trasmissione via cavo o via etere, la duplicazione anche parziale, viola i diritti di copyright e privativa ed è punibile a norma di legge.

I Dvd RaroVideo sono realizzati attraverso un sofisticato processo di digitalizzazione e sono masterizzati sui migliori supporti ottici disponibili.

Tre uomini provenienti da diversi ceti sociali, Candy, dall’alta

Women in Revolt

I Dvd RaroVideo/eccentriche visioni sono realizzati attraverso un sofisticato processo di digitalizzazione e sono masterizzati sui migliori supporti ottici disponibili.

Crime collection

w w w . r a r o v i d e oG. IcA NoLm U C A & S T E FA N O C U R T I E D I T O R I

www.rarovideo.com

Per ulteriori informazioni sul nostro catalogo consultate eccentriche visioni on-line: www.rarovideo.com – eccentrichevisioni@rarovideo.com

Fernando Di Leo

Publishing Group RaroVideo/Minerva Pictures: Rarovideo, eccentriche visioni Corporate design for DVD and Blue-ray publication series. Design, layout, formatting, pre-press / variable sizes

Il film riprodotto in questo DVD può essere utilizzato solo per visioni private a carattere familiare.

Qualunque altro uso, ivi comprese l’esecuzione in pubblico, la trasmissione via cavo o via etere, la duplicazione anche parziale, viola i diritti di copyright e privativa ed è punibile a norma di legge.

PSD33158 E CoLLECTIon 2013

_LOGO DESIGN _VISUAL IDENTITIES

a cura di Bruno Di Marino 00000 Box BuNuEL 2017

BoxBunuel_fascetta_Tristana.indd 1

25/09/17 10:02

page 32

à

WOERDESIGN Publishing Group RaroVideo/Minerva Pictures: Rarovideo interferenze Corporate design for DVD and Blue-ray publication series. Design, layout, formatting, pre-press / variable sizes

www.rarovideo.com

G IAN L U C A & STE FA N O C U R TI E D ITO R I

GIANLUCA & STEFANO CURTI PRESENTANO

Paolo Gioli

Filmnotes

LO SCHERMO Il cinema seco Burroughs se

Un libro e cinque film per approfondire il legame tra William S. Burroughs (1914-1997) – uno dei più grandi scrittori americani – e il cinema.

I cortometraggi William Buys a Parrot, Towers Open Fire, The Cut-Ups, Bill & Tony, e il mediometraggio Ghost at No. 9 (Paris), sono basati sul metodo del cut-up, creato dal pittore e letterato Brion Gysin e applicato Tracce di tracce (Traces of Traces) 1969 da Gysin e Burroughs nei campi più diversi. Tale metodo, caotico e Eseguito e stampato a due mani, vale a dire: fatto uso di tutderivapossibili dal collage dadaista consiste neldestro tagliare tecasuale, le impronte della mano eedel braccio sue incollare pezzi di testo alla ricerca di nuovi significati. inchiostro di pennarello fresco, carta vetrata, timbri, ecc. Il tutto su pellicola bianca non emulsionata. / Executed and printed with two hands, that is to say,The made Cut-Ups using all possible means of imprinting the right hand and arm on freshly 1966, UK, 18’45”, bianco & nero applied ink, sand paper, stamps, etc.

Everything was done regia Antony Balch on non-emulsion clear leader. sceneggiatura William S. Burroughs

di Bruno Di Marino

Apparentemente

The Cut-Ups

Cut-Up Films

Il film riprodotto in questo DVD può essere utilizzato solo per visioni private a carattere familiare. Qualunque altro uso, ivi comprese l’esecuzione in pubblico, la trasmissione via cavo o via etere, la duplicazione anche parziale, viola i diritti di copyright e privativa ed è punibile a norma di legge.

I Dvd RaroVideo/Interferenze sono realizzati attraverso un sofisticato processo di digitalizzazione e sono masterizzati sui migliori supporti ottici disponibili.

Le schede dei film

cast William S. Burroughs, Brion Gysin

Commutazioni con mutazione

Paolo Gioli

www.rarovideo.com

interferenze@rarovideo.com

The Complete Filmworks

a cura di/edited by Bruno Di Marino

design: Andrea Wöhr

8 032706 210720

58

W.S. Burroughs

1963, USA, 1’25”, colore/colour regia/director Antony Balch sceneggiatura/screenplay William S. Burroughs

Bill & Tony Towers Open Fire

W.S. Burroughs Cut-Up Films

1963, UK, 9’29”, bianco e nero/b&w regia/director Antony Balch sceneggiatura/screenplay William S. Burroughs cast Antony Balch, William S. Burroughs, David Jacobs, Bachoo Sen, Alexander Trocchi

1972, UK, 5’11”, colore/colour regia Antony Balch sceneggiatura/screenplay William S. Burroughs cast Antony Balch, William S. Burroughs

a cura di Stefano Curti

E XImmagini T R A Commissioner disturbate da un parassita of Sewers Unintenso video ritratto di W. S. Burroughs di Klaus Maeck D E (Images L DV D Disturbed by an Intense Parasite) 1970 Thot-Fal’N di Stan Brakhage Di gran lunga il più complesso e faticoso lavoro da me attuato Introduzione di Alessandro Gebbia

Ghost at No.9 (Paris)

William Buys a Parrot

sulle immagini-video. Diviso da titoli-poema e da allocuzioni I N Tvisual-strutturali E R F E R E N Z E ha a per c u rprotagonisti a d i S t e fdetti a n o geometrici C u r t i e forniti Bruno Di Marino dal quadrato in prima persona e da altri corpi plastici proveINGLESE LINGUA 4/3 nienti dal quadrato medesimo. Il cascame d’immagine viene a BIANCO E NERO formarsi all’interno e ai bordi dei corpi suddetti, formato e traE COLORE sformato da successivi interventi diretti anche sullo schermo Durata: 80 minuti SOTTOTITOLI ITALIANO vetroso del video usato come tavola luminosa, dove vengono a IND 40052 formarsi più strati di immagini. / This film, completely shot off Titoli originali: William Buys a Parrot, Towers Open Fire,

Towers Open Fire The Cut-Ups IND 40052 W. S. BURROUGHS CUT-UP FILMS - 2004

tutto il cinema di

Per ulteriori informazioni sul nostro catalogo consultate RaroVideo on-line:

(Commutations with Mutation) 1969 Bill & Tony Composto daWilliam formati di tre Buys nature diverse e fatti coea Parrot 1972, UK, 5’11”, colore sistere: Sper1963, 8, 16USA, mm1’25”, e 35mm Versione originale inglese con sottotitoli colorein un unico supporto originario 16mm, bianco. Le misure diverse hanno fatto opzionabili in italiano regia Antony Balch sì che le lorosceneggiatura interlinee primitive venissero a contatto regia Antony Balch William S. Burroughs e regolate (e con loro le immagini) da un unico ritmo sceneggiatura William S. Burroughs diabolico. I formati suddettiOpen sono stati alternativamente cast Antony Balch, William S. Burroughs Towers Fire incollati con nastro adesivo trasparente, frammento su 1963, UK, 9’29”, bianco & nero Ghost at No.9 (Paris) frammento. / Composed using three different formats, Versione originale inglese con sottotitoli that have been made toinco-exist: 1963-1972, UK, 45’07”, colore e bianco e nero opzionabili italiano super-8, 16mm, and 35mm on a single 16mm support, clear leader. The Versione originale inglese con sottotitoli regia Antony Balch variations in sceneggiatura size causedWilliam the original framelines to opzionabili in italiano S. Burroughs overlap, subjecting themBalch, – andWilliam with them their images cast Antony S. Burroughs, regia Antony Balch – to a singularDavid diabolical TheAlexander above-mentioned Jacobs,rhythm.

Bachoo Sen, Trocchi sceneggiatura William S. Burroughs formats were glued together, one at a time, fragment on top of fragment, > using transparent adhesiveitaliano/inglese tape.

Contiene un booklet e 2 Dvd > English Text Inside

William Buys a Parrot

1966, UK, 18’45”, bianco e nero/b&w regia/director Antony Balch sceneggiatura/screenplay William S. Burroughs cast William S. Burroughs, Brion Gysin

The Cut-Ups, Bill & Tony, Ghost at No. 9 (Paris) Durata: 80 minuti – bianco e nero e colore ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

1963-1972, UK, 45’07”, colore e bianco e nero/colour and b&w regia/director Antony Balch sceneggiatura/screenplay William S. Burroughs

Bill & Tony

Ghost at No.9 (Paris)

Restaurati e rimasterizzati digitalmente

essere stata una pa vita e nell’opera di anche se in realtà n in cui il grande scri imbattuto con ques veste di sceneggiat interprete. Certo es ispirati ai) testi lett questo perché la su cinematografica ne termine, a causa de lo scrittore attribui sua è un’estetica no la sua è una scrittu fatta di continue as quindi, che l’equiva letteratura non può “sperimentale” e fa procedimento caoti collage dadaista, ch incollare pezzi di te significati. Burroug su questo procedim insieme a Brion Gy pittore sperimental vero scopritore; Gy applicarono il cut-u a un po’ tutti i supp dal nastro magneti registratori e nastr cyberpunk contemp Nel campo cinemat una serie di cortom il titolo di Thee Film Antony Balch tra la degli anni ‘60. I prim Towers Open Fire (19 hanno una struttur ritroviamo le stesse montaggio sempre e frastornante, acco sonoro altrettanto o

Bill Viola Hatsu-Yume (First Dream)

Hatsu-Yume (First Dream)

Con Hatsu-Yume (First Dream) Viola adotta un’impostazione radicalmente diversa per la messa a punto del suono. Mentre Migration utilizzava un’unica nota dominante, ancorché con una potente risonanza archetipica, Hatsu-Yume è una tela colma che utilizza “colori” sonori originari non specifici e manipolati come tonalità in un contesto in cui siamo spinti a udirli come se fossero “reali”. […]

Se Hatsu-Yume fosse un documentario o un’opera teatrale tradizionale, il progettista sceglierebbe significanti che rafforzino il contesto di realtà e i requisiti del contesto narrativo. In linea di massima, quanto più ampia è la cornice visiva, tanto meno numerose sono le note dominanti adatte, soprattutto in ambienti naturali e non industrializzati. […]

Si usa spesso uno schema sonoro per stabilire un contesto emotivo nello svolgimento narrativo di opere documentaristiche o romanzesche. […]

In Hatsu-Yume Viola affronta lo schema sonoro con atteggiamento contrario a tali convenzioni, cioè non cerca di isolare i significanti della nota dominante dell’ambiente. Il suo contestualizzare l’immagine per mezzo di un suono pianificato esige che tale suono sia svincolato da qualunque processo riduttivo e quindi lo spettatore si trova di fronte a suoni sia diegetici sia Ambisonic, cioè un misto di significanti di nota dominante e rumori di sottofondo che colleghiamo con la registrazione audio dell’ambiente che vediamo. Come osservatori avremo una totale dimestichezza con i suoni catturati dal microfono della telecamera. In effetti, vent’anni dopo la produzione di HatsuYume abbiamo maggiore familiarità con questo tipo di suono, se non altro perché, fin dal 1981, l’accesso del grande pubblico alle videocamere è molto aumentato. Le panoramiche iniziali di Hatsu-Yume contengono suoni che a quanto pare compongono l’audio non selettivo catturato dal microfono della videocamera durante le riprese. Quali elementi, quindi, consentono questo tipo di realismo?

Il suono […] fu registrato con due modalità. Ho utilizzato una videocamera Plumicon tube professional Sony con videoregistratore a parte con cassetta da ¾ di pollice. Tenevo sempre in funzione il sonoro della videocamera, dotata di minimicrofono a fucile. In altre occasioni, Kira (Perov) teneva in mano o montava su un treppiede una barra con due microfoni cardioidi direzionali con configurazione biaurale a 90 gradi, il metodo di registrazione che preferisco perché cattura il campo spaziale. […] Il suono dell’“essere” è la forza coesiva fondamentale che spinge Hatsu-Yume dall’oceano al centro della città.

Il suo impianto è mimetizzato grazie alla mancanza di un procedimento riduttivo, anzi non c’è nessuna riduzione, solo accrescimento. Viola costruisce e mette assieme forme e colori dei suoni primordiali fino a che l’imperativo di trasformare le nostre facoltà cognitive da razionali a istintive annulla ogni senso di localizzazione fisica. Viola riduce la nostra percezione del mondo ad astrazioni di luce e buio. Sono però i suoni non specifici configurati come rumore primigenio che compongono la gamma scura della sua tavolozza.

The Passing

Viola fonde un’osservazione personale della cultura giapponese con una contemplazione metaforica della vita, della morte e della natura, raggiunte attraverso un’esplorazione simbolica della relazione del video con la luce e la riflessione. La visione di Viola della cultura e del paesaggio nipponico si sviluppa con un linguaggio drammatico, fatto di passaggi quasi allucinati e di immagini vivide. Dal principio alla fine Viola crea allegorie ossessive della luce come costrutto metafisico.

Hatsu-Yume (First Dream) (1981)

Usa/Giappone, 1981, video, colore, 56’ realizzazione: Bill Viola produttore esecutivo: Kira Perov produzione: Sony Corporation, Atsugi (Giappone) – WNET/Thirteen Television Laboratory (New York)

I Do Not Know What It Is I Am Like

Bill Viola

Works

Works

Hatsu-Yume (First Dream) è un capolavoro di Bill Viola, uno dei più grandi artisti video di livello internazionale. Si tratta di un’allegoria spirituale che oscilla tra luce e ombra, vita e morte. Hatsu-Yume è stato realizzato nel 1981 in Giappone, quando Viola si trovava presso la Sony Corporation come artista in residenza. Il titolo si riferisce a un rituale folkloristico giapponese, secondo cui le azioni compiute il primo giorno di un nuovo anno sono particolarmente significanti. Ma il video non va letto in maniera letterale come uno sogno. Viola è più affine alla concezione aborigena del “dreamtime”, la creazione del mondo. In questo modo, nel suo insieme e nelle singole parti, Hatsu-Yume procede dall’oscurità alla luce, dall’immobilità al movimento, dal silenzio al suono, dalla semplicità alla complessità, dalla natura alla civiltà. Ci sono due temi intrecciati: l’oscurità del mondo sottomarino e i rituali attraverso cui i buddisti invocano le anime degli antenati morti. Come in un sogno, non possiamo dire se questi flussi di immagini e suoni senza parole siano sbocciati in tempo reale, slow-motion o time-lapse (cinematografia a tempo).

Lavoro di stravagante bellezza pittorica, Hatsu-Yume rappresenta l’esempio più importante di uso pittorico della luce nella storia del video. La forma è il contenuto: la luce che emana il pesce nel momento della sua morte protegge la vita umana. Allo stesso momento sinistro, maestoso, mistico e profondamente spirituale, Hatsu-Yume è il lavoro di un visionario poeta dell’immagine e del suono.

Rhys Davies, La frequenza dell’esistenza. Il suono primigenio di Bill Viola in Chris Townsend (a cura di), L’arte di Bill Viola, Bruno Mondadori, Milano 2005, pp. 150-155.

3

a cura di

Hatsu-Yume (First Dream) (1981)

Gene Youngblood, Metaphysical Structuralism: the videotapes of Bill Viola in «Millennium Film Journal» n. 20/21, autunno-inverno 1988-89.

Bruno Di Marino

3

w w w. ra rov i d e o . co m

Works

Works

Hatsu-Yume,

Hatsu-Yume (First Dream)

I Do Not Know What

Usa/Giappone 1981, 56’ video colore, stereo

It Is I Am Like e The Passing sono tre capolavori realizzati nell’arco di un decennio da uno dei maggiori artisti contemporanei che utilizza

I Do Not Know What It Is I Am Like

il medium elettronico per creare installazioni e video

Usa 1986, 89’ video colore, stereo

monocanale di grande intensità e impatto visivo. Per la prima volta riuniti insieme in un unico cofanetto – arricchito da un booklet con saggi, schede e illustrazioni, tre suggestivi esempi dell’immaginario di Bill Viola il quale parte dalla realtà

The Passing

per trasfigurarla e sospenderla,

Usa 1991, 54’ video b/n, mono

al di là di ogni possibile narrazione, in una dimensione spazio-temporale oscillante tra

The passing

Works

what it is I am like

Works

I Dvd RaroVideo/Interferenze sono realizzati attraverso un sofisticato processo di digitalizzazione e sono masterizzati sui migliori supporti ottici disponibili.

Per ulteriori informazioni sul nostro catalogo consultate RaroVideo on-line: www.rarovideo.com – info@rarovideo.com

3

Bill Viola

Bill Viola

Bill Viola I do not know

Bill Viola

I film riprodotti in questi DVD possono essere utilizzati solo per visioni private a carattere familiare. Qualunque altro uso, ivi comprese l’esecuzione in pubblico, la trasmissione via cavo o via etere, la duplicazione anche parziale, viola i diritti di copyright e privativa ed è punibile a norma di legge.

The Crossing (1996)

RVD 40206 2009

Hatsu-Yume (First Dream) I Do Not Know What It Is I Am Like The Passing

vietato il noleggio

vietato il noleggio

vietato il noleggio

l’oriente e l’occidente, il sonno e la veglia, la vita e la morte. Tre lucide visioni di una coscienza continuamente in espansione.

Il booklet contiene un’intervista a Bill Viola e scritti di Antonio Costa, Bruno Di Marino, Sandra Lischi, Valentina Valentini

INtERfERENzE a cura di Stefano Curti e Bruno Di Marino

Works

Hatsu-Yume (First Dream)

3

design: Andrea Wöhr

9 ISBN 88-7584-098-9

788875 840983

RVD 40206 Titoli: Hatsu-Yume, I Do Not Know What It Is I Am Like, The Passing Durate: 56’, 89’, 54’ Bianco e nero e colore © Bill Viola 2009. Tutti i diritti riservati.

Bill Viola

CONtIENE 3 DVD E 1 lIBRO

a cura di

Bruno Di Marino

VERSIONE PER la VENDIta VIEtatO Il NOlEggIO

RaroVideo Collection n.12 Dicembre 2009 - Registrazione Tribunale di Roma 317/2008 - Direttore Responsabile Mario Sesti - Minerva Pictures Group srl - Via Emilio Bianchi 54 - 00142 Roma - Stampato presso Pozzoli SpA

3 RVD 40206 2009

page 33

à

_LOGO DESIGN _VISUAL IDENTITIES Teatronatura OThiasos: Calendario 2012 Concept, design, layout, formatting, pre-press / 24 p., 35x25 cm Design of all print products and of the website

Laboratorio teatrale Alla ricerca del genius loci. Genius aestatis. Centeno (Vt), 2008.

Camilla Dell’Agnola. Foto di Francesco Galli

per un presente

sostenibile

«Che cos’è un uomo, che può conoscere i sistemi viventi e agire su di essi, e che cosa sono questi sistemi, che possono essere conosciuti? Le risposte a questo duplice enigma devono essere costruite intrecciando insieme la matematica, la storia naturale, l’estetica e anche la gioia di vivere e di amare». Gregory Bateson

ricchezza che non è fatta dagli oggetti, ma dal saper essere in ciò che ci è accanto e che a volte può rivelarsi forse più vicino a noi di noi stessi.

Una ricchezza che può rivelarsi solo in uno spazio d’attesa. Tra i commenti del pubblico ce n’è uno ricorrente: “Non sapevo che questo posto fosse così bello… Ci vengo sempre, ma non me ne ero mai accorto”».

«Questo teatro che fa a meno della tecnologia, niente luci, palchi, amplificazioni, ma lavora soprattutto sull’organicità degli attori e a una attenzione estrema al luogo naturale e ai suoi cambiamenti, ci fa sentire a ritmo con ipotesi culturali come quelli della decrescita felice. La nostra azione artistica vuole mettere l’accento su quanto si acquista, nella ‘povertà’ dell’allestimento, in ricchezza della percezione. “Se si puliscono le porte della percezione ogni cosa apparirà così com’è: immensa” diceva William Blake. C’è una

«Si trattava di proporre esperienze percettive, emotive, e di pensiero che ci mettessero di fronte all’aspetto inter connettivo e misterioso della realtà vivente con la quale era necessario riprendere a pulsare. Questa coscienza non poteva essere raggiunta con informazioni e ragionamenti etici, ma con esperienze partecipate e ripetute di bellezza, d’amore per il paesaggio, con scoperte di appartenenza e interdipendenza profonda, legami nutritivi reciproci tra noi e l’ambiente naturale».

O Thiasos TeatroNatura partecipa a progetti di ricerca in collaborazione con le Università italiane e con IRIS, Istituto di Ricerche Interdisciplinari sulla Sostenibilità di Torino.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

D

L

M

M

G

V

S

D

L

M

M

G

V

S

D

L

M

M

G

V

S

D

L

M

M

G

V

S

D

L

M

Luglio

Laboratorio teatrale Alla ricerca del genius loci. Genius petrae. Teatro Tempio Sannita, Pietrabbondante (Is), 2007.

Olimpia Adriani, Silvia Balossi, Sista Bramini, Luciano Casagrande, Camilla Dell’Agnola, Francesca Ferri, Sivia Giorgi, MariaPia Graziani, Maria Mazzei, Sonia Montanaro, Marilena Muratori, Silvana Nobili, Veronica Pavani, Fernando Raffaelli, Maria Sandrelli, Carla Taglietti, Valentina Turrini, Marina Valenti.

Foto di Francesco Galli

fra «Certe volte – disse Arkady – mentre porto i ‘miei vecchi’ (aborigeni) in giro per il deserto, capita che si arrivi a una catena di dune e che d’improvviso tutti si mettano a cantare. “Che cosa state cantando?”, domando, e loro rispondono: “Un canto che fa venire fuori il paese,

«Nello spettacolo Miti d’acqua quando Atteone vede Diana nuda e viene trasformato in cervo e sbranato dai suoi stessi cani, la comprensione iniziatica che il mito potrebbe supporre è questa: “Cane, cacciatore, cervo, foglia, luce , vento, corsa... altro non sono che parti di un essere più vasto, vivo, che tutte in sé le comprende; ognuna non è che la faccia nascosta dell’altra e la ferita inflitta ad una non può che risuonare in tutte le altre”».

capo. Lo fa venire fuori più in fretta”». Gli aborigeni non credevano all’esistenza del paese finché non lo vedevano e non lo cantavano: allo stesso modo, nel Tempo del Sogno, il paese non era esistito finché gli Antenati non lo avevano cantato. Bruce Chatwin

mito natura e

i reperti. Il mito ha un legame privilegiato con i sensi e l’impressione percettiva, e ne è una delle fonti ispirative più potenti. Nell’utopia concreta di O Thiasos TeatroNatura, il mito – sia pur nel rituale vivente del teatro – dialoga col vento, il mare, le colline, le rocce, le grotte, il bosco, in un universo in cui mondi paralleli, il vegetale, l’animale, il minerale, il divino e l’umano entrano l’uno nell’altro. Le metamorfosi narrate nei miti antichi pongono l’accento sul legame indissolubile che l’archetipo ha con la natura rendendo vivo il patrimonio mitologico in un contatto diretto con il pubblico.

L’arte non ha i vincoli della scienza e, grazie alla poesia, può riuscire ad avvicinare l’archeologia al cittadino, entrando direttamente nel suo cuore attraverso le storie e i miti classici, che sono alla base della nostra cultura e di cui continuamente parlano

Laboratorio teatrale Alla ricerca del genius loci. Genius olivae. Centro Culturale La Luna nel Pozzo, Ostuni (Br), 2008. Camilla Dell’Agnola Foto di Luciano Casagrande.

O Thiasos realizza spettacoli nelle aree archeologiche in collaborazione con le sovraintendenze.

TeatroNatura

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

L

M

M

G

V

S

D

L

M

M

G

V

S

D

L

M

M

G

V

S

D

L

M

M

G

V

S

D

L

M

M

Ottobre

e

territorio

«Un fiume è l’acqua scintillante, le sponde deliziose, gli alberi sulle rive. Non mi riferisco a un fiume in particolare, ma alla natura comune di tutti i fiumi, alla loro bellezza, allo splendore delle loro anse, della corrente delle loro acque. Chiunque veda solo un determinato fiume è condizionato da una mente ristretta e banale. Al contrario la come movimento, come acqua, senza correlarlo a una nazione, a un tempo, a un villaggio, riferendosi soltanto

mente che percepisce il fiume Una delle domande della nostra epoca è legata alla globalizzazione. L’omologazione del pensiero e dei prodotti ci allontana da un rapporto diretto di esperienza e conoscenza delle caratteristiche specifiche di un luogo, del suo genius, del suo sapore irriducibile.

Così rinascono i bisogni del localismo, del folclore e dei prodotti doc, ecc. Dal punto di vista dell’indagine sulla percezione di un luogo naturale, due sono le domande che ci poniamo: come riacquistare attenzione e capacità di vedere, assaporando il contingente in un’esperienza di relazione viva, spesso perduta?

Come imparare a stare nell’ascolto di quel fiume,

alla sua bellezza, è una mente che non si ferma al particolare».

Jiddu Krishnamurti, Sul vivere e sul morire

quel bosco, quell’albero secolare, quell’orizzonte, al punto da entrare in relazione, attraverso di esso, con una dimensione ancora più profonda in grado di nutrire la psiche?

O Thiasos realizza progetti e performance in collaborazione con enti pubblici e istituzioni, attivando percorsi e processi creativi in rapporto con il territorio e le sue specificità culturali. Fra i progetti più recenti La Festa del Museo dell’olio della Sabina, promossa dalla Regione Lazio e dall’Università La Sapienza di Roma, Dipartimento Storia dell’Arte e Spettacolo.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

G

V

S

D

L

M

M

G

V

S

D

L

M

M

G

V

S

D

L

M

M

G

V

S

D

L

M

M

G

V

Novembre

page 34

à

WOERDESIGN Teatronatura OThiasos: Corporate Brochure 2013 Concept, design, layout, formatting, pre-press / 20 p., 20x20 cm

In greco antico il termine “O Thiasos” rimanda a una dimensione rituale all’origine del teatro e si riferisce a un gruppo di persone in contatto con le forze naturali, ispirate e mosse da una visione condivisa non ordinaria della realtà. O Thiasos TeatroNatura concentra la propria ricerca sulle relazioni tra arte drammatica, coscienza ecologica e ambiente naturale.

La compagnia fondata nel 1992 è diretta da Sista Bramini. Nel corso degli anni hanno partecipato e contribuito alla creazione del progetto diversi artisti, attualmente ne fanno stabilmente parte Camilla Dell’Agnola, Carla Taglietti, Veronica Pavani e Valentina Turrini.

Gli spettacoli nascono in stretta relazione con i luoghi che li ospitano: un torrente, un bosco, la cima di una collina, una grotta, danno significato a ogni azione, parola, movimento che vive sulla scena.

In questo modo l’arte dell’attore la concezione drammaturgica e scenografica, la composizione musicale e la regia vengono continuamente rimesse in causa.

O Thiasos TeatroNatura il

progetto

O ThiasosTeatroNatura è considerata una proposta di riferimento a livello nazionale per una conversione ecologica della cultura e dell’arte, sostanziata da una poetica originale e da una pratica teatrale unica riconosciute e studiate in diversi ambiti culturali.

Laboratorio teatrale Alla ricerca del genius loci, Genius Petrae.

Teatro Tempio Sannita, Pietrabbondante (Is), 2007

natur

d

Si possono di un bosco greto di un del Nord?

un teatro nel

paesaggio

La natura diviene spazio scenico collaborando in modo sensibile alla resa artistica. Sono i luoghi che suggeriscono e orientano l’ideazione registica e le azioni teatrali, l’intensità e la qualità della voce, i colori e i tessuti dei costumi. La drammaturgia del testo e la composizione della musica interagiscono con il paesaggio in una composizione dinamica che tende a un nuovo equilibrio possibile tra mondo

umano e mondo naturale verso la percezione di una ritrovata, reciproca appartenenza. La presenza degli attori in scena si confronta, ogni volta in modo diverso, con quella più radicale e poetica di un albero, del cielo stellato, di uno spazio sonoro vivo o di un improvviso soffio di vento. Tutti i sensi sono coinvolti. Lo sguardo del pubblico è catturato da gesti, parole, canti, orizzonti.

Imprevedibile, la natura accoglie e ingloba artisti e spettatori in una vicenda dove l’umano, lo scorrere del tempo, il trascolorare della luce naturale e il paesaggio entrano in un rapporto inscindibile e necessario. Gli spettacoli non necessitano di luci artificiali e non si avvalgono di palchi e amplificazioni a favore di un contatto più autentico e consapevole dell’essere umano con ciò che lo circonda, di una profonda coerenza artistica fra ricerca e rispetto dell’ambiente.

Nel 2000 O Thiasos TeatroNatura ha vinto il prestigioso premio Europarc - Federazione internazionale Parchi d’Europa, per il miglior progetto di interpretazione ambientale del territorio.

Dal 1992 la compagnia realizza rassegne teatrali, spettacoli e laboratori in parchi, riserve naturali, festival, musei, siti archeologici e aree da valorizzare in Italia e all’estero.

Con questo trasformat a Roma, se vero e prop di incontro e culture d visive, la na l’antropolo

Silvia Balossi, Camilla Dell’ Agnola, Silvia Giorgi, Veronica Pavani, Carla Taglietti, Valentina Turrini, Danzò Danzò, Festival Transit, Hostelbro, Danimarca, 2009. Foto di Torgeir Wethal

Nel 2010I CortiSca

naturalmente

creativi

spettacoli

itineranti

O Thiasos TeatroNatura si interroga sulle possibilità di dialogo tra mondo umano e natura, sull’ecologia come “cura dell’abitare la terra” e sul ruolo che possono avere il teatro, il mito antico, la narrazione e il canto nel riannodare un tessuto lacerato. Da queste domande nascono gli spettacoli itineranti nei luoghi naturali. C’è un ritmo nel paesaggio che è possibile intrecciare al ritmo di uno spettacolo, esistono pause silenziose attraverso le quali gli spettatori, camminando, possono osservare e ascoltare la vita che li circonda, mentre in loro può trovare risonanza ciò a cui hanno appena assistito e condiviso con gli artisti. Tra le più recenti creazioni teatrali: Danzò Danzò, tratto dal saggio Donne che corrono con i lupi di C. Pinkola Estès, e Demetra e Persefone, dall’inno omerico.

spettacoli di

narrazione

Un’altra direzione di ricerca teatrale ha condotto alla produzione di spettacoli di narrazione accompagnati da musica strumentale e corale che possono essere rappresentati rappresentati oltre che all’aperto anche nelle sale teatrali, nei quali confluisce inevitabilmente la pluriennale esperienza a contatto diretto con la natura. In repertorio Numa, sui miti di fondazione di Roma; Miti d’Acqua e Miti di stelle, dalle Metamorfosi di Ovidio; La Leggenda di Giuliano, tratto dal racconto di G. Flaubert (vincitore de I Teatri del Sacro 2011); Niobe Mater, frutto del progetto Fucina Arte Sella 2012, diretto dal Maestro Mario Brunello, che ha affidato a Sista Bramini l’ideazione di una drammaturgia ispirata alla figura archetipica della madre oltre alla regia delle voci, della narrazione e della musica.

page 35

È la proposta educativa che cerca di riconnettere i bambini e i ragazzi con la natura attraverso la creatività. Educare attraverso il teatro al contatto con gli alberi, gli animali, l’aria che respiriamo e la terra che abitiamo, intrecciare la sorte degli altri esseri alla nostra, alle nostre emozioni e ai nostri pensieri è l’intento pedagogico che ha ispirato O Thiasos TeatroNatura nel concepire un teatro dedicato alle giovani generazioni.

La compagnia propone laboratori e spettacoli per e con bambini e ragazzi, presso parchi, giardini e riserve naturali, in collaborazione con teatri, festival, scuole, biblioteche nell’ambito di progetti educativi o rassegne teatrali.

In repertorio Nascita di Roma, dal mito di Romolo e Remo, che ha al suo attivo più di 90 repliche in tutto il territorio nazionale; Il Carro del Sole dal mito classico di Fetonte che narra l’urgenza del caos climatico.

à

_POSTER EXHIBITIONS Società Geografica Italiana: Mundus Novus. Un best-seller di cinquecento anni fa Concept, design, layout, formatting, pre-press / 32 pannels for touring exhibition, 62x41 cm Logo design for the 500 year’s Anniversary of Amerigo Vespucci, flyer 01-10 Mundus Novus.xp

12-02-2003

11:51

Pagina 1

un best-seller di cinquecento anni fa a cura di Carla Masetti Ministero per i Beni e le Attività Culturali Direzione Generale per i Beni Librari e gli Istituti Culturali

Comitato Nazionale per le Celebrazioni del Quinto Centenario del Viaggio di Amerigo Vespucci (1501-1502)

M ARTI N WALDS E E M Ü LLE R , Planisfero, 1507 (Washington, Library of Congress)

01-10 Mundus Novus.xp

12-02-2003

11:51

Sotto l’Alto Patronato del Presidente della Repubblica

01-10 Mundus Novus.xp

Pagina 2

12-02-2003

11:51

Pagina 9

Amerigo Vespucci

Mundus Novus [Parigi, F. Baligault – J.Lambert, 1504] Considerata in passato la prima edizione, è in realtà la seconda.

Costituisce un episodio isolato nella serie delle stampe del Mundus Novus, sia per le caratteristiche grafiche (caratteri romani anziché gotici, frontespizio con la marca tipografica in funzione decorativa e mancanza È una carta molto nota e studiata che raffigura tutto il mondo conosciuto alla vigilia della scoperta dell’America. Realizzata da un cartografo tedesco, Enrico Hammler (latinizzato in Martellus), che lavorava in Italia, probabilmente a Firenze, negli ultimi decenni del XV secolo, introduce numerose modifiche al modello del planisfero tolemaico che si era diffuso in Europa nella seconda metà del ’400.

Tra queste, sono evidenti una rappresentazione più accurata, anche se non ancora corretta, dell’Europa settentrionale e dell’Africa, che in seguito al viaggio di Bartolomeu Dias viene rappresentata circumnavigabile e quindi non più unita – come nei planisferi di Tolomeo – all’estremità orientale dell’Asia. Di conseguenza, l’Oceano Indiano è raffigurato come un mare aperto, sia a oriente che a occidente, e in esso si protendono, da ovest a est, la penisola araba, una seconda penisola che rappresenta l’India deccanica (tra il Sinus Persicus e il Sinus Gangeticus), quella indocinese (tra il Sinus Gangeticus e un ipotetico Sinus Magnus) e una quarta penisola, residuo della fascia di terra che secondo Tolomeo si ricollegava all’Africa orientale, sulla quale è collocata Cattigara, la città più orientale dell’ecumene antica.

di titolo), sia per quelli testuali.

Contiene elementi che la differenziano tanto dalla precedente quanto da tutte le altre edizioni, cosicché è da escludere che ne sia stata il prototipo.

Prodotto di un ambiente culturale particolare, ne porta chiaramente le tracce nella veste tipografica assai curata, con la marca degli stampatori che campeggia al 1° f. r., dove non c’è il titolo ma – caso anche questo unico – l’indirizzo di saluto: Alberic(us) vespucci(us) laure(n)tio/ petri francisci de medicis Salutem plurima(m) dicit.

1° f. r.

4° f. v.

E N R ICO M ARTE LLO , Planisfero, 1489 ca. (London, British Library)

o credo che Plinio nostro non habia tocato la milesima parte e generatione de li papagà et de lo resto de li altri uccelli mente animali . . . ”

“Sonno in nel andare et in ne li zochi agile, et de una liberale et venusta faza, la quale essi medemi la destruzeno, inperhò che se forano le galte et le labre et le narize et le orechie . . . ” La moglie di un capo della provincia di Cumaná porta doni al prefetto Errera.

Incisione, in T H . D E B RY , Americae Descriptio. Pars IV

A NON I MO , Carta da navigare per le isole nuovamente trovate in la parte d’India (detta Carta Cantino), 1502 ca.

Particolare dell’America meridionale (Modena, Biblioteca Estense)

page 36

à

WOERDESIGN Società Geografica Italiana: Amerigo Vespucci. Un mercante fiorentino che inventò l’America Touring exhibition posters for schools. Concept, design, layout, formatting, pre-press / 30 posters, 62x41 cm

Ministero per i Beni e le Attività Culturali Direzione Generale per i Beni Librari e gli Istituti Culturali

Comitato Nazionale per le Celebrazioni del Quinto Centenario del Viaggio di Amerigo Vespucci (1501-1502)

Sotto l’Alto Patronato del Presidente della Repubblica

Amerigo Vespucci un mercante fiorentino che inventò l’America

i Vespucci

Amerigo Vespucci

Le prime colonie italiane nella penisola iberica datano dal XII secolo. I liguri furono i primi a stabilirsi nella penisola. Erano allora non solo mercanti, ma anche e soprattutto marinai, chiamati dai sovrani del tempo a mettere al servizio delle flotte di quei paesi la loro esperienza e professionalità. Alcuni di questi marinai parteciparono anche all’esplorazione dei litorali africani promossa dal Principe Enrico del Portogallo. Al suo servizio si distinsero, per esempio, assieme al veneziano Alvise Ca’ da Mosto, i genovesi Antoniotto Usodimare e Antonio di Noli, che alla metà del Quattrocento esplorarono le coste africane presso il Capo Verde e le isole antistanti.

3 La Madonna della Misericordia, nella Cappella Vespucci della chiesa di Ognissanti a Firenze 1 La Torre del Oro a Siviglia

I Vespucci erano originari di Peretola, un piccolo centro nei dintorni di Firenze, oggi raggiunto dall’espansione urbana della città. Il più antico esponente della famiglia ricordato nei documenti è un certo Dolcebene, vissuto nella prima metà del Duecento. Dopo essersi stabiliti a Firenze, nel “popolo” di Santa Lucia d’Ognissanti, tra Borgognissanti e via Nuova (attuale via del Porcellana), dalla seconda metà del Trecento i Vespucci andarono assumendo una posizione sempre più prestigiosa nella città, partecipando attivamente alla vita politica.

i mercanti italiani della penisola iberica

Amerigo Vespucci

Anche in Spagna, soprattutto nelle città del sud, come Cordova e Siviglia, si stabilirono consistenti colonie italiane. Queste colonie ebbero un ruolo importante nella vita di Cristoforo Colombo.

Anche Amerigo Vespucci, al suo arrivo a Siviglia, poté contare sull’aiuto dei suoi connazionali.

A Lisbona, a partire dal 1470 si era stabilito il fiorentino Bartolomeo Marchionni, che nel giro di pochi anni era divenuto il più ricco e potente mercante della penisola iberica. Alla fine del Quattrocento possedeva una propria flotta che si spingeva fino alle Fiandre e all’Inghilterra, a Madera e alle Canarie. Protetto dai sovrani portoghesi, spesso

Negli anni successivi, il commercio dell’oro, delle spezie e degli schiavi provenienti da quelle regioni attirarono in Portogallo un numero crescente di mercanti italiani. Dopo i genovesi, arrivarono i fiorentini, che operavano di preferenza riuniti in società ben organizzate e che presto raggiunsero una posizione preminente.

accordò loro consistenti prestiti e finanziò spedizioni esplorative. Nel 1480 ebbe l’esclusiva del traffico degli schiavi di Guinea. Qualche anno più tardi, entrato in società con i cugini Giannetto e Giannotto Berardi, anch’essi fiorentini, ottenne il permesso di commerciare liberamente anche nei domini dei re Cattolici.

Giannotto Berardi, quando Lorenzo di Pier Francesco lo contattò per affidargli la gestione

dei suoi affari a Siviglia, era già un mercante affermato, a capo di una solida azienda in cui operavano anche altri fiorentini. Si occupava pure degli affari di Colombo, cosa che continuò a fare anche in seguito con grande professionalità.

Fu proprio Giannotto Berardi il primo punto di contatto tra Colombo e Vespucci.

“… la mia sorte volle che mi imbarcassi su una caravella che faceva rotta per la Guinea… e giunsi ottocento miglia più in là di dove fosse stato mai altro cristiano, e trovato il fiume Gambia, nella parte dove la sua foce è più ampia, in esso entrai, sapendo che in quella regione si trovavano oro e pepe” (dalla lettera di Antoniotto Usodimare ai suoi fratelli, 12 dicembre 1455)

“Candida è ella, e candida è la veste ma pur di rose e fior dipinta e d’erba: lo inanellato crin dell’aurea testa

2 Carta nautica della fine del XV sec., erroneamente attribuita a Colombo. In realtà fu realizzata in un laboratorio cartografico probabilmente genovese, per qualche mercante italiano interessato ai prodotti dei paesi dell’Africa occidentale

scende in la fronte umilmente superba” (Angelo Poliziano, Le Stanze, 43)

Tra i più noti esponenti della famiglia si può ricordare Giovanni di Simone, che Alfonso d’Aragona nominò suo consigliere, e Piero di Giuliano, che fu chiamato da Ferdinando di Aragona a comandare una galeazza. Qualche anno più tardi lo stesso sovrano lo salvò dalla prigione perpetua a cui era stato condannato per aver favorito la fuga da Firenze di uno dei partecipanti alla congiura dei Pazzi.

Uno dei più illustri esponenti della famiglia Vespucci fu Amerigo di Nastagio, nonno del Navigatore.

Fu lui che commissionò al Ghirlandaio l’affresco che orna la Cappella dei Vespucci, fatta costruire da Simone di Piero Vespucci nella chiesa di Ognissanti. Posto sopra l’altare, l’affresco rappresenta una Pietà e nella sovrastante lunetta la Madonna della Misericordia, sotto il cui manto si raccoglie la famiglia Vespucci.

Anche suo figlio Marco subì i contraccolpi della congiura dei Pazzi e fu condannato all’esilio.

Ma Marco di Piero Vespucci è ricordato soprattutto per aver sposato, sedicenne, Simonetta Cattaneo, la “bella Simonetta”, sua coetanea. Nata a Genova o a Portovenere, in ogni caso in Liguria, da una famiglia che poteva vantare ascendenti molto illustri, Simonetta incarnava l’ideale neoplatonico della bellezza. Amata da Giuliano dei Medici, lo sfortunato fratello di Lorenzo il Magnifico che fu ucciso nella congiura dei Pazzi, Simonetta conquistò l’immortalità nei versi del Poliziano e nei dipinti del Botticelli, che si ispirò a lei in alcune delle sue opere più famose, come La Nascita di Venere, La Primavera, Amore e Psiche. Il mito della “bella Simonetta” è legato anche alla sua breve vita. Solo otto anni dopo il suo arrivo a Firenze infatti, nel 1476, Simonetta Vespucci si spense, consunta dalla tisi.

Un altro membro della famiglia che rivestì incarichi di prestigio fu Guido Antonio Vespucci, zio, o meglio lontano cugino di Amerigo, ma molto più anziano di lui. Al seguito di Guido Antonio, Amerigo fece un’esperienza molto importante.

Nel 1478, in una congiuntura politica piuttosto difficile, Lorenzo dei Medici aveva deciso di inviare degli ambasciatori presso alcuni sovrani da cui sperava di avere appoggio. A Parigi sarebbe dovuto andare Donato Acciaiuoli, a Milano Giorgio Antonio Vespucci. Senonché il primo morì durante il viaggio e quindi il secondo fu incaricato in tutta fretta di sostituirlo. Come segretario di questa più prestigiosa ambasceria Giorgio Antonio volle Amerigo. Così, sotto la guida esperta dello zio, egli ebbe modo di conoscere un ambiente molto diverso da quello in cui era vissuto fino a quel momento e di frequentare diplomatici e cortigiani.

3 Il porto di Lisbona nel Cinquecento

1 L’albero genealogico della famiglia Vespucci in un documento dell’Archivio di Stato di Firenze 2 Sandro Botticelli, La nascita di Venere

i viaggi dei portoghesi

Amerigo Vespucci A partire dai primi secoli dopo il Mille, lo sviluppo delle repubbliche marinare italiane e il miglioramento delle tecniche di navigazione ampliarono gradualmente l’orizzonte geografico dei popoli del Mediterraneo. Essi perciò cominciarono a spingersi con sempre maggior frequenza nell’Atlantico con le loro flotte. Nel XIII e XIV secolo furono soprattutto i genovesi a compiere viaggi commerciali, oltre che verso il nord dell’Europa, lungo le coste nord-occidentali dell’Africa.

Dai primi decenni del XV secolo i portoghesi presero a organizzare sistematiche spedizioni esplorative nell’Atlantico. Ideatore e finanziatore di queste spedizioni fu il Principe Enrico, poi detto “il Navigatore”, quarto figlio del re Giovanni I. Nel corso di quarantacinque anni – dal 1416 fino alla sua morte, nel 1461 – i navigatori al servizio del Principe Enrico esplorarono le coste dell’Africa occidentale e le isole antistanti fino alla Sierra Leone, acquisendo una buona conoscenza delle condizioni dei mari tropicali e sviluppando tecniche nautiche sempre più raffinate.

1 I viaggi dei portoghesi lungo le coste occidentali dell’Africa

Dopo la morte del Principe il re Alfonso V concesse a un certo Fernaõ Gomes l’esclusiva dei commerci con le popolazioni del litorale occidentale dell’Africa, a condizione che ogni anno fossero esplorate cento leghe al di là delle coste note e pagato un tributo di cinquecento ducati. Tra il 1470 e il 1474, le flotte di Fernaõ Gomes giunsero così fino al Capo Santa Caterina.

Tago

ISOLE AZZORRE

Lisbona

MEDITERRANEO

MADERA 30°

30°

Capo Noun

ISOLE CANARIE

Capo Bojador TROPICO DEL CANCRO

ISOLE DEL CAPOVERDE

Sen

eg

al

15°

ge r

Capo Verde

Ni

15°

Nell’estate del 1487 partì da Lisbona la spedizione di Bartolomeu Dias, che dopo aver superato con relativa facilità il limite delle esplorazioni di Diogo Caõ, riuscì a passare il Capo di Buona Speranza, tornando a Lisbona alla fine dell’anno successivo.

Il viaggio di Bartolomeu Dias conclude la prima fase delle esplorazioni portoghesi: più di settanta anni di navigazioni, iniziate dal Principe Enrico soprattutto per arginare la potenza dei musulmani in Africa e concluse con l’apertura della via marittima alle Indie attraverso il passaggio del Capo di Buona Speranza.

2 Una delle più antiche carte nautiche portoghesi (post 1482), forse parte di una pergamena più ampia, con la raffigurazione delle coste occidentali dell’Africa

4 Il Principe Enrico di Portogallo

“Dovete sapere che la magnanimità di questo principe lo

Tuttavia, almeno inizialmente, Vespucci non aveva scartato questa prospettiva. Anzi, nella riunione di Toro venne elaborato un piano di esplorazioni che prevedeva, tra l’altro, anche una spedizione transatlantica che Vespucci avrebbe dovuto comandare assieme a Vicente Yáñez Pinzón.

grandi imprese. Per questo, dopo la conquista di Ceuta, inviò sempre di continuo navi armate contro gli infedeli, e perché voleva sapere quali terre vi fossero al di là delle Isole Canarie e dagli scritti né dai ricordi di alcuno si era saputo con sicurezza

2 Il pepe, la spezia per eccellenza, simbolo della ricerca delle Vie delle Indie

che cosa ci fosse al di là di quel capo” (dalla Cronica dos feitos de Guiné del cronista portoghese Gomes Eanes de Zurara, c. 1410 - c. 1474)

GOLFO DI GUINEA

Amerigo era ormai un personaggio ben noto negli ambienti dei mercanti e dei navigatori della penisola iberica ed era considerato uno dei massimi esperti di cosmografia applicata alla navigazione.

Conclusa alla meglio la sfortunata collaborazione con la società dei cristãos novos a cui il re del Portogallo aveva affidato il proseguimento delle esplorazioni americane, è probabile che avesse molto gradito l’invito del sovrano spagnolo, che gli prospettava un lavoro certamente più adatto alle sue competenze.

Amerigo aveva allora più di cinquant’anni, un’età più che rispettabile a quel tempo e comunque un’età piuttosto tarda per affrontare ancora le fatiche e i disagi dei grandi viaggi esplorativi.

spingeva sempre per una naturale inclinazione a compiere

LA MINA

EQUATORE

Così come nel 1501, convocato dal re del Portogallo, Amerigo Vespucci aveva lasciato Siviglia per Lisbona, è probabile che nel 1505 sia tornato in Spagna in seguito a una richiesta del re Ferdinando. Il 5 febbraio di quell’anno lo troviamo infatti a Siviglia, pronto a partire per Toro, per partecipare con altri celebri navigatori a una riunione di tecnici della navigazione voluta dal sovrano.

di un capo che si chiama Bojador, poiché fino ad allora né

Vo l t a

Sierra Leone

Maggiori progressi si ebbero con il re Giovanni II. Poco dopo essere salito al trono, nel 1481, egli diede ordine di costruire una grande fortezza sulle coste settentrionali del Golfo di Guinea, dove gli indigeni si erano ormai abituati a portare ai portoghesi l’oro e l’avorio delle regioni interne, come avamposto delle future esplorazioni. Da allora in poi, il forte di San Giorgio della Mina (Mina de Ouro, ossia “la miniera dell’oro”) fu il più importante caposaldo portoghese sulla via marittima alle Indie.

Piloto Mayor

Amerigo Vespucci

Alla Mina sostò anche Diogo Caõ, capitano della prima spedizione esplorativa organizzata da Giovanni II, che nel corso del suo primo viaggio (1481-1482) scoprì lo Zaire (o Congo) e proseguì verso sud fino al Cabo do Lobo, a 13° S. In un viaggio successivo (1485), Diogo Caõ si spinse fino alla Baia della Balena, a 22° lat. S.

1 Veduta della Torre del Oro e del Guadalquivir a Siviglia

Capo S. Caterina Za

ire

3 Il castello di San Jorge da Mina, splendidamente riprodotto in una miniatura della Carta Cantino (1502). Le figurine di indigeni che lo circondano stanno a indicare il fervore di attività e il ruolo preminente sulla Via delle Indie di questo insediamento portoghese, a vent’anni dalla sua fondazione

OCEANO

esi

Capo Frio

TROPICO DEL CAPRICORNO

30°

Coste note alla navigazione medievale tradizionale Coste scoperte nel periodo del Principe Enrico (fino al 1461) Coste scoperte nel periodo di F. Gomez (fino al 1475) Coste scoperte nei due viaggi di Diego Cão (1481-86)

Dal 1508, il Piloto Mayor di Spagna Amerigo Vespucci non lascerà più Siviglia. Lo stipendio di cui gode gli consente un certo benessere e la tranquillità di un impiego sicuro e prestigioso.

Nel 1511, ammalatosi gravemente, forse di malaria contratta nel corso dei suoi viaggi, Amerigo detta un primo testamento. Ma poi si riprende. Morirà il 22 febbraio 1514.

Orange

“Quando morirò, voglio che il mio corpo sia sepolto nella chiesa di San Michele in questa città di Siviglia… e che mi si seppellisca con l’abito di San Francesco…” (dal testamento di A. Vespucci, 9 aprile 1511)

30°

onaza di Bu an po Sper

Ca

page 37

4 Il decreto della regina Giovanna che nomina Vespucci Piloto Mayor

3 Uno dei tanti ritratti – tutti naturalmente di fantasia – di Amerigo Vespucci

Dove fosse diretta questa spedizione resta tuttora un mistero. Possiamo però fare un’ipotesi. Nei viaggi al servizio dei portoghesi, Amerigo aveva esplorato le coste sudamericane fino ad almeno 35°S, latitudine alla quale probabilmente aveva pensato di aver superato il limite della linea di Tordesillas. Doveva quindi essere convinto che più oltre si entrasse nell’area di competenza della Spagna.

Si può immaginare che il nuovo progetto prevedesse una presa di possesso spagnola di quei litorali, in modo da bloccare sul nascere non solo i tentativi portoghesi di insediamento, ma anche il possibile ritrovamento da parte loro del passaggio occidentale alle Indie.

La spedizione però, per una serie di motivi politici ed economici, non fu realizzata. Vespucci rimase al servizio della Spagna, occupandosi dell’armamento delle flotte dirette in America, finché all’inizio del 1508 fu nuovamente convocato a Corte, assieme ad altri tre esperti: oltre a Vicente Yáñez Pinzón, Juan de La Cosa, e Juan Díaz de Solís. Lo scopo di questa seconda riunione era la riorganizzazione complessiva della politica transoceanica della Spagna.

15°

b

ATLANTICO

Za m

15°

In quella occasione furono prese due importanti decisioni: da un lato fu creata una struttura tecnica all’interno della Casa de la Contratación de las Indias, che fin dall’inizio si era occupata e si occupava dell’organizzazione e della gestione delle spedizioni in America; dall’altro fu ripreso il progetto di una “flotta delle spezie”, destinata cioè a cercare il passaggio occidentale alle Indie, lungo le coste dell’America Centrale.

Poco dopo, Amerigo Vespucci veniva nominato Piloto Mayor, ossia capo di tutti i piloti della Casa de la Contratación. A lui era affidato il compito di sovrintendere alla preparazione tecnica dei piloti, e di elaborare e aggiornare il padrón real, la carta ufficiale nella quale venivano registrati i risultati delle spedizioni esplorative.

à

_BOARD GAMES Goethe-Institut Rom: Die Reise gleicht einem Spiel (in the languages German and Italian) Design of board game, entirely produced of cardboard and paper: packaging, board, playing cards, rules dice, “Goethe-men”, game coins / variable sizes

Venedig

AN DEN FREUNDESKREIS IN WEIMAR

Venezia Zum 8. Oktober 1786

8 ottobre, seguito

Meine alte Gabe, die Welt mit Augen desjenigen Malers zu sehen, dessen Bilder ich mir eben eingedrückt, brachte mich auf einen eigenen Gedanken. Es ist offenbar, dass sich das Auge nach den Gegenständen bildet, die es von Jugend auf erblickt, und so muss der venezianische Maler alles klarer und heiterer sehn als andere Menschen. Wir, die wir auf einem bald schmutzkotigen, bald staubigen, farblosen, die Widerscheine verdüsternden Boden und vielleicht gar in engen Gemächern leben, können einen solchen Frohblick aus uns selbst nicht entwickeln.

Il mio vecchio dono di guardare il mondo esterno con gli occhi di quel pittore i cui quadri mi siano da poco impressi in mente, m’ha suscitato un’idea singolare. È un fatto che l’occhio si conferma agli oggetti che vede fin dall’infanzia, e quindi è indubbio che il pittore veneziano debba vedere ogni cosa in una luce più chiara e più serena degli altri uomini. Vivendo, come noi viviamo, su un suolo che ora è fangoso, ora polveroso, che è privo di colori ed estingue tutti i riflessi, magari abitando in ambienti addirittura piccoli, non siamo in grado di proiettare all’esterno uno sguardo così pieno di felicità.

(Italienische Reise)

(Viaggio in Italia)

Gehen Sie nach Venedig auf das Gemälde von Canaletto „Piazzetta und Bacino di San Marco“!

Vai a Venezia sul quadro di Canaletto “Piazzetta e Bacino di San Marco”!

5

AGLI AMICI DI WEIMAR

Rom, den 1. November 1786

Roma, 1° novembre 1786

Wie moralisch heilsam ist mir es dann auch, unter einem ganz sinnlichen Volke zu leben, über das so viel Redens und Schreibens ist, das jeder Fremde nach dem Maßstabe beurteilt, den er mitbringt.

Ich verzeihe jedem, der sie tadelt und schilt, sie stehen zu weit von uns ab, und als Fremder mit ihnen zu verkehren ist beschwerlich und kostspielig.

E poi, quanto è salutare per me, da un punto di vista morale, vivere in mezzo ad un popolo dotato di così intensa sensualità, sul quale si è detto e si è scritto tanto, che ogni straniero giudica secondo il criterio che porta con sé.

Sono indulgente con tutti quelli che lo biasimano e lo denigrano, poiché è troppo lontano da noi, ed averci a che fare per lo straniero costa fatica e denaro.

(Briefe, Nr. 2516)

(Lettere, n. 2516)

Die Reise ist kostspielig.

Zahlen Sie 3 Taler an die Kasse!

Il viaggio è costoso.

Paga 3 talleri alla cassa!

7

page 38

à

WOERDESIGN Goethe-Institut München: That’s not how economics work and Who killed Europe?

Design, layout, formatting, illustration, pre-press and production of 40 prototypes of each game: packagings, boards, playing cards, rules, game coins and other items / variable sizes

1

2

oice Daily Ch

3

Story

2 1

3

le usabce on

4

Ads

1

1 TNH

dd 2

line.in

te_out

dersei

n_Vor

karte

rd

Ca

Next day

2

ne

tu

or

F

ne

rtu

1

piel EW_S

on everything

Fo

2

Your grandfather Ulrich recently retired and left you a small supermarket. You want to promote healthy, organic food and have decided to use the store to give out food for free, to enable the poor to have access to healthy food as well.

Since you won’t earn any money with the food, you need to find other ways to obtain more food or money (for more food). If you can distribute a certain amount of food within a certain period of time, a sponsor will support your idea, helping you to expand. If not, you will lose your motivation and therefore lose the game.

Ads

per purchase

Objective

rd

You have to reach 15 points within 10 rounds.

You earn points by distributing as much healthy food as possible. But if you waste it and let it rot you’ll eventually lose.

Ca

:27 15 09

02/11/

:08 15 22

29/10/

ck.indd

n_ba

karte

_Spiel

TNHEW

1

The Story 1 Contents 2 How to Set Up 2 How to Play 3 How to Win 5 How to Begin 5 Other Explanations and Details 6 1v1 Special Field Rules 6 Cards 7

The STory eXTrA! eXTrA! eUroPe WAS KILLeD IN The MoST horrIFyING WAy eVer!!! MUrDerer STILL AT LArGe!!!

The biggest scandal ever has just happened! Europe was murdered and no one seems to know how anyone could be able to commit such an atrocity.

A lot of theories concerning the possible culprit are being investigated. Some people say that the one who did it was the priest, other say that it was the chef of a famous restaurant chain and there are those that dare to say it was a flock of drunken penguins! Every single human is losing his or her mind because of zombies and pigeons with a number of intestinal problems. Adding to all this, we have the Conga Dance fever! Europe seems to be doomed and the remaining time that European civilisation still has left is running short.

But… there might be a way… It is known that the murderer is hiding somewhere in Europe and has the crime weapon with him.

If we are ever able to catch him, we will finally get to know why he committed such a crime.

Angry

chicken

s

We’ve just been informed that the best detectives were hired by a secret agency to solve this mystery. These detectives are willing to risk their lives to end this chaos and put the perpetrator behind bars once and for all! Their objective couldn’t be simpler: find out WHO did it, WHERE he did it, HOW he did it and WHY he did it.

ell leep w Didn’t s s Zombie

yoU Are The DeTecTIVeS AND yoUr job IS DIScoVer, USING ANy MeANS NeceSSAry, The cLUeS ThAT WILL ALLoW yoU To GIVe chASe AND ArreST The MUrDerer oF eUroPe!

WhoKilledEurope_Rules.indd 1

14/11/15 11:23

Who? Why? How? page 39

à

_REFERENCES UN Agencies Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations (FAO), Rome, Italy International Fund for Agricultural Development (IFAD), Rome, Italy Ozone Secretariat of the United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP), Nairobi, Kenya Stop TB Partnership hosted by the United Nations Office for Project Services (UNOPS), Geneva, Switzerland Public sector Goethe-Institut München | Institute of German culture, Munich, Germany Goethe-Institut Rom | Institute of German culture, Rome, Italy Università degli Studi Roma Tre | University, Rome, Italy Società Geografica Italiana | Italian Geographical Society, Rome, Italy Casa delle Letterature | Public library, Rome, Italy Private sector Aspion GmbH | Company producing digital shock indicators, Karlsruhe, Germany CAS-Software | Software development company, Karlsruhe, Germany Groupama Assicurazioni, Groupama Sgr, Groupama Sim | Insurance and financial companies, Rome, Italy Salini Impregilo | Construction company Rome, Italy Stiegeler Schlafkomfort seit 1902 | Retail trader, Freiburg in Breisgau, Germany TeatroNatura O Thiasos | Theatre company, Rome, Italy Publishing DeriveApprodi | Publishing house, Rome, Italy nonsolo Verlag | Publishing house, Freiburg in Breisgau, Gemany Publishing Group RaroVideo USA | Film publishing house, Minneapolis, USA Publishing Group RaroVideo/Minerva Pictures | Cinematographic production and film publishing house, Rome, Italy

page 40

à

WOERDESIGN

The main competence of WOERDESIGN consists in the development of corporate identities for events, visual identities for publication series, logo design, the creation and adaptation of layout templates as well as the creation of original design and layout of stand alone publications. The preparation of artworks producing quality pre-print and pre-poduction files for books, anual reports, brochures, flyers, leaflets, invitations, folders, calendars and diaries, posters, roll-ups… are part of our long-time work competence including the preparation of online pdfs or interactive files for presentations. For requests that can’t be produced directly by our team, regarding websites, video production and photoshootings, we collaborate with professionals specialized in the field.

Our project management consists in record keeping of each job guaranteeing a steady workflow in order to respect delivery deadlines. Heavy workloads and tight deadlines can always be mastered, if needed also with the consultancy of external professionals on a project basis. We have a long-time professional experience in production control, quality assurance and print acceptance testing.

In the past we had several collaborations with agencies of the United Nations and we are familiar with their work, valuable also is a very good command of the languages English, French and Italian.

Computer and Software Literacy We work on Apple Macintosh using Adobe InDesign®, Adobe Photoshop®, Adobe Illustrator®, Adobe Bridge®, Adobe Acrobat Professional®, Quark-X-Press®, Microsoft Word®, Microsoft Excel®, Microsoft Powerpoint® Data transfer and exchange Final data as original InDesign files and links, as well as Print- and Web-Pdfs will be delivered and/or made accessable via Dropbox or by Wetransfer.

Insurance coverage We are fully covered by an employers and civil/public liability insurance at HDI Versicherung AG (Police n. 70-009811113) and a professional liability insurance at R+V Allgemeine Versicherung AG (Police Nr. 40684341900336).

page 41

à

_CONTACT Andrea Wöhr Wallstraße 20 79098 Freiburg im Breisgau Germany Phone +49 (0)761 38692525 Mobile +49 (0)171 1834064 andrea.wohr@gmail.com

©WOERDESIGN 2020